s mm . m Our Free Delivery Offer / EVERY article in this catalog that bears the A. & F. Company trade-mark just before the price, will be delivered to you free anywhere in the Unite States. On articles that can be delivered by Parcel-Post this offer is als extended to Alaska, Panama Canal Zone, Guam, Philippine Islands, Porto Ric< Dominion of Canada, and United Kingdom of Great Britain. While the goods thus marked are chiefly of the character that will be delivere by Parcel-Post, we reserve the right to ship by other means. Free Delivery on Bulk Purchases On articles not marked to be delivered Free, we will, however, make Fre Delivery in the United States if the distance from New York is not too great c the amount of your purchase is large enough to warrant. On all such purchases ov Free Delivery Offer is as follows : — Within 50 miles of New York, purchases amounting to 150 miles of New York, purchases amounting to 300 miles of New York, purchases amounting to 600 miles of New York, purchases amounting to Within 1,000 miles of New York, purchases amounting to Within 1,400 miles of New York, purchases amounting to Within 1,800 miles of New York, purchases amounting to More than 1,800 miles from New York, purchases amounting to 100.00 We do not deliver free, canoes, stoves, Winchester arms, animal traps, cla pigeons, portable houses or articles of great bulk. Within Within Within $5.00 8.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 50.00 75.00 Our Guarantee We guarantee our goods. We guarantee their safe arrival. We guarantee your satisfactior These guarantees are made broad and intended to positively assure your satisfaction. It is a simple matter to guarantee the goods — most reputable houses will stand back of thei merchandise. This means that the goods are exactly as represented and that the description given are accurate and true. But beyond that is a question of your SATISFACTION You might buy a garment and upon its arrival find it lighter or heavier than you expected you should, or if you ever receive anything from this house that does not meet the prope requirements you have in mind, or does not suit you in every particular, it may be returne without apology, and we will gladly refund its purchase price and transportation charges. I you ever find it necessary to return anything, see directions regarding return shipments on in side back cover of this catalog. Our guarantee of safe arrival insures the goods reaching your hands in perfect condi tion. We ask you to accept nothing damaged or broken. We save you the annoyance of ma king claims against the transportation companies and the lengthy and annoying adjustment which follow. We ask you to simply write upon your receipts to the express or freight com panies that the goods were received in damaged condition and notify us at once. We wil replace the goods without delay, for we do not consider our responsibility ended until th goods have reached you safely and you are satisfied.. Perfect Store Service at Your Home It is our aim to place before you all the goods that an outdoor man or woman can possibl: need; to describe and illustrate these fully so that in the quietness of your home, where you cai leisurely make comparisons, you will have spread before you the greatest assortment of sportinj goods in the world ; and to so arrange our business methods that you may write an order, mai it, and in a few days receive the goods as satisfactorily as though you visited our store. Complete instructions How to Order, How to Send Money, and How to Returi Goods, will be found on inside back cover. Order blanks will also be founc the back of the book. in ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 West 36th St., New Yorl Copyright, 1916, by Aberorombie & Fitch Co., N. Y. The Peace of the Woods AWAY from strife — away from the city's nervous activities — away in the woods where Nature uses the trees and the lakes to pro- vide us with the great lessons of the Universe, there is a restful sojourn awaiting you. The annual invitation that comes down from Maine and New Bruns- wick, from the big Northwestern woods, from the trails in Wyoming and the canebrakes of the South, this year will find many a tired business man unusually ready to hear the call. If you want to take a peek through the window, out into the great health-building, nerve-restoring woods where sportsmen learn to value the friendship of sportsmen, look through the pages of this catalogue. It will remind you of the days to come filled with the greatest enjoyment you know. We have collected in this catalogue, incompletely as a matter of fact, • goods which bear a peculiar message to those of us whose hobbies run to the wild spots in the world. Our object in issuing this Outfitters' Catalogue is to enable the customer living at a distance to make the selections and purchases with just as much confidence in the result as the resident of New York, who comes into the store and personally examines and selects. As the executive head of this business, I ask you to write me personally if you should ever feel dissatisfied in any respect. If the service is not what you, as a sportsman, think it should be ; if the quality or wear of goods does not fully meet your expectation, or if you find that what you get is not what you thought it would be, write me and I will see that you are satisfied. Please feel that you are dealing with sportsmen who fully appreciate your point of view. These goods have all been made for you with your point of view in mind. That is the quality that makes them the recognized, thoroughbred sporting goods of the world. I personally know every piece of merchandise in these pages — it couldn't get in if I did not. And every single article has my personal endorsement, plus the Abercrombie & Fitch guarantee ; which means your money back willingly for anything that is not satisfactory for any reason whatsoever. This business has grown to such proportions that it is impossible to include every article in the Abercrombie & Fitch stock in one catalogue as formerly. We issue at seasonable times other catalogues on sporting sub- jects and we shall be glad to supply you with such of these as may in- terest you. 53-55-57 West 36th St., New York. ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO. Reserving the Right to Revise Prices THE prices quoted in this catalogue are given with the good faith which always has governed the transactions of this house. They are cor- rect at the time of going to press. Owing to conditions created by the European War, the costs of materials are changing with unusual rap- idity, and we must protect ourselves and you by reserving the right to change these prices at any time without notice, to conform to any increase in cost. Wherever prices are thus necessarily changed, it will be done with the moderation required by our interest in our customers. ABERCROMBTE & FITCH CO., President. CAMPING 3 CAMPING Through all the great range of sport with rod or gun, the pursuit of fur, feather or fin, there is a kindred note — a basic principle — which underlies the specific purpose the sportsman has in mind. Camp- ing out is the thing after all. Whether a man be after a bird or bear, trout or caribou; whether his weapon be rifle, shotgun or jointed rod, the cool, clean four walls of his nomadic habitation embrace all the best moments of his playtime days. The camp, the tent, the bit of shelter in the middle of a great silence, with the ocean-wide possibilities of the wilderness all around it — that is where the plans are made, the quarry gloated over, the day's sport re-lived, the stories told, the friendship cemented. That is where the real big blissful moments of the truant-time freedom are drunk into the very soul. Camper, hunter, fisherman, canoeist, all are tent dwellers — all are campers first — all follow their chosen sport as an incident. First of all they camp out, live — really live — in the clean, wide, free sweep of an unbounded horizon, breathe an untainted air, limitless as the sky itself, and revel in a freedom that nothing else can give — a keen, stimulating, uncloying pleasure that thrills to the bone, and then builds bone, sinew and muscle, and makes blood, strength and fire, repairing the waste of months and years of toil and worry. That is why the most famous physicians use the tent and camp life as their favorite prescription, giving happiness and lengthening life thereby. Get out in the open — live in a tent and save your life — take the tonic that Nature put for you into the wind, the sky, the sunshine, the smell of the earth, the rain, the spices of the pine and hemlock odors, the salt of the sea, the ozone of the great out of doors, which no contrivance of man can duplicate, or even imitate. Take it — it's yours — a king can have no more. There's a bit of Paradise, only one mile, or five miles, or ten miles at the most from the cramped little spot where you sit at this moment breathing an air tainted and burdened with the worries, fears and bitternesses of the past few years. Your trials, your sorrows and disappointments are ground into the walls around you, stamped into the floors you walk on, woven into all the too familiar things you see every day. Run away to this bit of Paradise, pitch your tent there — and live. The soft, warm air from woods and fields will soak into the kernels of your being as you loaf before your tent door and watch the little forest creatures which come to the edge of the clearing to investigate your camp. A steady flow of strength, of warm, pulsing, revivifying, fluidic electrons will rise from the warm earth beneath you and give you a new vitality. You, who sleep badly now, will drowse even in the daytime. When it rains you will nestle dry and warm in your blankets, hearing the quick patter on your canvas walls, on the leaves outside, and feel the added freshness, the sweet, wild unrest in the air that makes you years younger as it makes the growing things younger and more vigorous and more beautiful. And when the soft black night comes, you sit outside your tent and smoke an old pipe, while the shadows melt together through the lofty arches of the trees and form a dusky, protecting curtain which rests your eyes and brain and soul. Then some one lights a big, yellow moon for you and it sails grandly up the sky over the tree tops. The little stars peep out and twinkle funny, friendly eyes at you, and all the little night noises begin soft and confidential, and whisper of a peaceful world that has been for years just waiting for you to take your proper place in it. The crickets sing, the big pines croon an anthem — away off yonder a hound dog sends a note ringing like a bell across a valley for you to hear and revel in. A night bird adds a minor note that brings up all the clean, foolish, almost painful thoughts that you used to tingle with when you were twenty and when you knew that you would reach out next year and take your heart's desire. You are cleansed down to simple, uncomplicated manhood in an hour, and there are no prob- lems, no questions, no doubts. You have absorbed the mighty, irresistible Peace of Outdoors, the most splendid thing in the world, and you crawl into your sleeping bag, soft as a feather bed, and sleep as you were meant to sleep, all in a childlike, untroubled happiness. You don't have to shoot or fish. The camp, the tent, the big rim of the horizon, the trees, the grass and the open air, that's all you want. If you don't know quite what to select, write and ask us. Tell us just where you want to go and when — we will suggest a suitable and inexpensive equipment. We will tell you what clothing, what foods, v/hat cooking utensils to take, and explain their use. Your bit of Paradise is always within reach if you only knew it. The best part of it is that it is less expensive than staying at home. You can get a tent complete for $10.00, and if your tastes are simple you can outfit yourself cap-a-pie with a cooking outfit and good supply for less than $20.00. Or you can be as sinfully luxurious as you like. The main thing is to go — go out into the big air spaces — wrap your lungs about the life-giving gusts of sun-flavored ozone, which the sky pours down for you — drink it in through the little capillary lungs of your skin, seize on your birthright of earth contact — strip the rags of custom from your soul and take time for once to know yourself as you really are. r ~ There are six varieties of camping which we divide into the Permanent Camp and five varieties of the Nomadic or Traveling Camp. We classify the five latter varieties as CANOE, PACK HORSE, TRAMPING, FOREST CRUISING AND AUTOMOBILE CAMPING. Each of these five varieties of the movable camp call for a somewhat different equipment, particularly as regards tents. We make these divisions according to the means of travel which the camper intends to employ, because they are the most commonly in use in this country. We might add two other divisions such as WAGON TREK- KING IN SOUTH AFRICA and TRAVELING BY DOG SLED IN THE FAR NORTH. The char- acter of equipment of these two latter divisions varies so widely, according to the purpose the sports- man has in mind, that it is difficult to name a special outfit to fit all purposes. We have a fund of in- formation in reference to these sports and will be glad to give the benefit of our experience in the prep.- aration of these outfits to any one interested upon request. The PERMANENT CAMP may be as simple or as elaborate as the campers wish.^ Whole families often live in the open in perfect comfort, large parties, including ladies and children, being easily accom- modated with all the little accessories to comfort and individual taste to which they are accustomed. Those seeking health or rest can find no sounder foundation than camp life. The style of tent usually 4 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK selected for permanent camps, is the Wall Tent or Family Compartment Tent, the size and materials of this shelter being determined by the distance of the camp from the highway, the character of transporta- tion necessary, the number in the party, the sort of country, the climate and the time of year. A camp may be made almost a permanent home, all sorts of camp furniture, chairs, hammocks, etc., being readily obtainable. The bulk of the outfit need not be seriously restricted by transportation reasons since only two trips have to be made, one in and the return trip out. Whether the camp be permanent or nomadic, the first thing to be considered is the Tent, the house, then food to be carried or taken along, the sleep- ing bags, fourth the cooking outfit, camp furniture, axes and other simple camp accessories. ' These we catalog in all their various forms under the proper headings. CANOE In canoe transportation the choice of the outfit must be determined by, first of all, the kind of water- way to be, traversed. The second consideration is the length and number of the portages or carries over land between passable waterways. Third comes the amount of duffle, or camp and personal equipment — this dependent again on the objective and the duration of the trip. The first essential is the selection of the right canoe. Lake travel calls for one model, river work another, both must be modified by the amount of equipment to be carried. On getting exactly the right canoe largely depends the success or failure of the trip from the standpoint of pleasure. We particularly pride ourselves on being specialists in this branch of sport. Our canoes are comprehensive of all types and models which have proven best in the various locali- ties where the paddle reigns supreme. There is a specific model for each purpose and there are sound, absolute, definite reasons why that sort of canoe and no other must be used, for that purpose. This is not the result of guess-work, but the experience of the best-known canoeists and guides. The locality for a canoe trip may be easily selected. Maps of such localities and information concerning them are furnished by Passenger Agents of Railroads and Steamship Companies. We have ourselves a vast fund of data on trips over the well-known waterways and the little frequented lake and river trails. Our cus- tomers are constantly adding to this new and most interesting matter, which we will gladly furnish you on request. PACK-HORSE Invading the wilderness by pack-horse is a method employed by thousands yearly and its range is so wide as to prevent discussion here through lack of space. Practically the entire continent is open to this form of adventure and its variations are wide in the extreme. For admirable, complete and de- lightful information we refer you to "CAMP AND TRAIL," by Stewart Edward White, a master of the subject, whose personal experiences are most valuable and instructive. His data on the various oufits and what Not to take is most ample. We will send you this volume, postpaid, for $1.25, or you may get it through your own book dealer for the same price. Our pack-horse outfits are famous among Forest Travelers. Mr. White himself, and the most noted hunters and explorers, all have visited us for supplies, and have themselves contributed to the extent and perfections of the articles and accessories made exclusively by us for this purpose. These are de- scribed and illustrated in subsequent pages. TRAMPING Tramping may be placed in two divisions— ROAD TRAMPING and FOREST CRUISING. The former comprehends walking tours through foreign countries as well as in this country, the traveler carrying all his baggage on his back, but stopping at the nearest hotel or inn wherever night overtakes him. This recreation is in itself a splendid sport and opens vistas of wide possibilities to those who wish to cover a country thoroughly, becoming intimately acquainted with its physical details, the habits and characteristics of its people. It is particularly popular with clergymen and college professors of whom we outfit hundreds every year for tramping tours through our own and other countries, and the pedestrian needs but his walking suit, which, however, must be carefully chosen for the purpose, a change of underwear, a few toilet accessories and a waterproof garment all carried in a ruck sack, which he packs on his back. These we catalog elsewhere as well as a wide choice of garments made especially for this purpose. FOREST CRUISING He who adventures into the big timber must look well to his choice of an outfit. Tent, food, sleep- ing bag, cooking outfit, axe and camp conveniences must be carried on his back and as an added weight comes the gun of his choice with ammunition. This weight he must bear day after day, often through almost impassable country where the effort necessary to going forward alone is a quite sufficient strain without that of a single unnecessary ounce on his shoulders. His tent, his home, must be chosen with scrupulous care. It must be exactly right, the tent for the country he will visit ; a mistake may mean sickness, surely discomfort and a trip spoiled. His clothes must be the right weight and texture, depending on the climate. The selection of food is a serious problem. Too much means discomfort and fatigue — too little means hunger, perhaps privation. We solicit correspondence on this subject. The fisherman has similar problems which interest us equally as much. We catalog light, convenient and easily carried articles of camp equipment, for one or more persons for various lengths of time, and the best forms of clothing for forest travel. AUTOMOBILE CAMPING This is the very newest out-of-door sport and the complete outfits of its originators were designed and built by us. We catalog automobile tents, sleeping bags, cooking outfits, food outfits, in a word, complete automobile camping outfits which will enable the owner of a touring car to take a party for a trip completely across the continent without being dependent on hotels or even stores for accommodation or food supply. It is a splendid sport and the mobility of the motor car gives a marvelous travel range to those who engage in it. We will mail, upon request, a catalogue, "Automobile Trekking and Camping," which will give you a comprehensive idea of the necessary equipment. CAMPING 6 TENT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TANALITE AND EMERALITE The best materials for light-weight waterproof tents. These two materials are exactly alike, except that one is dyed a khaki color and the other a deep emerald green. Tanalite and Emeralite are exclusively our own, sold by no one else, made by us and subjected for the past few years to the most severe tests that can be devised. The dyeing process is the same as used by the government in making their khaki and colors are guaranteed to stand the regular government tests as to fastness. Both colors are absolutely waterproof, very light in texture, will fold perfectly and have great tensile strength. Tanalite and Emeralite are made of extra long staple sea island cotton. This strength makes heavy weights of material unnecessary. BALLOON SILK We consider this the second best tent material — it is only excelled by Tanalite. Balloon Silk is not a genuine silk. The name given this material is a trade name, due to the silky appearance of the material after it is made up. The yarn used in weaving it is made of long staple sea island cotton. After it is waterproofed, the pores are thoroughly filled and we guarantee it absolutely water-tight. It is particularly adapted for small and extra light weight tents. VERDALITE This is the same material as Balloon Silk but treated by an entirely different process. The treatment does not include any paraffine or wax used in Balloon Silk, and while it is not as waterproof as Balloon Silk, it is much softer and more durable and is not affected by heat or cold. VERDALITE is light green in color, rot, mildew and waterproof, and vermin will not attack it. We recommend its use in extra hot or cold coun- tries. Price same as Balloon Silk. DEFENDO DUCK This duck is specially woven for us, white in color, the yarn being double and twisted both ways —made to conform to the United States Army Standard and pass all government tests for tensile strength, etc. We treat the duck by a special process which makes it mildew and vermin and waterproof, in- creases its tensile strength and makes it last very much longer than the plain army duck. We carry DEFENDO DUCK in three weights— 8, 10 and 12 ounce. When flies are required for hot climate we recom- mend the fly made of our PROTECTO DUCK which is khaki in color, being a great protection against the rays of the sun. We recommend DEFENDO DUCK tents as being the strongest and most durable white tents on the market. PROTECTO DUCK This material is khaki in color. The yarn is iouble and twisted both ways, as in the Defendo Duck. It is the very highest and best grade of duck on the market. It is dyed khaki color to conform to United States Government standard and is then treated with a special treatment which makes PRO- TECTO DUCK waterproof, sunproof, mildew, rot and vermin proof and if one is not considering weight, we recommend it as the best, most service- able and satisfactory tent material made. SPECIAL WATERPROOF Our special waterproof is lighter in weight than the Army Duck. It is made with twill weave which is tighter than the regular duck weave. The ma- terial is then waterproofed so that it can be used without a fly. This material will give a greater pro- tection than regular Army Duck with much less weight. You will note, however, by comparison of the weights of the finished tents, that it is the inter- mediate weight between army duck and balloon duck — our Tanalite being lighter than any other material. To those interested we will be pleased to forward samples and prices of these, together with any of our other materials. We will gladly furnish estimate on any style tent built on specifications and designs furnished by customer. HOW WE MAKE OUR TENTS SEAMS. — On all our light-weight tents we re- inforce every seam with strong tape stitched in the seam. This not only makes a perfect seam, but selieves a great part of the strain from the cloth itself, consequently making the tent much stronger. For the same reason we use narrow widths or breadths of cloth which also serve to hold the tent from sagging and stretching out of shape. REINFORCEMENT.— All our tents are strongly reinforced with extra material at the eaves, along the bottom, across the ridge and at all corners. EYELETS. — In none of our regular tents do we use grommets or any form of machine clamped eyelets as is customary with most makes. For the eyes on ridge and for all stops, beckets and guys we use only steel rings, galvanized to prevent rust, set in and sewed by hand with waxed thread. SLIDES. — The old style wooden slides, usually seen on tents other than our make, were always causing continued trouble and annoyance by split- ting from the weather or breaking from strain. We have discarded them entirely and use our patented metal slide, rustproof and unbreakable (see page 113) except on "Tanalite" and Balloon Silk Tents, on which we omit them and save weight. We will, however, include them if desired without charge. FINISHING.— Every tent after it leaves the ma- chines goes to a separate department for finishing. Here the rings and eyelets are worked in, the beckets adjusted, guys attached and stops put in — all by hand and by the most expert workmen. INSPECTION.— Before each tent leaves the shop it is carefully gone over and thoroughly inspected for possible flaws or faulty work, measured and checked for size and material and our tag, the guar- antee of quality, attached. ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK WATERPROOF WALL TENTS DUCK WALL TENTS All our waterproof wall tents are furnished with tape ridge and extra tape loops sewed on top of the tent at each seam so that when desired ridge poles may be dispensed with and the tent suspended on a rope, tied between trees. TANALITE AND EMERALITE WATERPROOF Khaki and deep Emerald Green color; see page 5 for full description of this material. Size A o. Lbs. W'ght of Tent Price of Tent Stakes I Needed Extra for Poles and Stakes 4A4000 7 4* 7 4 74 3 17 4 $10.15 22 $1.40 4A4001 74x 94 74 3 21 11.95 26 1.60 4A4002 9 4xllH 8 4 34 29 y 2 16.10 31 2.00 4A4003 9V 2 xl4 4 84 3 4 34 18.25 35 2.25 4A4004 1154x1154 94 4 364 19.80 34 2.10 4A4005 1154x144 94 4 40 21.95 38 2.35 4A4006 1154x16/3 9/2 4 46 24.15 42 2.75 Price includes standard tent bag and tape ridge. Afade of Defendo and Protecto Duck in 8, 10 and 12 oz. weights. This duck is the grade used by the government— the best made and water, mildew, rot and vermin proof — and should not be compared with any cheaper grade. For full description jf these ducks see page 5. The Protecto Duck is particularly comforting to the eyes where the tent is erected in sunnv locations. As you will notice by the illustration, the "fly extends a liberal distance over the eaves which gives pro- tection to the side walls in a driving rain. Color is guaranteed fast in all our Protecto Duck tents. PROTECTO DUCK TENTS _ For full description of Protecto Duck see page 5. Size Height u . ii $i Wid Dept Cent Wal •c Ph *> £2 74 74 3 $16.40 $18.50 $20.60 7 x 94 3 19.60 22.15 24.75 9/ 2 x 94 84 34 23.95 26.60 30.45 94x12 8/2 34 26.95 30.60 34.25 9/xl4 84 34 31.25 35.50 39.75 12 xl2 94 4 32.95 37.65 42.30 12 xl4 94 4 36.50 41.65 46.80 12 xl6 94 4 39.95 45.70 51.40 14 xl4 10 4 44 42.75 48.90 55.05 14 xl6 104 44 47.00 53.80 60.55 14 xl8 104 44 50.95 58.30 G5.65 For DEFENDO DUCK TENTS Size Height v . St v *i .2 £ Q Cent Wal •CO Ph 00 1 S 7 7 x 94 94x 94 94x12 2 xl2 2 xl4 14 xl4 14 xl6 14 xl8 14 x21 x21 x24 $12.40 14.55 17.95 20.50 24.90 27.65 32.35 36.00 39.50 42.90 47.25 50.55 $13.85 16.25 20.15 23.00 28.00 31.15 36.50 40.70 44.65 48.55 53.40 57.20 $15.10 17.75 22.05 25.25 30.80 34.25 40.25 44.90 49.25 53.55 58.90 62.95 The above prices include poles, stakes, ropes and slides, complete, ready to set up, but do not include flies. Flies made of. same material as tent, extending well over eaves furnished for one half the price of tent Price for extra width or extra length flies fur- nished on application. Openings put in tents 14 feet] deep or over at both ends without extra cost. If higher walls than those listed are wanted, ad< 5 per cent, to the price quoted, for each additional 6 inches of wall. For tent windows, sod cloth or ground cloth, etc., see page 14. CAMPING 7 WATERPROOF BAKER TENTS WATERPROOF "AMAZON" TENTS This type of tent is very popular with all sports- men. The angle of the roof is such that it reflects the heat from the open camp fire downward. It is an ideal tent for timber country. Many sportsmen use this tent with a mosquito front during the time insect pests are troublesome — taking out the netting in cold weather and enjoying the open view of the camp fire blaze. % TANALITE AND EMERALITE— Waterproof Khaki and deep Emerald Green colors. See page 5 for full description of this lightest tent material made. d Size Height Ridge, Four Uprights and Stakes Extra Order Width Depth Front Back Lbs. W of Te Fric of Te 4A2009 3x7 4 1 5/ $13.50 18 $1.70 4A2010 4/x 7 5 7/ 17.75 20 1.70 4A2011 55/ 6 x 7 5 i/ 1% 8 21.00 22 1.80 4A2012 7x7 5 10 23.70 24 1.80 4A2013 7x7 7 2/ 12^ 28.40 24 2.00 4A2014 7x7 8 3/ 14 31.65 24 2.10 4A2015 8/x 7 7 2/ 14/ 31.60 26 2.20 4A2017 8/x sy 2 7Y 2 3 16/ 36.55 28 2.25 4A2019 10 x 8y 2 7/ 3 18 40.05 30 2.40 Price includes sod cloth, tape ridge and khaki bag. VERDALITE AND BALLOON SILK For description of material see page 5. d Size Height v a ■ fJ Ridge, Four Uprights and Stakes Extra 1 Order Width Depth Front Back Lbs. W of Te Pric of Te 4A3009 3 x 7 l / 3 4A3010 4/x 7/ 4A3011 55/ 6X 7V 3 4A3012 7Hx 7y 3 4A3013 7y 3 x 7y 3 4A3014 7y 3 x 7y 3 4A3015 sy 4 x 7y 3 IA3017 8y 4 x 8V 4 IA3019 10 /x 8y 4 Price includes sod cloth, bag. 4 5 5 5 7 8 7 7y 2 7y 2 1 154 3/2 2/ 3 3 8/ 10/ 13 14/ wy 4 18H $9.85 13.25 15.20 17.05 20.40 22.80 22.80 26.35 29.00 $1.70 1.70 1.80 1.80 2.00 2.10 2.20 2.25 2.40 tape ridge and standard SPECIAL WATERPROOF For description of material see page 5. No. J Size Height J3 fj be a m "2 u _ 3 tf} Q. •5 - 13 ront ack en Pric f Te ^2 O £ Q fa pq O ►4 A4009 4}4x 7/ 1A4010 7/x 7/ : A4011 9/x 7% A4012 9/x 9/ 2/ 3/ 10 15 18 25 $7.40 14 $1.70 10.15 16 2.00 11.65 18 2.25 15.05 20 2.30 Price includes standard bag and tape ridge. The general shape and size of this tent is exactly the same as the Baker tent, but it has a front wall, which hinges at the two front corners and is caught in with snaps and galvanized steel rings along the ridge where it joins the fly. With this method of construction, the entire front can be unsnapped, and opened out, and snapped into rings along the outer edges of the fly — thus increasing the depth of the tent about one-half. In hot climates where insect pests are constant, part of the front can be left open and mosquito netting or bobbinet inserted in the door. We will attach the front permanently to the tent, if so desired, without extra charge. TANALITE AND EMERALITE— Waterproof Khaki and deep Emerald Green colors. See page 5 for full description of this lightest tent material made. Size Height *>« idth :pth iter all >h Prici Te Stake Need* £ O U en <*h ^3 O 3 f) V 4A2020 4A2021 4 A 2022 4 A 2024 4A2025 4A2026 8/x 7 10 x 7 11/x 8/ 12 2 ^x 8V2 14 x 8/ bag. Price includes 3 4 : 4 1 4 > 4 I 4 l 4 sod cloth 16 17/ 19 26/ 29 31/ , tape $36.10 40.55 45.15 59.05 65.40 69.50 ridge 30 32 34 41 44 47 and $2.15 2.30 2.45 2.80 3.00 3.25 khaki VERDALITE AND BALLOON SILK For description of material, see page 5. Order No. Width Depth ^ Height <3 * Lbs. W'ght of Tent Price of Tent Stakes Needed Ridge, Four Uprights and Stakes Extra 4A3020 7/x 7/ 8 4 iey 4 $26. 2( ) 30 $2.20 4A3021 sy 4 x 7/ 8 4 17M 29.40 32 2.35 4A3022 10 y 4 x 7/ 8 4 20 33.95 34 2.55 4A3024 n*4x 9 4 27H 42.40 41 2.80 4A3025 13 Zx M 9 4 30/ 46.50 44 2.90 4A3026 ny 4 x 8y 4 9 4 32H 50.00 47 3.25 Price includes sod cloth, tape ridge and standard bag. SPECIAL WATERPROOF For description of material, see page 5. Order No. Width Depth n Height u C « U Lbs. W'ght of Tent Price of Tent Stakes Needed Ridge, Four Uprights and Stakes Extra 1A4020 7/x 7/ 8 4 24 $13.75 16 $2.05 4A4021 9/x 7% 8 4 27 16.40 18 2.25 4A4022 ll^x 7/ 8 4 34 19.40 20 2.50 4A4023 9/x 9/ 9 4 34/ 19.40 20 2.35 4A4024 11! %x 9/ 9 4 40 22. 6C 22 2.60 4A4025 14/x 9/ 9 4 45/ 25. 6( 24 2.80 Price includes tape ridge and standard bag. s ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK WATERPROOF "A" TENTS WATERPROOF MASTIGOUCHE TRAP- . PERS' TENTS , j This type of tent is particularly adapted for easy shifting; the absence of side wall does away with the staking out of guy ropes and when the floor is pegged down, and poles are inserted, the tent is ready for occupancy. All tents of this style are equipped with tape ridge, making it possible to erect the tent without poles by attaching a piece of rope to the tape loops at the end of ridge and stretching tight between trees. This style of erection is shown in our picture of Baker tents. TANALITE AND EMERALITE— Waterproof Khaki and deep Emerald Green colors. See page 5 for full description of this lightest tent material made. V tn o Size !* a v c u Ih D 5 C rt u O ^ Weight Price of tent complete with steel stakes and Xoepel Telescopic Tent Pole 4A2C91 4 A 2092 834x7^ 10^x834 8 iy 2 8 V/ 2 21 261/ $34.10 2 43.45 WATERPROOF FRAZER CANOE TENTS Tent is S$4 ft. square and height to peak is 854 feet. Furnished with a brown waterproof ground cloth, a telescope steel pole and window in rear with outside waterproof covering. We call special at- tention to guy ropes which are fastened to the tent at the point where the fly hinges. The strain of staking out the front flap has caused these tents to tear at that point, and we have added guy ropes to obviate this trouble. 4A2085 Made of Tanalite or Emeralite. Weight complete, 30 lbs. Price including stakes and khaki bag $36.45 4A3085 Made of Waterproof Balloon Silk or Ver- dalite. Weight complete, 30^ lbs. Price including stakes and standard bag. . $27.60 10 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK WATERPROOF LEAN-TO TENTS This is a mere shelter which has the heating fea- ture of the Baker Tent. The slant of the roof throws the heat of the camp fire directly down upon the sleeper. It is a tent used for night shelter only, and has its greatest advantage in lightness, for, without exception, it's the lightest shelter made. Hunters carry this tent, which weighs only 3 pounds, in case they are caught out overnight. Regularly made with sod cloth and tape ridge. 4A2048 Tanalite, khaki color, or Emeral- ite, green; Size, 3^x7^4 ft; height, 4% ft. ; weight, 3 lbs. ; with khaki bag $8.00 4A3048 Verdalite, or Waterproof balloon silk; Size, 3^x7^ ft.; height, ±y 2 ft ; weight, 3*4 lbs. ; with khaki bag 5.65 4A4048 Special waterproof; Size, 3^x7^$ ft; height, 4% ft; weight, 4% lbs.; with standard bag 2.80 WATERPROOF FORESTERS' TENTS WATERPROOF "TARPAULIN" TENT This waterproofed Tarpaulin is reinforced with tapes and supplied with peg loops so it can be erected in the shape of a pyramid or Miners' tent with a vertical front. Size of Tarpaulin, 8 x 12^4 feet. Makes a tent 5x71/2x6% feet high. Order No. Material Size Width Depth Feet High Size of Tarp. Rolled: Wei g ht Price 4A2049 Tanalite or Emeralite 7^x5 ey 4 8 xl2y 3 5x18 5Va $13.25 4A2055 Tanalite or Emeralite . . . . 7 x7 7 95^x14 6x22 7 17.50 IA3049 Balloon Silk or Verdalite . . 7^x5 *A 8 xl2}4 5x18 5% 9.60 4A3055 Balloon Silk or Verdalite. . 7 x7 7 9^x14 6x22 7 A 12.75 4A4049 Special Waterproof 7V 2 x5 8 xl2/ 2 6x18 8 r /2 5.75 4A4055 Special Waterproof 7 x7 7 9S/ 6 xU 7x22 10 6.45 WATERPROOF HUDSON BAY TENT The features of the Baker and Lean-to are com- bined in this tent with greater depth and the fact that it can be erected with a tripod of poles. The slant of the roof reflects camp fire heat into the back point of the tent, while the greatest amount of head room is in the front, where the greatest width is available. The weight of tent, compared to its size, will recommend it to many sportsmen. Made in all of our waterproof materials. Order No. Material Size Width Depth Feet High W lSi ht k*e $11.50 15.90 4A2088 Tanalite or Emeralite. . 7x7 6]/ 2 4 4A2089 Tanalite or Emeralite. . 8/ 2 x 8/ 2 7>S 6 4A3088 Waterproof Silk or Verdalite 7^x 7*/ 3 6*/ 3 VA 8.55 4A3089 Waterproof Silk or . Verdalite 8^x 8& 7% V/ 2 11.65 4A4088 Special Waterproof... 7x7 6j/ 3 5 l A 5.20 4A4089 Special Waterproof... 9x9 8 10 l A 7.15 The "Hudson Bay" is a modified form of the "A" tent, the modification being made particularly to save weight. The ridge is shortened to three feet in all sizes and the ends rounded out to give floor space. There is considerably less material used in this style than in the "A" tent, and therefore a noted saving in the pack burden. This is an excellent type of tent for one or two men "going light." Made in Tanalite and Emeralite only. Order No. Extreme Size of Ground Height Feet Weight Lbs. Price of Tent Stakes Required Ridge Pole Uprights and Stakes Extra 4 A 2042 3x6 4 *A $8.85. 12 | .90 4 A 2043 4x7 5 4 11.60 12 .90 4A2044 5x8 6 5V 2 14.65 14 1.00 4A 2045 6x9 7 7 18.15 16 1.10 4A2046 7 xlO 7V2 9 21.50 20 1.15 4A2047 8 xll 8 10 24.95 22 1.25 Price includes sod cloth, tape ridge and khaki bag. CAMPING 11 WATERPROOF MINERS' TENTS The special design of this tent gives a great imount of ground space with easy erection; when :he bottom is pegged down the insertion of a single )ole completes the work. Telescope or jointed pole nay be carried or one cut en route. The pyramid >hape of this tent has its advantage in the small imount of material used in its making, which counts [or lightness. This miners' type of tent has always :>een used and considered more adaptable to open :ountry than for use in the woods. TANALITE AND EMERALITE WATERPROOF Khaki and deep Emerald Green colors. See page 5 for full description of this lightest tent material nade. 6 Size A « bp O S-s Ordei Widt Dept s '55 U Ph Stal Nee Pole Sta A2051 7% $18.85 54 $ .60 A2053 8 103/4 23.90 24 .65 A.2054 10 xlO 9 30.00 32 .80 Price includes sod cloth an d khaki tent bag. f VERDALITE AND WATERPROOF BALLOON SILK For description of material, see page 5. o Size A V *o <« 5 "J Order Width Depth Ileig 'S o u Stake Need iA3051 7V 3 x 1V 3 7 734 $13.85 24 $ .60 :A3053 834x 8H 8 11 17.40 2* .b5 : A3054 10^x10^ 9 13 21.25 32 .80 Price includes sod cloth and standard tent bag. SPECIAL WATERPROOF For description of material, see page 5. Order No. Size ■5 X) Q. ^ p Height Weight Price Stakes Needed Pole and Stakes A4051 7^x 7^ 10 $7.20 16 $ .55 .60 A4053 15 9.50 16 A4054 115/6x115^ 20^ 12.10 24 .75 Price includes standard tent bag. ' Any of the above Miners' tents made with 2-foot tall, add 30 per cent, to prices quoted above. "RATLIFF" TENT This tent is specially designed for the use of the camper, canoeist, hiker or motorcyclist who wishes a complete light tent for one night camp. It is the lightest and most compact tent made and sim- ple and quick to set up. It is made with ground cloth sewed in the tent — also has a bobinet front and a window on each side — in warm weather there is plenty of ventilation and in cold weather the windows and front can be closed for protection. The ground cloth is made of our famous Emeral- ite and the top of Verdalite. The windows are 8 inches square and covered with bobinet. The floor plan is triangular, it is only necessary to use 3 stakes in setting this tent up. Dimensions 8x4 feet and 4^2 feet high. There is plenty of room for one man to get a good comfortable night's sleep. When rolled up it makes a roll 5 inches in diam- eter and 12 inches long. Weight 3^4 lbs. Price, each $12.00 "TOOMAN" TENT Our new tent for two people. Its special features are its extreme lightness, com- pactness and simplicity in erecting. Can be set up anywhere in two minutes and it only requires 4 stakes to peg it down — a rope attached to the peak and thrown over a limb of a tree and the tent can be pulled up to the desired height. Tent is complete with ground cloth sewed in — bobinet front and 2 windows, giving perfect ven- tilation. The ground cloth is made 01 our famous Emeralite and the top is of Verdalite. When rolled up it occupies a space 18 inches long x 6 inches in diameter. The size is 8 feet deep, 30 inches across the back, 5 r / 2 feet across the front and b l / 2 feet high at the front. Weight, 5>2 pounds. 'Price $17.50 12 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK PALMETTO CANOE TENTS _ There is more head room in one of these tents, size 7x7, than in a Frazer model, 8^4x8^4. 4A2030 Tanalite, khaki color, or Emeralite, dark green; 7 r /3 feet square, 8 J / 2 feet high at center; 6 feet high at eaves ; weight, 11 lbs. ; price, including sod cloth and khaki tent bag $26.20 Extra for center pole, spreaders and stakes.. 1.70 4A3080 Waterproof Balloon Silk, or Verdalite; V/i feet square; S l / 2 feet high at center; 6 feet high at eaves; weight, 12 lbs.; requires 24 stakes; price, including sod, cloth and standard tent bag... $19.35 Extra for center pole, spreaders and stakes.. 1.70 TOILET TENTS TENT AND WATERPROOF MATERIALS We are now making these tents on an entirely new model, which will be found most convenient and serviceable. One side is made so as to continue out beyond and around the front, lapping over the oppo- site side as shown in the illustration. This form al- lows of perfect' privacy and ingress and egress is effected without the bother of flaps or curtains. The walls are made five feet high on all sides and the roof is raised in front for ventilation. Prices include Standard tent bag. KHAKI TOILET TENT SIZE ■5 — -a a :~ v £ G HEIGHT a c 3 2 pq £ Weight Price of Tent Stakes Needed Seven Uprights and Stakes Extra | 5x5 5 ft. 7 ft. 10 lbs. $8.90 13 $1.95 STANDARD TOILET TENT SIZE •2 • c a :- v £ q HEIGHT ^ c a £ « & Weight Price of Tent Stakes i Needed Seven Uprights and Stakes Extra 5x5 5 ft. 7 ft. 7J4 lbs. |6.00 13 $1.95 6 73 Si V V Materials Color Width Inches Ozs. er Yar Price er Yar 6 4A2C93 Tanalite Waterproof Khaki 4 A2094 Emeralite Waterproof Green 4A3093 Balloon Silk Waterproof White 4A3094 Verdalite Waterproof Green 4A4093 Special Waterproof White 4A4094 8 oz. Defendo Duck White 4 A4095 10 oz. Defendo Duck White 4A4096 12 oz. Defendo Duck White 4A8093 8 oz. Protecto Duck Khaki 4A1093 10 oz. Protecto Duck Khaki 4A1290 12 oz. Protecto Duck Khaki 4A1380 Waterproof Drill Brown 4 U381 Waterproof Duck Brown 4A1382 English Bobbinet White Samples of materials mailed promptly BOBBINET MOSQUITO-PROOF FRONTS 37 5Vs $ .75 37 5H .75 38 5 2 A .55 38 .55 29 sy» .25 285^ 8+ .35 28y 2 10+ .40 28]/ 2 12 + .45 2sy 2 8 + .45 28]/ 2 10 + .50 28y 2 12 + .55 36 11 .45 36 16 .65 72 3/ 2 .85 upon request. Toilet seat Style A Two methods of making Bobbinet Mosquito-Proof Fronts are shown in these illustrations. Style A shows front attached to the sides and walls, made extra long and full, equipped with adjustable rope Which raises and lowers the mosquito-proof curtain. Style B Style B shows Bobbinet Mosquito Front with cir- cular opening in centre. This opening is made extra full with a pucker string. This makes an absolutely tight insect front that is always permanently in posi- tion, and is advisable in tropical countries or where the pests are beyond any other method of control. Can be supplied sewed in or made detachable and prices are figured on the number of square feet in the front of the tent. 4A1408 Either style sewed in, per sq. foot. 12c 4A1409 Either style made detachable, per sq. ft. 14c. ROPE Order No. Diameter Ft. to Pound Per Pound 4 A 1431 Cotton ^-inch 175 $ .42 4A1432 Cotton s^-inch 125 .42 4A1433 Cotton iVinch 100 .42 4A1434 Cotton ^-inch 53 .40 4A1435 6 thread Manila % -inch 60 .38 4A1436 9 thread Manila t^-inch 45 .38 4A1437 12 thread Manila f^-inch 25 .37 4A1438 15 thread Manila iVinch 19 .36 CAMPING 13 TENT WINDOWS 1 These are most desirable, especially in large tents, for comfort and for proper ventilation. Unless oth- erwise ordered they are placed in rear wall of tent and are made as follows : An opening of the proper size, varying somewhat according to the size and style of tent, is cut out and strongly reinforced around the edges with tape. The opening thus formed is then filled with fine mesh English bobbi- net, which is strong and durable, and this is also re- inforced across both ways with tape as shown in the illustration. Above the opening is placed a wide flap, of same material as the tent, and so arranged that it may be either raised or lowered from the inside by simply pulling a cord. The curtain is perfectly wa- tertight. 3A1401 Put in, complete, curtain and cord.. ^$2.50 GROUND CLOTH In certain localities a ground cloth is an absolute necessity in the way of keeping out snakes, insects, vermin, etc. It is also valuable in cold weather as a preventer of draughts and a great aid in keeping the tent warm. Recommended for a traveling or cruising trip where the tent must often be pitched hastily and perhaps on wet ground, in which case it assures a dry floor and clean bed, and is, besides, a protection to the tent when rolled up. We supply them either sewed permanently to the tent or separate, and in the latter case the tent should have a sod cloth to insure perfect protection Made of heavy brown canvas, tough, durable and perfectly waterproof. Separate ground cloths have rope loops for corner stakes. 4A1402 When separate, per square foot $ .10 4A1403 When sewed to tent, per square foot .11 "WINDTITE" TENT DOOR A Wind and Rain-tight closing flap, which will close the front of a tent as tight as though sewed together, is a special device of our own invention, which can be added to any of our tents at very mod- erate cost. No storm could possibly get through this roll of canvas when it is well rolled and tied. Can be worked from either outside or inside. 3A1406 Fitted to any stock tent $1.50 TENT STOVE-PIPE HOLE In cold weather, a stove in a tent is al- ways an appreciated luxury and many times a positive ne- cessity when the tent is of a style which cannot be heated from a fire in front. Such a stove is also very handy for use in bad weather for the prep- a ration of simple meals, drying out clothes, etc. We place stove-pipe holes in any tent as follows : An extra piece of the material is sewed to the tent as a rein- forcement, in which is inserted a specially made wide stove-pipe collar of asbestos. This thoroughly protects the tent from scorching or burning, and as it is quite flexible will roll up snugly with the tent. At the opening is placed a wide flap, of the same material as the tent, which is rolled up and tied with tapes when pipe is in use. When pipe is not used, the flap is lowered and tied in place with tapes, ef- fectually closing the opening and making it thor- oughly watertight. Always placed at right side (looking in) unless otherwise ordered. 4A1400 Asbestos ring placed in tent, com- plete with flap $3.00 CHEESECLOTH INSECT-PROOF TENT LINING Insect-proof Lining is suspended from the ridge and tied out to the four corners ; the front must be lifted to give entrance. This lining is a separate piece and can be used apart from the tent if desired. Size Of Tent (about) Price Size Of Tent (about) Price Size Of Tent (about) Price 4x7 $2.75 9x 9 $4.55 10x10 $5.75 7x7 3.45 9x10 4.95 10x12 6.25 7x9 4.00 9x12 5.50 12x12 6.60 METAL TENT SLIDE This patent slide, made exclusively by us, is the same as we use on all our tents. Order No. Weight Per Doz. Per Doz. 3A1424 Galvanized Steel 3A1425 Brass 4^ oz. 5 oz. $ .25 .50 14 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK KHAKI WICKI-UP The above cut shows detail construction of the frame of the KHAKI WICKI-UP. The problem of a portable canvas house combining strength, simplicity and durability is solved in the KHAKI WICKI-UP, which makes a handsome, attractive house, easily erected by anyone without the use of any tools, nails, bolts, screws or tacks. All openings in the house are screened — only the best material is used. Frame is made of well-seasoned clear-selected Pacific Fir, stained khaki to match canvas cover. The different parts of the frame are fitted with rustless castings which slide or hook together by unique interlocking device, the last piece locking the whole frame. After the sills are leveled the entire frame can be erected by one man within 30 minutes, without the use of any tools whatever. Floor: The 10xl5-foot KHAKI WICKI-UP is in six sections, 28 inches wide, 10 feet long, made of narrow matched hardwood boards, securely nailed to cleats. Each section can be easily car- ried and placed by one man. The entire frame of a 10xl5-foot KHAKI WICKI-UP, including floor, knocked down, makes a package 10 feet long, 28 inches wide, and 18 inches high. Roof is made of 12-ounce Protecto Duck, U. S. Army standard, khaki color, waterproof, mildew and verminproof. In erecting the roof is unfolded over the ridge, the eave poles are slipped through the side pockets, eye bolts are placed through the opening in the canvas and through the holes in the eave pole. The spring and turn buckle furnished are attached and the turn buckle taken up gives the desired tension. This makes a roof that is always taut and requires no further adjusting. Side Walls are made of 10-ounce Protecto Duck, U. S. Army standard khaki color, waterproof, mildew and verminproof. All window openings are covered with rustproof mosquito wire and adjustable khaki curtain. To place on the house, the canvas is opened up and laid on the side of the house, starting on the hinged side of the door. The canvas at the top is furnished with a small pocket into which a strip of wood H x §^ inches is slipped. This is pressed into a groove in the frame, a wooden button turned, and the top of the canvas is securely in place. After the top edge is placed around the entire house, the bottom edge is placed by pressing the canvas into groove with wood strip, which is held in place by button, and a small strip of canvas which acts as water table covers up the lower series of buttons. 7^x10 $116.00 8^x12 150.00 10 xl5 160.00 12 xl7 195.00 10 x22^ 325.Q0 14 Xl9 250.00 12 x25 270.00 14 X28^ 325.00 All prices F. 0. B. New York. STEEL TENT PINS The simplest and lightest style of steel pin made. Nest closely in packing. 4A1428 9-inch " 2 J / 2 ounces $ .06 4A1429 12-inch 5 S A ounces .07 4A1430 15-inch 9 ounces .08 NOEPEL'S STEEL TENT POLES- TELESCOPING The lightest tent pole made. Weighs less than wooden pole of the same diam- eter and is stronger; made of the best grade of seamless drawn steel tubing — all joints brazed and reinforced with electric galvanized satin finish to prevent rust. Telescopes to 29 J / 2 inches in length. Telescoping Upright Poles 3 A 1413 up to 8 ft. lVi-inch 3Vo lbs. $2.50 3A1414 8 to 9 ft. 1%-inch 3 T /s lbs. 3.00 Telescoping Ridge Poles 3A1417 up to 8 ft. lMHnch 37/ s lbs. $3.00 3A1418 8 to 9 ft. l}6-inch V/s lbs. 3.50 JOINTED TENT POLES— WOOD Strongly made of selected ash iy 2 inches in diameter, fitted with male and female hard brass ferrules. 3A1421 3A1422 3A1423 up to 6 to 8 to 10 ft. 3Vs lbs. 4?4 ^s. 6 lbs. $1.00 1.70 1.95 HOLD FAST STEEL TENT PINS Made from strong, machine angle steel, which c 1 rives easily and holds securely. Made in two styles for guy ropes and for beckets. 4A1426 Guy Ring Top 13-in. 6 oz. $ .11 4A1427 Becket Hook Top 9-in. 3J/2 oz. .08 CAMPING 15 THE NEW FITCH SLEEPING BAG This sleeping bag embodies many improvements over any sleeping bag heretofore made. Its one principal advantage is that while the bag, when made up, is absolutely tight, wind and water- proof, it can be easily and quickly opened up the full width of the blankets, and aired. The whole bag can be taken apart for cleaning and put together again more quickly and with far less effort than found in any other bag in the market. The blankets are so arranged as to prevent them getting bunched up around the limbs when the sleeper twists or turns. The cover can be quickly untied and thrown off, thus preventing condensation when the bag is used under cover, and when in the open the cover is arranged to close and make bag absolutely tight and waterproof. The sides and bottom of the cover are brown wa- terproof canvas. The top is made very full of Tanalite. The Fitch bag comes equipped with headflap or hood which can be used in the open for shelter. At each corner of the cover is a sleeve loop through which stakes may be driven to hold the sides taut, and prevent the bag shifting or slipping. Blankets can be quickly added if increased warmth is re- quired, or detached if a lighter weight bag is desired. 4A1449 Fitted with 16 thicknesses of blan- ket. Weight 26 lbs. Price $40.50 4A1450 Fitted with 12 thicknesses of blan- ket. Weight, 21 lbs 32.50 4A1451 Fitted with 8 thicknesses of blanket. Weight, 15 l / 2 lbs 24.50 4A1452 Fitted with 4 thicknesses of blanket. Weight, 10 lbs 16.60 4A1453 Cover only. Weight, 5 lbs 8.00 3A1456 One down quilt. Weight, 4^4 lbs. Fitted to any of the above bags. . . . 10.00 3A1457 One eiderdown quilt. Weight, 7 lbs. Fitted to any of the above bags 22.00 4A1459 One wool blanket bag. Weight, 3^ lbs. Fitted to any of the above bags 18.50 All the blankets used in our Fitch bags are specially woven for us, are absolutely pure all wool, color Dark Fawn Brown with brown trimming. These bags are made on the principle that a num- ber of layers of thin all wool blankets give more warmth than the same weight in heavy blankets, the air spaces between the blankets acting as a non- conductor. THE "PUSSY FOOT" SLEEPING BAG This is a new style of sleeping bag which we recommend as being the most practical one made. The special features are its extreme lightness for the amount of warmth procured — perfect comfort for the sleeper as there is ample room which is prop- erly distributed. The bottom of the cover is made of brown water- proof material which keeps all dampness or draught from reaching the inside of the bag. The top of the cover is made of Cravenetted Tanalite. This mate- rial is not absolutely waterproof but is as much so as any cover for a sleeping bag should be made — it allows the moisture which the body throws off during the night to escape. We use special quilts in these bags which are lined with lambs' wool and covered with a woolen material — these quilts are strong and give the maximum amount of warmth with the minimum weight. These quilts are much warmer in proportion to their weight than the very best grade of woolen blanket. It is a very simple matter to take this bag apart for airing purposes and it is also easy to put it together again. There are a series of buttons and buttonholes down the side and bottom of the cover and each quilt, and to take the bag apart all you have to do is to undo the buttons — the quilts and cover each have the tapes placed at intervals around the bag and when these are tied to one another it keeps the quilts in perfect position so that they cannot become disarranged during the night. This bag has been used and approved by several of the leading sportsmen and physicians. An ideal bag for use on the sleeping porch as well as camp use. Bag with one quilt is sufficient for a temperature as low as 40 degrees, 2 quilts is enough down to 25 degrees, 3 quilts is enough down to 10 degrees. Extra quilts should be added where necessary. Price of cover $6.00 Price with one quilt 18.00 Price with two quilts 30.00 Price with three quilts 42.00 Prices on special bags on application. The cover of this bag weighs 4 pounds and each quilt weighs 5 pounds. DOUBLE "FITCH" SLEEPING BAGS For use when two persons desire to sleep together. Made to order only at price equal to cost of two bags. To supply any of our covers with the necessary grommets, etc., to make it attachable to covered air bed or mattress will cost 50c. additional. SLEEPING SUITS For Men or Women A one-piece suit cut amply full so as to give perfect freedom. Opens down the front and about 18 V' ' inches up the back. The hood is -^X attached to the suit by buttons and can be easily taken off if desired. t \ A shirr string in the front of the hood for adjusting the size of the opening. t / Made of the celebrated Peruvian / / Llama wool, which is the lightest / / and warmest material made. The 1 v suit covers the body entirely, leaving only a portion of the face exposed. The socks, mitts and hood are "all a V wk part °^ g arment - Color: pearl B W grey. I 6 to 12 year, children's $10.00 I 30 to 34 chest sizes 16.00 H 36 to 38 chest sizes 18.00 40 and up 20.00 (In ordering give your height and chest measure.) 1G ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK THE IMPROVED "JOHNSON" WATER- PROOF SLEEPING BAG An entirely new model which we recommend as the best for general use, especially in the open with- out other cover. It is far warmer than the old Johnson blanket bag and so constructed as to be absolutely wind and waterproof. The special grade all wool blankets are made up in bag forms, which are made to fit snugly within each other. The inner section is furnished with two long cords at the bottom corners. These cords are run through grommets of as many sections as are required, then through the cover and held taut. This holds the bag in place at the bottom and makes it very easy to assemble and open. Where the grommets come through the cover a flap is at- tached, which makes the bag waterproof. This method affords an equal covering of blankets all around, and is very warm and comfortable. Cover made of close woven brown waterproof canvas. Has large flap to be used for head covering when sleeping in the open. Size of bag, 7 feet long, 3 feet wide. We recommend 4 thicknesses of blanket for summer, 8 thicknesses for spring and fall and 12 or 16 thicknesses for winter. 4A1460 Fitted with 16 thicknesses of blanket, weight 26 lbs $31.50 4A1461 Fitted with 12 thicknesses of blanket, weight 21 lbs 24.75 4A1462 Fitted with 10 thicknesses of blanket, weight 18 lbs . 21.35 4A1463 Fitted with 8 thicknesses of blanket, weight 16 lbs 18.00 4A1464 Fitted with 6 thicknesses of blanket, weight 14 lbs 14.60 4A1465 Fitted with 4 thicknesses of blanket, weight 11 lbs 11.25 4A1466 Fitted with 2 thicknesses of blanket, weight 9 lbs 7.90 3A1467 Cover, weight 6 lbs. to fit any of the above blankets 4.50 To fit cover of this bag with the necessary grom- mets. etc., to make it attachable to covered air bed or mattress will cost 50c. additional. We will make up blanket bags from blankets fur- nished by purchaser at a cost of 50c. for each pair of blankets. DOUBLE JOHNSON SLEEPING BAGS For use where two persons desire to sleep together for the sake of warmth. Made to order only, price equal to cost of two bags. "COMFORT" SLEEPING POCKET A combination of air bed and sleeping pocket. Outside case made of "Wearproof" duck and lined with felt. Cover fastens with snap buttons and has hood or head cover for use in the open. Air bed covered with felt. Has an air pillow, size 11x16, covered with felt and attached to bed with snap buttons. Pump for inflating sent with each bed. No. 1, size 25x75 in. ; weight, 18 lbs. Price $25.00 No. 2, size 30x75 in. ; weight, 22 lbs. Price 30.00 Mosquito netting attachment, extra 2.50 KNITTED SLEEPING BAG Recommended for their light weight and great warmth. These bags are not as comfortable or practical as the Fitch or Johnson bags, but where weight is the first consideration they afford warmth and protection, and are practical for ordinary tem- perature down to freezing. 4A1470. .Made of long Australian wool, color Heather Mixture. Wgt., A l / 2 lbs. Price $17.50 4A1472 Cover for either of the above bags, light Khaki. Weight, 2 l / 2 lbs. Price 3.50 4A1473 Cover for either of the above, water- proof Tanalite. Wgt., 2 l / 2 lbs. Price 6.00 4A1474 Small size Australian wool, color Brown Heather Mixture. Weight, 3^4 lbs. Suitable for person up to 5' 3" in height. Price 16.00 KENWOOD SLEEPING BAGS The inside blanket bags are open down only as far as the outside bag, as shown in illustration. The outside bag is made on the closed cover principle, having no opening other than a short top opening where the sleeper enters. We do not consider this bag quite so handy and convenient as our Fitch and Johnson models, but it is warm and serviceable, and the simplicity of its design makes it moderate in price. Cover made of heavy duck fitted with pro- tective flap for head covering at top. 4A1475 Regular bag, complete, weighs 16 lbs. $19.00 Separate Parts: 4A1477 Cover only — no blankets 4.00 4A1478 Heavy inside blanket bag 8.00 4A1479 Light inside blanket bag 7.00 "FEATHERWEIGHT" SLEEPING POCKET Made similar in style and design to "Comfort," but of finer and lighter material. Outside case made of balloon silk, coated with rubber compound. Lined with wool felt and fastened with snap buttons. Air bed made of special fabric, coated with pure Para rubber. Covered with fine wool felt. Has "pillow- stool," size 5x12x18, used either as a stool or pillow. No. 3, size 25x75 in. ; weight, 10^4 lbs. Price . . $50.00 No. 4, size 30x75 in. ; weight, 13 lbs. Price.. 60.00 Mosquito netting attachment, extra 2.50 CAMPING i? BLANKETS The very best selection of blankets for camping and outdoor use. Made expressly for us and of proper sizes. Hudson Bay 3A1495 4 point Hudson Bay blanket, Khaki color, extra heavy weight. They are, in fact, the heaviest blankets made, all wool, closely woven and recom- mended to those who desire a blanket of great warmth and able to stand hard usage. Size, 72x90; weight, 12 lbs % $16.50 Huron Blankets 4A1496 Our own new special double blanket which we use in the Fitch sleeping bags, and recommend very highly. Absolutely pure wool and beautifully made. Color Dark Fawn, brown trimming. Very soft and pleasant to the touch. Size, 70x80; weight, 5 lbs $8.00 U. S. Army Blankets 3A1497 This blanket is at present used by the U. S. Army. Olive Drab. Guar- anteed all wool. Size, 66x84 ; weight, 5 lbs 7.50 Double Khaki Blankets 4A1498 A fine double camp blanket. All wool. Excellent for general use. Color, Khaki. Size, 70x80; weight, 5H lbs 7.00 New U. S. A. Light Weight Blanket 4A1502 This is a new blanket adopted by the Government as the "light weight" standard. Made in Olive Drab onlv. * Size, 66x84; weight, 3 lbs 5.75 U. S. Forestry Blanket 4A1501 Used as the standard blanket in the Forestry division of the Government. Made of guaranteed all wool in Olive Drab. 66x84 ins.; weight, 5 lbs. 6.00 Army Blankets 4A1499 This blanket is the famous army blanket used by the Government for years. Single, color Blue-grey, trimmed with black. Size, 66x84 ; weight, 5 lbs 3g 5.50 3A1504 Cotton Army Blankets.— Made of all-cotton with a wool finish similar to cotton eiderdowri. A good blanket for summer Use. Color, Khaki Mix- ture with dark Khaki border. Siz,e, L 60x84 in.; weight, 4 lbs % 3.50 Camp Blankets 3A1500 A strong, heavy double blanket for roUgh use. Excellent as a "bottom blanket" or "bed roll." Color, Dark Blue, fancv trimmed. Size, 60x72 : weight, 5*4 lbs 3.25 THE AYENFCO AIR MATTRESS An unusually light, strong and compact air mat- tress. Only the very finest materials enters into the construction of this mattress — strictly hand made throughout. With proper care one of these beds should last for years. Covered with Khaki Jeans. Coated with the best quality of live rubber. Stays are of strong heavy tape and they will not break. 25x45 Price $17.50 25x75 Price 20.00 32x75 Price 24.00 36x75 Price 28.00 AIR MATTRESSES They are especially desirable for use on automo- bile tours, either when camping in the open or for use in wayside hotels where the beds are ofttimes "rocky." Used in connection with our sleeping bags in "combination" form, they make the ideal bed for campers, and we recommend the latter form as the very best portable bed to be had. They are very carefully made from a high grade of rubber, strongly stayed and reinforced, and covered with a removable and washable Khaki slip. Order No. Long Wide Weight Each 3A1549 6 ft. 3-in. 2 ft. 1-in. 11 lbs. 3A1550 6 ft. 3-in. 2 ft. 8-in. 12 lbs. 3A1551 6 ft. 3-in. 3 ft. 15 lbs. 3A1552 With air pillow attached to innate separately, extra 2.00 4A1553 Brass pump, automobile style, 2.25 4A1554 Foot bellows pump, very powerful. $19.00 22.00 27.00 6.00 INVINCIBLE AIR MATTRESS It is superior to any other mattress made and will last for years without deterioration. A Khaki cover is vulcanized to the rubber — only the best grade of materials being used — strongly stayed and reinforced. 3A1592 6 ft. 4 in. long, 30 in. wide, 6 in. thick $30.00 3A1593 6 ft. 4 in. long, 36 in. wide, 6 in. thick 35.00 AIR CUSHIONS Best rubber fabric covered with Khaki. Order No. Size Weight 3A1733 3A1734 3A1737 3A1738 3A1546 3A1547 3 A 1548 12xl2-in. 12xl4-in. 12xl5-in. 15xl5-in. AIR Air pillow size, v/ 2 lbs. iy 8 lbs. \y A lbs. 1% lbs. PILLOWS 11x16, Khaki 3§ Each $3.00 3.50 3.75 4.00 ered, weight, Y A lb 3£ $2.75 Air pillow, size, 16x21 ; wgt, l l 4 lbs.^g 3.50 Air pillow, size, 17x26 ; wgt., lY A lbs 4.00 18 AGERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 3Gth STREET, NEW YORK SHATTUCK STEAMER AND CAMP ROLL * i » i* i* r For carrying blankets and personal duffle, in- cluding shoes, extra clothing, underwear and toilet articles. When opened flat everything is accessible and rolls up like a steamer roll. For steamer use steamer blankets can be placed inside — for camp use camping blankets. At night, by untying 8 tapes, the center wail pocket can be taken out, blankets spread and cover can be used as outside sleeping bag cover. The outside straps and handle make it easy to pack and carry as hand luggage. The center wall pocket has three tiers of pockets of different sizes, each with flap and tie tapes to pre- vent articles from falling out. At the top are loops for inserting tooth brush, combs, etc. ; on the bottom of the roll are two large pockets with flap and tie tapes into which large ar- ticles can be stored, such as shoes, etc., and at night the pockets can be stuffed and used as a pillow. Made of brown waterproof canvas, bound through- out, wall pocket and pockets made of Khaki. Size, 28 in. wide by 6^4 ft. long; weight, 5 lbs. 14 oz. 4A1878 3g $10.00 NEWSOM COMBINATION HAMMOCK Made of heavy tan canvas. Size overall 7x3 feet. Has five-inch loops or sleeves at each end and on each side, with two eyelets at corner of each loop. Triple sewn seams and extra reinforced corners. By cutting four poles and running them through the sleeves and lashing, a frame is made which may be set up on forked sticks driven into the ground. This arrangement makes an excellent cot. Canvas may also be suspended by the end poles between two trees, making a very good hammock. It is the right size to use as a pack cloth or a one-man ground cloth. On account of its many uses and light weight, we strongly recommend it as a great improvement on the ordinary stretcher bed. Weight, 3% lbs. 4A1488 Price % $3.60 PENNSYLVANIA CAMP ROLL r-1 1 This roll consists of a body piece of brown water- proof duck, 7 feet long by 3 feet wide, to which is attached side wings of lighter waterproof material the full length of the roll and 18 inches wide, made to fold in and close with straps and buckles. At the foot is a long light waterproof sheet, which when folded in, is the same size as the body of the roll. At the head is a wing the full width of the roll, into which is fitted two bellows pockets. The center, or main body of the roll, has laced to it a sheet of white drill. This sheet can be taken off for launder- ing and can be unlaced at the corner and stuffed to make a mattress when desired. To pack the roll, clothing and blankets are placed upon the white sheet and the side flaps turned in and buckled. The long end piece is then folded over the top and but- toned to the sides to prevent water from entering when packed for shipment. It is then rolled up from the foot and the head piece containing the bellows pockets is the last thing to roll over the outside. Leather straps, brass buckles. 4A1341 Roll complete with carrying straps, weight, 10 lbs $12.00 CARRY-ALL BED A sleeping bag, camp bed with mattress, hammock and canvas carry-all combined in one. The bottom and flaps are made of heavy 12-oz. Army Duck, bottom doubled, like the Triton Stretcher bed, so that it can be stuffed to form a mattress and length- wise poles inserted to raise it from the ground. Crosswise and lengthwise poles may be inserted to make a flat hammock — ropes being attached to the crosswise poles head and foot. Clothing, blankets, etc., can be laid in flat before rolling and when strapped it is a carry-all ready for the trail. 4A1490 Unlined Canvas Cover 3g $5.25 4A1491 Lined with Wool Blanket 8.00 HOT WATER BOTTLE There are many times and places when a good hot water bottle is better than medicine, and in the Case of pain, cramps, etc., it is invaluable. On a cold night it is equal to an extra blanket and its grateful warmth at the bottom of a sleeping bag is heartily appreciated by all those wise ones who have tried it. Our bags are selected for the pur- pose and made of the best grade of red Para rubber, 'apacity, 4 quarts ; weight, 12 oz. $1.75 4A1788 CAMPING 19 TRITON" STRETCHER BEDS Made of heavy tan canvas. Size, 6x3 feet. Easily erected by running poles through sleeves at side, which rest on crotched supports driven into the ground. Weight, 3 lbs. IA1487 $2.50 AUTOMOBILE AND STEAMER BAG Used also as camp blankets. Made of fine wool, very light and warm. Made in one piece and laces up for about two feet from bottom, fasten- ing with snap buttons the rest of the way. Excel- lent for tourists and inva- lids. Color, brown with dark red lining. Size, 66x 72 inches. Weight, 6^ lbs. 3 A 1480 Without Hood $10.00 11.00 JA1481 With Hood BLANKET PINS Made of heavy spring wire, nickel plated, well empered ; will not break. A1786 4 inches long. Per dozen % $ .40 A1787 3 inches long. Per dozen in. wide, 3 in. deep. Weight, 7 oz. Packed in cloth case. 3A1567 $1.50 KHAKI WALL POCKET For holding the "little things" in camp. When mov- ing camp it can be folded together and rolled up with con- tents. Can be hung up most anywhere in the tent or on forked stakes, and is a great conveni- ence. Twelve Full Box Pockets, 3, 9x8 in., 4, 6^x7 in., 5, 5^2x4^2 in., and fifteen loops at top to hold small' articles. Weight, 1 lb. 4A920 $2 00 22 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK WATERPROOF MATCH BOX Made of hard rubber with a screw top. Absolutely waterproof and will float if dropped overboard. With each box is supplied a per- forated cap which screws inside the top so box can be used as a pepper, salt or spice sprinkler. 3A1781 Size,. 1^4x3 inches; weight, 1 oz $.40 D-LITE LANTERN The one we recommend above all other kerosene lamps for camp use. Will not blow out, easy to fill, guarded globe, hinged at bottom, very strong and durable. 10 candle-power. 011 capacity, 24 hours. Bright tin finish. Height, 13 inches. Weight, 37 ozs. 3A1570 $1.25 CAMP LANTERN A most excellent model for camp, boat and general use. Adopted by the United States Army. Made with tubular frame and skeleton bottom. Guarded globe. Hinged top. Strong and durable. Fount locks with bayo- net catch. Burns kerosene. Oil" capacity, 16 hours. Four candle- power light. Bright tin finish. Height 11 inches ; weight, 41 ozs. 3A1582 $1.25 DRIVING LANTERN Made especially for driving and the most popular "dash" lamp in the market. A very good camp lantern also. Has corru- gated reflector and bull's-eye lens. Fitted with spring clip and handle and has side lever for raising globe. Burns kerosene. Twelve candle-power light. Oil capacity, 19 hours. Blue Japan finish. Height, 13 ins. ; weight, 19 ozs. 3A1583 $ .75 COMBINATION LANTERN Burns Kerosene, Signal Oil or Candles A satisfactory all-around lan- tern. Double-guarded globe, bail handle, spring top. Spring-clip oil fount; capacity, 15 hours. Fitted with extra burner for sig- nal oil and candle holder. Two candle-power light. Bright tin finish. Height, 10)4 inches; weight, 31 ozs. 3A1584 $ .75 THE "DRESSEL" LANTERN A lantern that has been made after consid- erable experimenting and we consider this lamp a most perfect model for camping purposes. The frame work is of gal- vanized steel and will not rust and the patent burner gives an excellent light. Will stay lit in the strongest wind and the globe is protected so that it is almost impossi- ble to break it. This is the strongest lantern of its kind made. Height, 11 inches weight, 2^4 pounds. Price.. $1.25 ARMY CANDLE STICKS When these two candle sticks are screwed together and the two cups for holding candles laid flat inside they make a round pocket piece l^x3^-inch diame- ter and weigh 5 ozs. Made of polished brass. 3A1372 % $1.25 FOLDING CANDLE LANTERN- AUTOMATIC A n An ideal lantern for campers. Simple, light and compact. Folds flat and carries in the pack or pocket. All parts con- nected — nothing to get lost or mislaid. Set up, ready for use in a mo- ment. Size, open, lOx 4*4x4 inches. Size, fold- _ed, 7^x4^x24 inches. Made with reflecting back and slot for hang- ing. Adopted by United States Army. 4A1585 Aluminum, weight, 9 ozs. 3A1586 Brass, weight, 19 ozs 3A1587 Tin, weight, 16 ozs 4A1588 Extra Mica Slides. Each, Lantern Cases Very convenient for use with the folding lanterns shown above. Protects the lantern from injury and the pack or pocket from soiling. Made of fine russet leather, hand sewed, fastening with strong, snap-but- ton. Size, 9^x5^. Weight, 4Y 4 ozs. 4A1589 $1.25 CANDLES Special hydraulic pressed — will not soften from heat, are odorless and will not drip. 4A1590 Length, 4 inches. Diameter, % inch. Trice, per dozen $ .25 4A1591 Length, 4 inches. Diameter, V/% inches. Price, per dozen 40 CAMPING >3 ELECTRIC LAMPS Watchman's Lantern. This is the safest, cleanest and handiest lantern made. The light is switched on or off with the same hand that carries it. It contains a powerful battery and will give fourteen hours continuous service or twenty- eight hours intermittent ser- vice. The lantern can be used when surrounded by the most explosive gases. 3K6056 Complete $5.50 3K6052 Renewal Tung- sten battery... .75 3K5978 Renewal Mazda bulb 20 Vest Pocket Torpedo hunting case flash light, rounded corners, no projections. Fresh battery can be instantly inserted. Contacts positive. Nickel cases. 3K6011 54xl^x3K com- plete $1.00 Renewal Tungsten Bat tery No. 750.. Mazda bulb 3K6012 }ix2V 4 x3]4 com plete Renewal Tungsten Bat- tery 4 Mazda bulb J Vest Pocket Flash Light 3K6081 54x1^x2% com- plete J Renewal Tungsten Bat- tery '< Mazda bulb i 3K6082 24x2x2^ com plete Renewal Tungsten Bat tery Mazda bulb 20 .30 1.25 1.10 .40 Nickel plated Tubular Tungsten Flash Lights—cases pure brass heavily nickel plated, thoroughly insulated, no possibility to short circuit, side switch. Burns continuously 8 hours, intermittently 16 hours. 3K6013 1^x6^4 complete $1.50 Renewal Tungsten Battery 30 Mazda Bulb .20 3K6014 Same as above excepting larger battery with extra large lens and reflector, complete. Iiy 2 x8y 2 $2.40 Renewal Tungsten Battery 40 Mazda Bulb 20 Cap and Lapel Lights. Two pins are located at the Lack of this lamp that it can be fastened in the cap. The battery case is carried in the pocket and on it is a switch by which the light can be turned on and (Off. With the lamp mounted on the cap, the light is always projected in he direction the head is turned. IK6053 Cap lantern (5-cell, complete) $5.50 3K6050 Renewal Tungsten bat- tery 75 3K5978 Renewal Mazda bulb.. .20 Cap and Lapel Light. Same as ibove except smaller, has no leather ase for the battery and no mag- lifying lens over the light. K6055 Lapel light (complete) $2.00 &K6051 Renewal Tungsten bat- tery 45 JK4959 Renewal Mazda bulb.. .20 Electric Tungsten Candles. Electric candles are the most attractive . decorations used. Candles are self-contained, carrying their own battery, pro- ducing their own cur- rent. Can be carried as easily as wax can- dles, but have the ad- vantage of being abso- lutely safe, giving a steady light. Burns from 3 to 5 hours. 3K6010 Enameled candle and nickel base.. $3. 50 .3K6005 Renewal bat- tery $ .40 3K5979 Renewal Mazda bulb $ .45 THE "HANDY" ELECTRIC HAND LANTERN A new model which is very compact and gives an unusually- good light. Makes an ideal lamp for the camper, canoeist or tour- ist, also a very handy article to have around the home. Made very strong throughout so that it will stand hard usage. The light is turned on or off by mere- m ly pressing a button on the top of the lantern. The battery will give 14 hours of continuous light. Has a very powerful lens which magnifies the light won- derfully. Lamp with battery $3.50 Extra batteries .45 Extra bulbs .20 IMPROVED "MADACO" SCALE We consider this scale the best one of its kind ever made. It is very strong, unusually well made and very accurate. An elegant addition to the bathroom or training quarters. You simply step on the platform and your exact weight is ascertained in a second. The finish is a pure white enamel, thoroughly baked on; the dial operates on the same order as a speedometer— the weight showing through the aperture in the top of circular plate in front, The platform is inlaid with best cork. Capacity of scale 250 lbs. Height 8 inches. Platform 8 inches x 10 inches. Weight of scale 25 lbs. Price $10.00 FERROSTAT VACUUM BOTTLE We consider this bottle one of the greatest inventions of modern times; it is far superior to the old type of vacuum bottles — its great feature being that it is unbreakable. The container is all made of steel and after considerable experimenting the bottle is now made so that it is al- most a perfect vacuum. It will keep any liquid cold for 24 hours and hot for 72 hours. The outside casing is very strong steel, highly nickel plated and has a cup which is screwed on the top for drinking purposes. 1 quart size $5.50 24 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 3Gth STREET, NEW YORK HUDSON BAY" AXE A special design with rounded bit and wide heel. Hand-made throughout of very best materials and warranted perfect. Solid steel heads, finely tempered. Best hickory handles. 4A1613 23-inch handle; weight, V/2. lbs. Price $ .90 4A1614 27-inch handle; weight, 2 lbs. Price 1.00 4A1615 Axe sheaths for above, weight, 5 oz. 1.50 FITCH BELT AXE Built on the Hudson Bay pat- tern. Best effect- ive light axe made. Best grade of steel throughout. Handle 16-in. long, weight, 1 lb. 2 oz. 4A1619 With sheath $2.00 NESSMUK AXE Double blade, finely tempered, best steel throughout. Handle second growth hickory. Length of han- dle, 16-in.. width of head, -iVin., cutting face, 25^- in., weight, 1 lb. 2 oz. 4A1620' With sheath $2.50 t"A. & F." AXES TREKKING SHOVEL A crood axe is one of the main requi- sites of a good camp and care should be exercised in its selection. We have given a great deal of attention to our axes, and those we offer cannot be improved upon for quality and general utility. They are made expressly for us, on patterns devised by ourselves, and of the very best materials. .Ebonite finish. 4A1600 Quarter axe, 19-inch handle ; weight, 2 lbs $ .75 4A1601 Half axe, 24-inch handle; weight, 2^4 lbs 85 4A1602 Three-quarter axe, 28-inch handle; weight, 3 lbs 85 4A1603 Full axe, 36-inch handle; weight, 5 lbs 1.15 Sheath for *4 axe 1.20 Sheath for y 2 axe 1.35 Sheath for 34 ax e 1.40 3A1605 Leather sheaths for full axe; weight, 8 oz., with sling strap 1.50 BOY SCOUT HATCHET The head is made of chrome nickel steel, and in one solid piece of steel, and not welded as other makes of hatchets are usually made. The handle is of selected second growth "hickory, furnished with j_ T ood leather sheath. Weight complete with the sheath \ l / 2 lbs. Price, complete head, black finished $1.00 Same as above but with full polished head. . . 1.20 NEW TRAPPER'S AXE Made the same shape and the same high grade of steel being used as in the Boy Scout hatchet listed above — has a 16-inch handle and weighs 2 pounds complete with leather sheath. Price, complete head, black finished $1.25 Same as above but with full polished head.. 1.50 Take-down shovel for automobile and camp use. Can be taken down by unscrewing wing nut and put in tool box of car. The knocked down length overall 16^ inches, put together 29^ inches, blade 6 l / 2 inches wide, 9]/ 2 inches long. Very best steel, strong and durable. Weight, 3 lbs. 9 oz. 4A886 $1.00 INTRENCHING SHOVEL Designed and used by the U. S. Government. The handiest little shovel made for trench digging or any other use where a small shovel is required. Very strongly made. Length overall 22 inches. Size of blade Sx6 l / 2 . Price $1.00 POCKET AXE STONES 3A1621 Carborundum, 2y 2 x2y 2 x]/ 2 in.; weight, 3y 2 oz. Price. . . $ .25 3A1622 Carborundum Combination, 4xlxJ/2 in. ; weight, 2 oz. One side smooth, the other rough, in leather case 75 3A1623 India, 3x1^x^4 in.; weight, 3y 2 oz 25 3A1624 India Combination, 3xl3/£xi 7 (r in.; weight, 3 oz. One side rough, the other smooth. In leather case 50 COMBINATION AXE AND KNIFE STONE A good stone for all-round sharpening — one that will do heavy axe work, as well as sharpen the finest knife — this round India Stone should be in your outfit. Has two faces — a coarse carborundum side for rough cutting and a fine India side for finishing. Three inches diameter; weight, 6^ oz. 3A1628 3A1629 Leather Case which has a loop on the back for attaching to belt...^§ PIKE SHARPENING STONE .15 A small vest pocket size stone with coarse and fine sides. Size, 1%& x inch thick. Weight, 2 i y 2 oz. Leather case supplied with each stone. 3A1627 % $ .75 MARBLE'S SAFETY POCKET AXES With Folding Spring Guard 3A1609 12-inch hickory handle, steel head, with welded steel bit; weight, 20 oz. Price $1.35 3A1610 Metal ■ handle, hard rubber side- plates, solid steel head; weight, 21 oz. Price 2.25 3 A 1611 Same as No. 3 A 1610. Fitted with folding pick 3.50 3 A 1612 Same as No. 3 A 1610. Fitted with folding nail claw 2.50 CAMPING 25 HUNTING AND SKINNING KNIVES The selection of a hunting knife should be made with great care as to quality, size, shape and balance. Our own knives are each designed for a particular purpose. We use a special grade of knife steel which, in addition to taking a very keen edge, is very tough. FITCH HUNTING KNIFE Made of best-grade butcher's steel, hand-forged and hand-ground, handles selected genuine stag, 3^ inches long, blade 4^ inches long, 1 in. wide. Saw- tooth back to prevent slipping. An excellent skin- ning knife. Weight, l l / 2 oz. Complete with best quality sheath $2.75 "A. & F. SPECIAL" HUNTING KNIFE BOWIE KNIVES Special steel, solid ebony handle, with hand checked grasp and "Thistle" butt. Fitted with long, snug- fitting sheath, which prevents the knife from work- ing loose from the sheath. 4F1644 4^-inch blade; weight, 5 oz % $2.25 4F1645 6-inch blade; weight, 6 oz % 2.50 "CHASSEUR" SKINNING KNIFE A favorite pattern for general skinning and butch- ery work. Made of best steel with solid tang entire length of handle and strongly riveted. Scored ebony handle. 4F1651 5-inch blade, leather slip sheath, weight, ± l / 2 oz. 'HUDSON BAY" .... $ .55 SKINNING KNIFE Made of very fine steel on the original Bowie pattern. Tang runs entire length of handle. Fine imported staghorn handles with cross-guard. A strong, heavy knife for rough work. Fitted with flat scabbard sheath of very handsomely embossed leather. 7H oz $2.25 9 4F1646 4F1647 4F1648 4F1649 4F1650 5-inch blade; 5-inch blade; 7- inch blade ; 8- inch blade ; 9- inch blade ; For fine and difficult skinning work, where nicety of manipulation is necessary, this knife has no equal. 4F1652 5-inch blade; weight, with sheath, 3^4 ounces $ .65 "ROCKY MOUNTAIN" SKINNING SET Many expert trappers and hunt- ers prefer a knife-steel to a sharp- ening stone for keeping a keen edge on a skinning knife. The skinning of heavy hides of all kinds requires frequent whetting of the knife and we know of no more handy and convenient means than this set. Knife is our famous "Chasseur" and the steel is special- ly made for the purpose and has a good "bite." Sheath hand made of best heavy oak leather with wide belt loop. Weight, complete, 12 oz. 4F1653 Knife, steel and sheath. Complete. $3.75 oz 2.50 9 J / 2 oz 3.00 10 oz 3.25 10y 2 oz 3.75 BRUSH KNIFE An excellent camp implement. Used in same manner as a small hatchet, for clearing out trails, traveling through swamps, canebrakes, etc. 4F1674 10-in. blade; weight, 22 oz. With sheath $3.25 MACHETES The very best implement for clearing up around camp and cutting out brush and small stuff. Un- eoualed as a general utilitv tool. 4F1673 28-in. long, weight V/ 2 lbs $1.10 4F1672 Leather sheath 1.00 MARBLE "Ideal" Hunting Knife ' ..... _____ , r 1 i I lit: Hollow ground blade. Chisel back for chopping bones, etc. Laminated leather handle with stag tip. Fitted with tube sheath and point protector. 4F1658 5-in. blade ; wgt., with sheath, 8 oz.^g $2.00 4F1659 8-in. blade; wgt., with sheath, 8 oz.*j£ 2.25 4F1660 7-in. blade ; wgt., with sheath, 10 oz.*f 2.50 "EXPERT" HUNTING KNIFE Similar in general design to the "Ideal" but blade is flatter and sharper and knife is lighter. 4F1661 5-in. blade; wgt., with sheath, 5 oz.f $2.00 4F1662 6-in. blade; wgt, with sheath, 6 oz.rfjg 2.25 "CANOE" KNIFE A short, heavy knife designed for rough use. Laminated leather handle. 4F1664 4^-ih. blade ; wgt, with sheath, 5 oz . *g $2.00 "SKINNING KNIFE" Thin bladed and made similar to our "Gloucester." Staghorn handle with finger-slot. 4F1667 5-in. blade; wgt., with sheath, 5 oz.^g $2.25 26 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK 3K5253 Finest Imported Kit Knife. Very best steel; fine stag- horn handles with heavy bolsters; very strongly made and fitted with most practical tools; has 2^2 -inch blade, 1^-inch blade, powerful screw-driver, nail puller, can open- er, reamer and fine cork-screw; a good serviceable knife in every way and recommended for every sportsman's kit. Weight, 4 oz. $4.00 3K5496 Army & Navy Knife same as above with Indestructo handle magnetic steel. $2.00 3K5246 American "Brush" Knife. Fine steel with curved hook blade tor pruning; wood handle with bolster and hole for cord; 3-inch blade; weight, 4 oz $ .50 3K5255 One of the famous old "Barlow"' Knives. American make; good steel; "easv opener"; bone handle with steel bolster; has 4-inch blade; weight, 4J4 oz $ .50 4K5250 Fine Imported Clasp Knife. Hunting Pattern. Lock back; very best steel with fine stag- horn handles and bolster; a very light but powerful knife and suitable for most hunting purposes; 3^2-inch blade; weight, 3 oz $2.25 4K5248 "Snap Open" or One-Arm Knife. American make; best steel; imita- tion stag handle with bolster; a most handy clasp knife; blade flies open and locks when spring is touched; 3^2-inch blade; weight, 4^ oz $1.25 BOY SCOUT KNIFE 4K5225 Best grade American steel, with horn handle. Contains can opener, reamer, strong whittling blade, screw-driver, bottle opener. Shackle attached at end so knife can be carried on chain $1.25 4K5240 Imported Jack-knife. Finest steel; horn handles with bol- sters; 1 large and 2 small blades; weight, 2V 2 oz $2.00 4K5227 Imported Pocket Knife. Very powerful blades; 1 large and 1 small; fine stag- horn handles; weight, \ l / 2 oz $1.25 4K5252 The "Handy" Pocket Knife. Made by the famous English cutlery manufacturer, George Wostenholm, of Shef- field; handsome knife in ap- pearance; contains the follow- ing: 1 large blade, 1 small blade, 1 nail file; pearl handle. Weight 3 oz.; length over all. 3^2 inches $3.25 4K5497 Tool-Kit, can be carried in pock- et. Made of brown cowhide grain contain- ing saw, file,' chisel, reamer, large and small, screw-driver and knife, all of which fit in one handle. Made up of good steel. $3.00 4K5237 "Cattlemen's" Knife. Best imported steel, staghorn handles, with bol- sters; has 1 large, 1 medium, 1 small and 1 spaying blade; weight, 3 oz...$2.50 4K5254 Swedish Pocket Knife. Unusually thin model; best qual- ity of Swedish steel blades; hand- somely decorated handle. The most up to date pocket knife ob- tainable. Contains 3 blades and a nail file; weight 2 oz.; 3 T /1 inches over all $3.50 4K5233 Best American Jack-knife. Very strong blades; best staghorn handles with heavy bolsters; 2 blades; weight 3 pz. $1.76 4 K 5235 Best Imported Jack-Knife, very powerful blades, 1 large and 2 small; best staghorn handles with bolsters; weight, 2 oz.$2.00 4K5234 Imported Pocket Knife. Product of Geo. Wosten- holm, Sheffield, England. The steel in the blades will not rust or stain — has 1 large and 1 small blade; white celluloid handle with plate in handle for name to be engraved on; weight 2 oz. ; length over all, 3^4 inches. . $2.00 4K5243 "Cattlemen's" Knife. Best imported steel; fine wood handle with bolsters; 1 large; 1 medium and 1 spaying blade; weight, 3 ounces $2.00 4K5945 American "Lanyard" Knife. Fine steel and very strong; wood handle with holster and hole for cord; 3-inch blade; weight, 6}4 oz $ .50 3K5236 American "Easy- Opener" Jack-knife. Very strongly made and good steel; 1 large and 1 small blade; ebonv handles with bolster: ight, 4 $ .75 2K5160 English Com- bination Knife. The fa- mous Geo. Wostenholm & Son material and make of the finest throughout: a very handy little pocket knife; ! large, 1 small blade; pair of scissors, nail file; weight 3 oz.; length 2)4 inches $5.00 CAMPING 2? FOLDING CAMP STOVE This stove is most use- ful and convenient where space has to be consid- ered in packing. Folds up 1 inch thick. It is made of sheet steel, all edges wired and thor- oughly braced. The lids are sheet steel with rim wired so that a handle is formed, which makes the stove lighter than with cast iron lids. Each stove supplied with five lengths of two-foot tele- scopic pipe, with adjustable spring damper and sli- ding draught door. For oven we supply aluminum bakers (see page 33), which bake and roast perfectly against the side of stove. Stoves are regularly made without Dotiom, Dtit we furnish a bottom with legs if desired at extra cost of $2.50. Order No. Size | Holes | Weight | Each 4A1681 10x12x18 1 16 lbs. $5.75 4A1682 10x12x26 2 isy 2 lbs. 6.25 4 A 1683 10x12x31 2 20 lbs. 6.75 4A1684 10x12x36 3 22 lbs. 8.00 4A1685 Canvas case for stove and pipe. . 1.50 BOX CAMP STOVES Made of same material as folding stoves and strongly reinforced, but is not collapsible. The round ends add stiffness and sta- bility and this stove will stand very rough usage. Much superior to sheet- iron stoves in every way. In packing, the cooking outfit, etc., goes inside the stove. Fitted with five lengths telescopic pipe, adjustable damper, lids sliding draught door. Regular stove has no bott and om. Order No. Size Holes Weight Each 4A1686 4A1687 4A1688 4 A 1689 4A1690 10x12x18 10x12x26 10x12x31 10x12x36 15 19 21 lbs. lbs. lbs. lbs. $5.00 5.50 6.00 7.00 Any of the above sizes fitted with bottom and legs, making 7 to 12 lbs. additional weight, extra 3.00 4A1691 Canvas case for stove and pipe 1.50 TENT STOVE A bully little stove which makes a most satisfactory tent heater. Will heat a large tent comfortably in the coldest weather. Fire can be kept all night. Made of a size to fit over our cooking outfits in packing. Made of heavy sheet steel, 12 inches in diameter, 12 inches high. Fitted with four lengths of two-foot telescopic pipe, ad- justable damper, lid and sliding draught. Can be used as a one- hole cook stove. 4A1721 Weight, complete, 11 pounds $3.00 4A1722 Canvas case for same, extra 1.00 THE "AYANEFCO" ALCOHOL GAS STOVE \3 These stoves are made of hard brass throughout, which will not rust or break, and beautifully fin- ished in bright nickel plate. For convenience in transportation they are made very light, and reservoir and handle unscrew for packing. They are fitted with a new and much improved form of burner and vaporizer, which gives, under absolute control, a very powerful 'flame. Its operation is simplicity itself. The valve is opened and a small amount of alcohol allowed to run into the burner pan. Valve is then closed and alcohol ignited. In a moment the vaporizer is heat- ed sufficiently to generate gas, when the valve is re- opened and the flame adjusted at pleasure. 4A1694 Single burner, weight, 2% lbs *® $5.75 ALCOHOL YACHT STOVE A perfect stove for permanent camps or general household use. The frame is made of galvanized steel and legs have holes for screwing down, so that it can be permanently fastened. All nuts, reservoir and fittings are of brass — nothing to rust. The burner is of liberal size, giving a large, hot flame. The rail is not high enough to interfere with fry- pan handle. Order No. Weight Tank Each 4A1699 Double burner, 13J4 lbs. 2 quarts $11.50 TRAVELERS' COMPANION Travelers' Companion, made of stamped steel tinned, folding handles ; can of solid alcohol and stand pack inside of pot. Weight, 14 ozs. Diam- eter, 5 inches ; height, 2^4 inches. Price, complete with can of solid alcohol.. $ .75 Refillers of solid alcohol, height 2 inches, diam- eter 2 l / 2 inches, weight 4 ozs., burn 2^2 hours Price $ .10 28 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 3Gth STREET, NEW YORK KEROSENE OIL STOVE Recommended for use in . the arctic regions and above timber line, and where fire- wood is scarce. The most satisfactory kerosene oil gas stove in the market. Its particular merit is simplicity of de- sign and operation, in which the faults common to other types of kerosene stoves have been obviated. Reservoir has a capacity of three pints, and will burn 9 hours; explosion is impossible. Combustion is perfect, resulting in an intense, blue flame with no odor, smoke or soot. 4A1712 Brass burner and stand, weight, 3^4 lbs $4.25 Radiating drum, weight, 1;^ lbs... 1.00 Canvas drum, weight, lb 1.00 Double Burner Yacht Stove with frame and rail $13.00 "ARIZONA" CAMP GRATE 3A1713 4A1715 STOVE IN CASE For convenience in carrying, we have de- signed a metal case, nicely japanned, in which the single-burner stove may be compactly fitted. The burner is removed from reservoir and a brass plug substituted, allowing the stove to be transported w i t h o u t emptying the oil. A can for alcohol is carried in the case, and spaces are arranged for the uprights and extra parts. 4A1718 Case complete, with stove, size, 9x9x 5 l / 2 inches; weight, b l /> lbs $5.50 THE ADIRONDACK CAMP GRATE We consider this grate the most satisfactory 7 one that has ever been devised — it is very compact, strong and practical. You have perfect control of the heat — the draft at back controls fire and the shields around grate retain the heat. It can be set up anywhere in 5 seconds — very cool to work at as the back and sides protect you from direct heat of fire while you are cooking. Size, folded, 19 inches x 10 inches x 1 inch. Size of grate, 18 inches x 10 inches. Weight, 5)4 lbs. Trice $2.50 Canvas case to hold above 1.00 A most serviceable article for camp cooking of all kinds, and especially for broiling. The frame is very rigid and, next to a stove, is the best portable sup- port for pots, pans, etc. Folds up perfectly flat when not in use, and carries with the folding baker. Order No, Size 4A1707 4A1708 14^x10^ inches 24^x12^4 inches Weight Each 2Y 2 lbs. $ .75 4 lbs. 6 oz. 1.00 SACKETT'S CAMP GRATE A handy little stand- ard for camp or picnic use. Light, strong, and compact, folds perfectly flat and carries handily with folding baker. 3A1709 Size, 9x14 ins. Weight, 26 ozs. . $ .50 FOLDING CAMP GRATE Made on the principle of a 'lazy tongs'' and requires no side logs for support. The height from the fire may be reduced by driving legs into the ground. Strongly made, of machine steel, well riveted and folds up snugly. Several pots and pans may rest securely upon it. Size extended, 24 in. x 16 in. x 10 in. high ; folded, 15 in. x 1 in. Weight, 2 l / 2 lbs. 4A1705 $2.00 4A1706 Canvas Bag 60 POTHOOKS OR HANGERS Even- camp cook will at once appreciate the usefulness of this most handy little article. No more upset pots, spilled dinners or burned fingers. Made of heavy steel wire, gal- vanized to prevent rust, in sets of six assorted sizes in carrvinc: case. 3A107 Per Set $ .25 V WIRE BROILER Made of heavily tinned steel wire in the regular manner with strongly reinforced edges. Ring jointed, but is a special size made expressly to fit our folding bakers and packs flat in the earning case. 4A104 7^4x18^ in.; weight, 11 oz. $ .20 4A105 10-34x18^ in.; weight, 16 oz 25 xl8J/2 in. ; weight, 18 oz 30 4 A 106 CAMPIXG 29 'ALUMINOL" COOKING OUTFITS These splendid outfits have made famous the name of Abercrombie & Fitch in all the far corners of the earth. Campers and explorers, canoeists and prospectors, engineers and army officers, yachtsmen and motorists have all tried, tested and praised their merit. Constant experiment and steady improvement in the material and design, year after year, have brought them to a state of perfec- tion which allows no com- parison. With the exception of the frying pans, all pieces in the "Aluminol" sets are made of extra hard, thick aluminum, practically indestructible and will endure all manner of hard usage without serious damage. This metal is non-poisonous, will not rust or corrode and is extremely light in weight. There are other aluminum sets on the market but they are made of thin, soft aluminum, which is utterly worthless — being made of an inferior alloy, which is too brittle or burns out readily. Beware of such outfits as claim to have a tensile strength nearly equal to steel — we have been through all that in the past and our experiments have proven that the alloys were not practical. _ With the "Aluminol" set we are now supplying steel frying pans, of the Very best grade, highly polished, and fitted with Miller's patent folding handle, an entirely new pattern and absolutely perfect. All parts are stamped in one piece, beautifully finished, and so designed as to nest perfectly. We offer these new "Aluminol" sets as the very best that can be procured for lightness, quality and durability, and we guarantee each and every part perfect. We have here in detail the more important pieces of the outfit, prices of which are given on page 31. The styles and patterns of the new "Armorsteel" outfits shown on page 32 are also very similar, the sizes being only slightly different. Cooking Pots.— All have permanently at- tached bail handles which cannot slip out or become lost. Made in five sizes — A, B, C, D, E. Each nests within the next larger pot and all fit into the largest pot, E, except when the large coffee pot is used and then the A pot is omitted. The A pot has tight-fitting cover and makes a most excellent "bean pot." All made with inset covers. Coffee and Tea Pots.— Made in two sizes and on a very unique pattern. Body and spout jmade in one piece, and there are no seams or solder to give jtrouble. Spout fitted with per- forated strainer. Has folding bail and side handles and inset hinged lid. The small size nests in the^ A pot, the large size in the B pot, and the small size fits within the larger. Cups.— Made in a generally ap- proved shape and with specially de- signed open handles which enable them to nest perfectly and fit within either the large or small coffee pot. Patent applied for. Miller Frying Pan. — Made of steel. We rec- ommend the steel pans, which are made of the finest steel and very highly polished. Has patent handle, light, strong and simple. When same is not in use it can be folded back so that it fits flat on the bottom of the pan. For use in cooking over a camp fire, where long handles are required, a stick of the desired length is inserted in the rings on the handles. The small size fits in the D pot and the large size carries on top of the outfit. Plates. — Made of a favorite camp pattern, light, strong and hand- some, with turned edges. Sides nearlv straight and deep enough for stews, porridge, etc. Xest perfectly flat and fit inside the D pot. / Bowls. — A practical and conven- ient size for soup, cereals, fruits, puddings, etc. Nest snugly and, to- gether with the cups, fit within either the large or small coffee pots. . mr. 30 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-5? W. 3Gth STREET, NEW YORK ALUMINOL COOKING OUTFITS— Continued Pans. — These han- dy utensils are used in many ways, as mixing and serving pans, vegetable dishes, baking, etc. Sizes B, C and D are fitted with folding side handles for use as stew pans. All nest in cooking pots as follows: No. B into B, No. C into C, No. D into D, No. E into E and No. F carries on bottom of outfit which sets within it. REGULAR "ALUMINOL" SETS For convenience in ordering we have made up sets for 2, 3, 4, 6 and 8 persons. By making up the sets we save you the trouble of figuring out the "nesting" features of each piece and furnish you the correct size cooking pots, coffee pots, fry pan, etc., to nest completely inside of the largest pot. In each case the price of the set includes carrying case of canvas, but where shipments of the outfit are to be made by freight or express we strongly recommend the use of the more substantial fibre case. Equipped for Two Persons 1 A cooking pot; 1 B cooking pot; 1 coffee pot, small < 1 frying pan, small; 2 plates, 2 cups, 2 soup bowls, 2 knives, 2 forks, 2 dessert spoons, 2 tea- spoons. 4A22 Size, when nested, 9 l / 2 x$}4 inches; weight, 6 lbs. 6 oz. Price, including canvas case $12.65 Equipped for Three Persons 1 A cooking pot ; 1 B cooking pot ; 1 coffee pot, small ; 1 frying pan, medium ; 3 plates, 3 cups, 3 Soup bowls, 3 knives, 3 forks, 3 dessert spoons, 3 teaspoons. 4A33 Size, when nested, 10x10 inches; weight, lYz lbs. Price, including can- vas case $14.00 Equipped for Four Persons 1 A cooking pot; 1 B cooking pot; 1 C cooking pot ; 1 coffee pot, small ; 1 f rying pan, large ; 1 fry- ing pan, small; 4 plates, 4 cups, 4 soup bowls, 4 knives, 4 forks, 4 dessert spoons, 4 teaspoons. 4A44 Size, when nested, 10x11^4 inches; weight, 10 lbs. 14 oz. Price, including canvas case $20.65 Equipped for Six Persons 1 B cooking pot; 1 C cooking pot; 1 D cooking pot; 1 E cooking pot; 1 coffee pot, large; 2 frying pans, large; 6 plates, 6 cups, 6 soup bowls, 6 knives, 6 forks, 6 dessert spoons, 6 teaspoons. 4A66 Size, when nested, 11x12^ inches; weight, 17J4 lbs. Price, including can- vas case $31.35 Equipped for Eight Persons 1 B cooking pot; 1 C cooking pot; 1 D cooking pot; 1 E cooking pot; 1 coffee pot, large; 2 frying pans, large ; 8 plates, 8 cups, 8 soup bowls, 8 knives, 8 forks, 8 dessert spoons, 8 teaspoons. 4A88 Size, when nested, 11x12%$ inches; weight, 18^4 lbs. Price, including can- vas case $35.35 Separate Pieces for "Aluminol" Cooking Outfits Sizes given below allow for all lugs, handles and projections. c5 Size 53 over all >» der Article V) (/) 'ints Ounce Weigh rice O U J A2 « Cooking pot A and cover. JAW Cooking pot B and cover. Ino2 ^ 00 kmg pot C and cover., a ^oo^ng Pot D and cover. , 4A25 Cooking pot E and cover. 4A27 Coffee pot, small 4A30 Fry pans, special steel, l'ge *A81 Fry pans, spec, steel, med. a , o? P ans » s P ec - steel » smah 4A35 Plates *4A38 Pan B, folding handles *4A40 Pan C, folding handles... *4A41 Pan D, folding handles... 9 *4A42 Pan E, no handles 10 *4A43 Pan F, no handles 11$ 4A45 Table knives, steel.... 4A46 Table forks 4A47 Dessert spoons 7 4A48 Tea spoons *4A49 Carving knife, steei *4A51 Carving fork, steel *4A52 Cooking spoon, 'Aluminol" *4A53 Cake turner, steel *4A55 Salt ana pepper boxes, tin mops 7 61 H n 9i 7i 10* 8* Hg Hi 7* ei 6 n 11 2 2 8J 11 8i I 4i 4| 2i 7 2| 8 21 9 3 10 3* u* , 4 * 8| long 6* long 7 long 5f long 125 long 13 long Hi long Hi long 2 ll 5* 5 12i long 24 17 *4A58 Dish *4A59 Dish 4A60 Canvas bags for sets Pieces marked * are not included in regular outfits 6rV 15 $2.20 9 it 20 2.75 13| 24 3.25 18* 30 4.00 47 5.75 6| 16 3.50 4i 12 3.00 .... 30 24 .65 20 .60 .55 I* .40 .30 2i • 30 3 81 120 *& 8J 1.40 6& 10 1.65 »« 11 1.85 12ft IS 2.20 li .30 f .15 i .15 i .10 5 .50 4 .30 2 .45 3i .10 1 .05 2 .15 2* .10 2* .10 1.00 COOKING OUTFIT CASES Fibre Cooking Outfit Case The only safe and really practical case for carry- ing a cooking set. Light in weight, but absolutely unbreakable. Fitted with strong strap and lock buckle. Outfit may be shipped or checked as bag gage with perfect safety. No. 4A83 takes our regu lar 4A66 outfit with space at top for towels, basins etc. No. 4A84 takes cooking outfit and pot stove, See page 28. Order No. High Diameter Weight Price 4A83 4A84 15 J A in. 16]/ 2 in. 12}$ in. 14 in. *y 4 lbs. 4V 2 lbs $4.00 4.50 Wicker Cooking Outfit Case Made by hand from best quality French willow with pin and loop fastener. Order No. | Height I Diameter Weight 1 Price! 4A85 11 in. 11^4 in. V-A lbs. $3.00 4A86 12H in. 123/g in. 1% lbs. 3.25 4A87 l5 l / 2 in. 13J4 in. 2% lbs. 4.00 CAMPING 31 ARMORSTEEL" COOKING OUTFITS This outfit, which takes the place of our old "Re- tinned Steel Outfit," is, with the exception of our "Alu- minol" sets, the very best cooking outfit to be had. The different pieces all cor- respond in shape and style to those in the "Aluminol" sets, varying only slightly in size. The weight, of course, is greater, but when this is not considered the outfit leaves nothing to be desired. All the pots are made of high-grade pressed "Armorsteel" and stamped in one solid piece — no joints, seams or solder. Handles are all perma- nently attached with riveted lugs. All covers are inset and close fitting. The frying pans, which are made from special steel, are all fitted with Miller's Patent folding handle. This handle is attached to the pan — cannot work loose, and is a tremendous improvement' over any other style of handle in the market. With the exception of the frying pans, all pieces are double tinned and finely finished, and there is no other outfit of the kind made which can approach it for quality, service or price. These sets must not be confounded with the cheap retinned and tin-plated outfits on the market, to which it is superior in every way, and it is only necessary to compare them with those offered by other dealers for one to realize the vast difference in quality, design and compactness. "Armorsteel" is our own special make, sold by us exclusively, guaranteed absolutely, and cannot be obtained elsewhere. "ARMORSTEEL" COOKING OUTFITS Solid Seamless Steel. Double Tinned. COMPLETE OUTFITS The number of pieces in these outfits is the same as the "Aluminol" sets on page 31. They nest in precisely the same manner, but are not interchange- able with the "Aluminol," as the sizes vary slightly. The sets listed below are carried regularly in stock, but will be made up in any manner to suit and pieces will be omitted or extra pieces added as desired. Prices quoted include carrying case. 4A222 Set complete for two persons. Weight, 6^4 lbs $4.40 4A333 Set complete for three persons. Weight, l]/ 2 lbs 4.85 4A444 Set complete for four persons. Weight, 12 lbs 6.90 4A666 Set complete for six persons, Weight, liy 2 lbs 9.35 4A888 Set complete for eight persons. Weight, 19^4 lbs 9.90 "FLAPO-O" CAKE TURNER One of the niftiest little tricks for the camper we have ever seen. Made of flexible steel, highly pol ished. Slips on and fits securely any ordinary table knife and makes the best cake turner to be had. Makes the best sort of a scraper for bread board, table or kettles and is handy as a fish-scaler. Size, 3x45^2 inches. J-i 4A103 | .10 SEPARATE PIECES OF "ARMORSTEEL" Sold singly or included in sets at the following prices : 6 Size Over >, All ."t! in .£ . M V •V Article « a ►r v go rt W u o > Q O 4A61 4 A 62 4A63 4A64 4A65 4A67 4A68 4 A 69 4A70 4A71 4A72 4A73 4A74 4A75 4A76 4 A 77 4A78 4A79 Cooking pot Cooking pot Cooking pot 9H Cooking pot 10^4 Coffee pot Frying pan with handle Frying pan with handle Frying pan with handle Soup bowls Cups Plates Forks Knives Teaspoons Dessert Spoons Cooking spoons Carving knife Carving fork 6 3/ 8 4 3/6 4 0/4 634 9 5% ltf 2 2 2 y 3 1 754 8?4 534 14 io>4 15 6?4 14J4 22 4 34 18 22 34 44 17 20 24 30 3 2! 4 1 2 ?4 7 } .75 .85 .95 1.55 1.10 .55 .60 .65 .09 .09 .05 .04 .10 .03 .04 .10 .20 .15 WHITE ENAMELED WARE These are of the very highest grade enamel, made of special steel, nickeled and covered with best en- amel, carefully baked to insure toughness. Will not chip, crack or break unless subjected to a tremendous blow or strain. When weight is not considered in the outfit these pieces will be found most satisfac- tory in every way, and they have the advantage of a handsome appearance and great ease in cleaning. Finished in pure white, inside and out, with neat blue borders. Cups, bowls and plates nest with our "Alu- minol" ware, and are the same sizes, except the cups, which are a trifle larger. Order No. Diameter Depth Weight 4A109 3A110 4A111 4A112 Plates, 9V 2 Saucers, 5' Cups. 4$ 1-in. 74-in. Soup Bowls, 4J^-in. 2'^-in. 9 ozs. 3 l / 2 ozs. zy 2 ozs. 4^ ozs. $.35 .15 .30 .30 32 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK BOY SCOUT COOKING OUTFIT 'PRESTON" MESS KIT This outfit is not a boy's toy. The Boy Scouts created a large demand for a light, small cooking kit that could be used for day trips, so we prepared the dies and carefully worked out a nesting scheme to supply fry pan, stew pan, covered pot, cup, fork and spoon in small space. Our famous "Miller" folding handle is used on the fry pan. The material is the same as used in our large outfits, and when nested the whole kit fits inside of a khaki carrying case, 3^4 inches deep and 7 inches in diameter with shoulder strap. Weight of complete outfit is \Y\ pounds. 3A89 Complete, with case $1.50 ALUMINUM BOY SCOUT COOK OUTFIT Makes a most excellent outfit for the canoeist or hiker going off on one-day trips. Consists of the following items : Fry pan, stew pan, cup, cook- ing pot, fork and spoon (the stew pan can also be used for a plate). All of the outfit is con- tained in a perfect-fitting khaki bag with shoulder straps. Weight, lbs. Size packed, 7x8x3*/£ inches. Price complete $2.50 POCKET KOOK KIT When packed this entire outfit measures 2x3^x8^4 inches and weighs only 31 ozs. The Outfit consists of a folding broiler, racks which thrust into the ground, a pair of frying pans with detachable handles (pans fit together and form an airtight roast- ing or baking pan), a narrow pot and two drinking cups with detachable handles. All fold and nest together, and there is room for forks, knives and spoons, as well as for small portions of salt, pepper, tea, coffee or sugar. Made to easily carry in the pocket. A most compact small kit. 4A1365 $2.00 Canvas carrying case with shoulder strap 75 7.50 A splendid little outfit for individual service afield. Consists of canteen, frying pan, stew pan, plate, knife, fork and spoon. When desired, plate locks over frying pan and makes an excellent baker. Canteen has removable felt jacket for keeping water cool, and entire outfit nests compactly and car- ries in canvas case, size, 9^x6x4 inches, with shoul- der straps. Canteen is of tin with attached stopper. Fry pan, stew pan and plate of aluminum. Plated knife, fork and spoon. Used extensively by the U. S. Army for foreign service and highly recom- mended. 4A91 Full -size Canteen. Weight, 2]4 lbs. $7.00 4A92 Half-size Canteen. (Space for food.) Weight, 2 lbs ALUMINUM FOLDING BAKERS Probably no one article ever invented has done so much to- ward the com- fort and conven- ience of the camp cook. They are absolutely per- fect bakers and roasters, either with the open camp fire or the camp stove, and their light weight, together with the simple and compact manner in' Which they fold up for transportation, endears them to every woodsman. They are simple in construc- tion, yet strong, and when folded, together with the pan, make only an inch in thickness. They will bake the most delicate cakes and biscuit or roast meats,' fowl or fish better than a regular oven, and by mov- ing them about, any degree of heat may be obtained at pleasure. Each baker has folding shelf attached and comes with steel baking pan. 4A100 Size of pan, 8x12 ins. Weight, com- plete, 2 lbs 4A101 Size of pan, 8x18 ins. Weight, com- plete, 2H lbs 4A102 Size of pan, 10x18 ins. Weight, com- plete, 5 lbs Bread Board, made of smooth pine wood. Weight, 1%, 2 and 2V 4 lbs. Canvas Carrving Case and Shoulder Strap. Weight, 1 lb 1.50 COMBINATION KNIFE AND FORK A most handy little contri- vance — practical and good. Place knife and fork point to point and press together and each point slips inside the handle of the other and carries in the vest pocket. Length, 7% inches. Width, -)4 inches. Weight, 2 ozs. 4A98 $ .50 CAMPING 33 DUTCH OVEN The old-fashioned Dutch oven has never been sur- passed for outdoor cooking and baking. Made of heavy pol- ish e d iron with sunken lid, so that there is a hollow top to receive hot coals. These ovens are extra deep, a % very necessary con- sideration in roast- ing and bread baking, and unlike the cheaper Dutch ovens have a bail for easy removal from the fire. This oven will make first-class bread and biscuits and do the general baking and roasting accomplished by other ovens. If its weight is not inconvenient, this heavy iron style will be found perfection. Where no stove is to be carried, you can roast and bake, in one of these simple ovens, everything that a good cook can prepare in a stove. Order No. 1 ^? iam ^ e J Top 3A1343 10 3A1344 12V 2 3A1345 13% Bottom 9 11 1VA 'Inches! Quarts L>eep 1 Capacity Weight I Price 4/ 2 5*4 6 8% lbs US/ S lbs $1.75 2.50 17 J 4 lbs. 3.00 PORTABLE HEATER For use in carriages, autos, boats, ice-yachts, duck- blinds, etc. Burns prepared coal-bricks and gives off a steady and considerable heat. One brick burns 10 to 1 5 hours. No smoke, flame or gas. Bricks should be ignited before placing in the heater. Strongly made of galvanized metal, weight, ± l / 2 lbs. Price $2.00 Coal-bricks, weight, l]/ 2 lbs. to the dozen. Per dozen 75 REFRIGERATOR BASKET This refrigerator bas- ket is a strong, light- weight, good - looking, rattan basket. Between the rattan body of the basket and the inside metal lining there is a layer of asbestos and a layer of felt. In one end of the basket there is a small compartment for holding the ice, which is easily re- moved, so that the lit- tle refrigerator may be kept clean. The lids and bottom are treated in the same way and a strip of heavy felt is piped all around the edge of the lids so that when they are closed down and the straps fastened across, the basket is practically air-tight. The top and bottom is of wood. No. 0. 13 in. long, 9 in. wide, 7 in. deep. Price $4.50 No. 1. 18 in. long, 10 in. wide, 8 in. deep. Price 5.75 No. 2. 20 in. long, 13 in. wide, 10 in. deep. Price 6.00 De Luxe Basket, for automobile ; special fin- ish ; 25x14x10 inches. Price 12.00 HOT WATER PLATE Made of steel, heavily re-tinned ; double bottom filled with boiling water, by means of screw-cap, the best and only means of j keeping food hot for a considerable time in cold weather when eating out of doors. Diameter, 8j4 inches; depth, V/ 2 inches Weight, 12^ ozs. Price $ .75 WOOD SALT SHAKER This shaker will keep the salt drier than any other salt receptacle. Shaker with screw top is watertight, but salt will absorb moisture as quickly as it is exposed in any damp place. This sha- ker is turned out of birch wood, and as the wood is not varnished or coated in any way on the inside, it has a tendency to absorb moisture in the salt. When the top is removed it fits on the bottom of the shaker— it doesn't get lost. Weight, V/ 2 3A121 ^ $ .15 FRICTION-TOP CANS Useful and desirable in a hun- dred different ways. No. 3A1855 makes the best kind of holder for salt, pepper, mustard, etc. No. 3A1856 is handy for carrying the day's supply of tea, butter, etc. No. 3A1857 makes the best con- tainer for many articles and for carrying small supplies of tea, cof- fee, chocolate, milk, etc. Nos. 3A1855 and 3A1856 are stamped from one piece of tin. No. 3A1857 is machine clamped. Order No. Diameter | Depth Price 3A1855 3A1856 3A1857 2^-in. 3^-in. 3.^-in. 1 -in. 1 -in. 5^-in. $ .05 .05 .10 FRICTION-TOP TINS The only practi- cal utensil for car- rying and storing in camp such arti- cles as lard, butter, cottolene, etc. Also for keeping dry tea, coffee, sugar, salt, matches, etc. Tops fit snugly, are absolutely watertight and easily removed. Both sizes fit the 10-inch duffle bags. 3A1853 Diam., 8-in. ; depth, 3-in. ; weight, 11 ounces.. $ .25 3A1854 Diam., 8-in.; depth, 6-in. ; weight, 16 ounces.. .40 COLLAPSIBLE MEAT SAFE Flies, the pest of the camp and the despair of the cook, can be kept away from meat, fish and provisions by the use of this safe. Suspended in the tent, or from the limb of a tree, it affords per- fect protection and yet leaves everything free to the air. Made of extra strong English bobbinet, which stands repeated washings. 3A1729 Size 36 in. long, 18 in. diameter; weight, 8 oz. $2.00 34 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK AUTO TREKKING TEA BASKETS, LUNCH CASES AND REFRIGERATORS Waterproof, Strong and Practical. Guaranteed to Give Satisfaction or Money Refunded TREKKING AUTO LUNCH KIT TREKKING AUTO LUNCH KIT TEA BASKET \ v ni I For four persons. Made of three-ply veneered basswood, covered with waterproof black enamel duck. Hardware, brass nickel plated. Sole leather cor- ners, dust and water proof. Blue and white. Contains four china cups and saucers, two nickel boxes, four teaspoons, four napkins, one bottle for liquids and can for tea and sugar, nickel-plated tea- pot, with interior strainer. Nickel-plated windshield and solid alcohol lamp, with nickel-plated tray. Size: 15x8x9^4. Weight, 11 lbs. 12 ozs. 3K7900 Price $25.00 RESTAURANT FOR AUTO RUNNING BOARD Made of three-ply veneered first-quality basswood, covered with heavy-grain black enamel waterproof duck. Reinforced bottom. Handsome washable lin- ing. Sole leather corners. Nickel-plated brass lock and catches. Handle on top and straps for fasten- ing to running board. For four people. Size, 15^x12x9. Weight, 12*4 lbs. 3K7902 Price $14.00 DROP FRONT TREKKING LUNCH KIT We have now perfected this complete outfit, which takes up very little space, contains everything which the auto tourist requires en route. Outfit is really an ornament on any car no matter how good the car may be. The case is of best quality basswood veneer, covered with heavy waterproof enamel duck. Bound with fibre, protected at bottom with a wood binding, held firmly in place by steel clamps — has nickel lock, corners and catches. Inside are two large food boxes, has a removable tray which con- tains 6 cups, 1 butter jar, 1 fruit jar, salt and pepper shakers, and space for 1-pint vacuum bottle — under- neath tray is divided space for 2 quart vacuum bot- tles — in top are 6 knives, 6 forks, 6 plates, 6 napkins and 2 dessert spoons. Straps are provided for fas- tening to running-board. Dust- and waterproof cover is provided. No bottles included. Price $24.00 Prices of Thermos Bottles: 1-pint size, each.. 2.25 1-quart size, each 3.25 i For four persons. Nickel-plated brass lock and snap. Sole leather corners. Contains four each knives, forks, plates, napkins, two tablespoons, pep- per and salt shaker, four cups, butter jar, large nickel lunch box, and space for firmly holding in up- right position three pint Thermos bottles. Size, 12 inches long x 14 inches high x 8)4 inches deep. Weight, 14 lbs. 3K7903 Price $20.90 Same box, made a trifle larger, equipped for six persons, and spring device for holding two quart and one pint Thermos bottles. 3K7904 Price $25.00 CAMPING Z5 AUTO TREKKING TEA BASKETS, LUNCH CASES AND REFRIGERATORS Waterproof, Strong and Practical. Guaranteed to Give Satisfaction or Money Refunded TREKKING AUTO LUNCH KIT For two. Made of three-ply best ve- neered bass-wood, cov- ered with black enamel waterproof duck. Contains two knives, forks, large lunch box, two plates, and compartments for two pint Thermos bottles. Size, 14^x4^x11 inches. Weight, 5 lbs. 4K7905 Price.. $5.50 MOTOR RESTAURANT A compact and strong outfit ; every- thing to make a meal enjoy- able along the road. Made in suitcase form. Box made of b a sswood, very strong, covered with enameled wa- terproof duck, reinforced on the corners with steel to give added strength; lined with a material easily cleaned with a damp cloth; has tray, and underneath tray additional space for carry- ing extra food, etc. Knives, forks, plates, cups and napkins for four people. Tray contains food box and spaces for two pint bottles. Nickel lock and catches on outside of case. Price complete, without the bottles $10.00 Same as above for 6 persons 12.00 Pint Thermos Bottles, each 2.25 LUNCH COMPANION A very neat, well-made and compact outfit, which contains one Thermos bottle and one sandwich box — makes a most satisfactory ar- ticle for carry- ing one's lunch for the .day — e x tensively used by school children throughout the states. The case is made of strong basswood and covered with black waterproof duck. The sand- Jwich box is made of a very strong metal, polished, bind the bottle is the famous Thermos make. a. -quart size, complete $7.25 m-pint size, complete 4.25 ^K^-pint size, complete 3.75 i TREKKING AUTO LUNCH KIT Contains six each knives, forks, plates and nap- kins, and two serving spoons in cover. Tray fitted with large lunch box, butter jar, pepper and salt shakers, four nickel cups, and compartments for one pint and one quart Thermos bottles, and one quart Thermos food jar. A large compartment below tray in which any extras can be carried. Size, 21x16x9^ inches. Weight, 20^ lbs. 3K7909 Price $20.00 TREKKING RUNNING BOARD LUNCH KIT For six persons. Made of first quality three-ply veneered basswood, covered with heavy grain water- proof black enameled duck. Sole leather corners riveted on. Catches and locks nickel-plated brass. Steel frame. Water and dust proof. Contains six each knives, forks, plates, napkins and two serving spoons in cover, with tray containing large lunch box, six enameled cups, pepper and salt shakers, butter jar, compartments for one pint and one quart Thermos bottles. Tray lifts. Large compartment in bottom for extras. Handle on top. Anchors on side and straps for fastening to running board. Size, 22x12x9^ inches. Weight, 18 lbs. 3K7910 Price $18.00 Note: Price does not include Thermos bottles. Bottles are extra. 36 ARERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK PROVISIONS From "CAMP COOKERY," By Horace Kephart Printed by permission of Outing Publishing Co. We would advise anyone interested in Camp Cookery or Woodcraft to purchase these books by Horace Kephart. They are filled with valuable and very necessary information for all campers and hunters. No. 3A1975 "Camp Cookery," cloth binding % $ .70 No. 3A1974 "The Book of Camping and Woodcraft," cloth binding 1.50 PROVISIONS "The table gives four distinct estimates of food re- quired by four men in two weeks, graded according as they travel light or heavy, in warm weather or in cold. The quantities will suffice without counting on game or fish. The difference between iight' and 'heavy' is chiefly due to fresh potatoes and canned goods." RATION LISTS, FOUR MEN, TWO WEEKS (56 RATIONS) Light Heavy Summer Winter Summer Winter Meats, etc. Salt pork 10 lbs. 10 12 lbs. 12 10 lbs. 10 Ham 5 5 5 5 Dried beef or fish 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 Beef extract l A y* Concentrated soups .... 2 2 2 2 Desiccated eggs 2 2 2 2 Butter 6 6 6 6 2 2 3 3 3 3 Powdered milk 3/ 2 or Evaporated (28 small cans) Lbs. 12^ 12Y 2 37 Light 47 54 64 Heavy Bread, etc. Fresh bread Wheat flour 24 lb Corn meal 5 Rice 5 Rolled oats 2 Grits 2 Macaroni 1 Baking powder V/ 2 Lbs 40^ Vegetables Potatoes ( fresh) Onions (fresh) 5 Carrots (fresh) Tomatoes (canned)... Dehydrated vegetables. 4 Beans 4 Split peas 2 Canned baked beans.. 3 Lbs 18 Beverages Coffee (roasted, gr'd) 4 Tea 1 Chocolate, unsweetened 1 Summer Winter Summer Winter 5 lbs. 5 lbs. Lbs Sweets Sugar (granulated)... Syrup Jelly, jam, marmalade. Lbs. 24 lbs. 20 20 10 5 10 5 5 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 45^ 41 46 30(» b u ) 30 5 5 5 5 5 10 ( c'n) 10 4 6 4 6 2 2 2 3 3 3 20 59 61 4 4 4 1 1 ~ 1 1 1 1 6 6 6 10 5 5 3 dqt.) 6 5 5 10 13 16 cloth binding Acids Light Heavy Summer Winter Summer Winter 1 (pt.) 1 Vinegar Pickles Lemons Citric acid (c.p.'.cryst) Ya Lbs M Fruits, etc. Evap. apples, apricots. 3 Raisins, dates, figs 2 Canned blackberries, cranberries, pineapple Shelled nuts, or nut but- ter 2 Lbs 7 Condiments Salt (if allowing for curing skins, etc., take 10 lbs.) 2 Pepper (white) 1 oz. Cayenne or chili 1 oz. Worcestershire sauce.. Olive oil Tomato catchup Brandy Mustard Sage, celery seed, nut- meg, cloves, cinna- mon, ginger, curry powder x Lbs. % 3 2 2 2 4 (2dz.) (12 24 cans) 24 31 31 2 1 oz. 1 oz. 2 1 oz. 1 oz. 1 bot. 1 bot. lbot. lbot. lbot. 2 1 oz. loz. 1 bot. 1 bot. 1 bot. 2*4 6 6 Heavy Total lbs Per man, per day, ... 2*/ 4 Light Summer Winter Summer Winter 119 138 217 233 . '2Vs 2V 2 3V 8 "Meat of any kind will quickly mould or spoil if packed in tins from which air is not exhausted. Put pork, bacon, or ham in loose cheesecloth bags that can be hung up in camp, and pack them in parchment paper for transit ; so also cheese. Flour, meal, cereals, vegetables, and dried fruits go in stout bags. Ordinary flour sacks are too weak, and wet through too easily. Salt, as it draws moisture, is best carried in a wooden box or screw-top wooden mailing tubes; butter, coffee, tea, sugar, jam, etc., in pry-up tin cans. Label everything plainly. * * * FIRES "The success of outdoor cookery depends largely upon how the fire is built and how it is managed. * # * "Often a good bed of coals is wanted. The camp- fire generally supplies these, but sometimes they are needed in a hurry, soon after camp is pitched. To get them, take sound hardwood, either green or dead, and split it into sticks of uniform thickness (say 1*4 inch face). Lay down two bed-sticks, cross these near the ends with two others, and so on up until you have a pen a foot high. Start a fire in this pen. Then cover it with a layer of parallel sticks laid an inch apart. Cross this with a similar layer at right angles, and so upward for another foot. The free draft will make a roaring fire, and all will burn down to coals together. CAMPIXG 37 DRESSING AND KEEPING GAME AND FISH "It is common practice to hang deer by gambrels with the head down ; but, when hung head up, the animal is easier to skin, easier to butcher, drains better, and does not drip blood and juices over the neck and head, which you may want to have mounted for a trophy. Dried blood is very hard to remove from hair or fur. If the skin is stripped off from rear to head it will be hard to grain. "The more common way of skinning a deer, when the head is not wanted for mounting, is to hang it up by one hind leg and begin skinning at the hock, peeling the legs, then the body, and finally the neck, then removing the head with skin on (for baking in a hole), after which the carcass is swung by both legs, and is eviscerated. ********* "Venison keeps a long time without curing, if the climate is cool and dry. To cure a deer's ham, hang it up by the shank, divide the muscles just above the hock, and insert a handful of dry salt. The meat of the deer tribe gets more tender and better flavored the longer it is hung up. In warm weather dust flour all over a haunch or saddle of venison, sew it up in a loose bag of cheesecloth, and hang it in a shady place where there is a current of air. It will keep sweet for several weeks, if there is no crevice in the bag through which insects can penetrate. Ordinarily it is best not to salt meat, for salt draws the juices. Bear meat, however, requires much salt to cure it — more than any other game animal. Hornaday rec- ommends the following recipe for curing venison : — The proportions of the mixture I use are: Salt 3 lbs., Allspice * 4 tablespoonfuls, Black Pepper 5 tablespoonfuls, all thoroughly mixed. ******* "To keep fish in camp : scale, clean, and beheacf them ; then string them by a cord through their tails and hang them, head down, in a shady, dry, breezy place. Never use fish that have been lying in the sun or that have begun to soften. Ptomaine poison- ing works in a mysterious but effectual way. "To dry fish for future use: split them along the back, remove the backbones and entrails, salt the fish and hang them up on a frame over a smudge un- til they are well smoked. Or, make a trough by hewing out a softwood log, place the split fish in this, and cover them with a weak brine for one or two nights. Make a conical bark tepee on a tripod, suspend the fish in it, and dry and smoke them over a small fire for three days and nights. "To ship rabbits, squirrels, etc. : do not skin them, but remove the entrails, wipe the insides perfectly dry, wrap in paper, and pack them back down. "Never pack birds or fish in straw or grass with- out ice, for in damp or warm weather this will heat or sweat them. Do not let them freeze, as they will quickly spoil after thawing. Food in a bird's crop soon sours ; the crop should be removed. "To preserve birds in warm weather for shipment : draw them, wash the inside perfectly clean, dry thoroughly, and then take pieces of charcoal from the fireplace, wrap them in a thin rag, and fill the abdominal cavity with this. Also fill the bill, ears, eyes, and anal opening with powdered charcoal, to keep off the flies and prevent putrefaction." "CAMP COOKERY" By Horace Kephart MEAT "The main secrets of good meals in camp are to have a proper fire, good materials, and then to im- prison in each dish, at the outset, its natural juice and characteristic flavor." Frying "Do not try to fry over a flaming fire or a deep bed of coals; the grease would likely burn and catch aflame. Rake a thin layer of coals out in front of the fire; or, for a quick meal, make your fire of small dry sticks, no thicker than your finger ; toil water for your coffee over the flame, and then fry over the quickly formed coals." Broiling "Fresh meat that is tender enough to escape the boiling pot or the braising oven should either be broiled or roasted before a bed of clear, hard coals. Both of these processes preserve the characteristic flavor of the meat and add that piquant, aromatic- bitter 'taste of the fire' which no pan nor oven can impart. Broil when you are in a hurry, but when you have leisure for a good job, roast your meat, basting it frequently with drippings from the pan be- low, so as to keep the surface moist and flexible and insure that precise degree of browning which de- lights a gourmet." Roasting "Build a rather large fire of split hardwood (soft woods are useless) against a high backlog or wall of rocks which will reflect the heat forward. Sear the outside of the roast (not a bird or fish) in clear flames until outer layer of albumen is coagulated. Then skewer thin slices of pork to upper end ; hang roast before fire and close to it by a stout wet cord; turn frequently; catch drippings in pan or green- bark trough, and baste with them." Braising "Tough meat is improved bv braising in a Dutch oven, or a covered pot or saucepan. This process lies between baking and frying. It is pre-eminently the way to cook bear meat, venison shoulders and rounds. Put the meat in the oven or pot with about two inches of hot water in the bottom, and a bit of bacon or pork (but not for bear). Add some chopped onion, if desired, for seasoning. Cover and cook about fifteen minutes to the pound. A half hour be- fore the meat is done, season it with salt and peppen "The gravy is made by pouring the grease from the pot, adding a little water and salt, and rubbing flour into it gradually with a spoon." GAME "The following additional details are supplementary to what has gone before, and presuppose a careful reading of the preceding pages. "Game and all other kinds of fresh meat should be hung up till thev have bled thoroughly and have cooled through and through — they are tenderer and better after they have hung several days. Venison especially is tough until it has hung a week. In no case cook meat until the animal heat has left it: if you do, it is likely to sicken you. This does not ap- ply to fish. Frozen meat or fish should be thawed in very cold water and then cooked immediately — warm water would soften it and steal its flavor. "Game Pot Pie — Take ^2 teaspoonful baking powder to ^ pint of flour, sift together, and add a teaspoonful lard or butter by rubbing it in, also a pinch of salt. Make a soft biscuit dough of this, handling as little as possible and being careful not to mix too thin. Roll into a sheet and cut into strips about iy 2 inch wide and 3 inches long, cutting two or three little holes through each to let steam es- cape. Meantime you have been boiling meat or game and have sliced some potatoes. "When the meat is within one-half hour of being done, pour off the broth into another vessel and lift out most of the meat. Place a layer of meat and potatoes in bottom of kettle, and partially cover with strips of the dough ; then another layer of meat and 38 ABERCRQMBIE & FITCH CO.. 83-05-57 W. 30th STREET, NEW YORK vegetables, another of dough, and so on until the pot is nearly full, topping off with dough. Pour the hot broth over this, cover tightly, and boil one-half hour, without lifting the pot cover, which, by admitting cold air, would make the dough 'sad.' Parsley helps the pot, when you can get it." SQUIRRELS Squirrels, Fried — Unless they are young, parboil them gently for l / 2 hour in salted water. Then fry in butter or pork grease until brown. A dash of curry powder when frying is begun improves them, unless you dislike curry." "Squirrels, Broiled — Use only young ones. Soak in cold salted water for an hour, wipe dry, and broil over the coals with a slice of bacon laid over each squirrel to baste it." POSSUM "Stick him, and hang him up to bleed until morn- ing. A tub is half filled with hot water (not quite scalding) into which drop the possum and hold him by the tail until the hair will strip. Take him out, lay him on a plank, and pull the hair out with your fingers. Draw, clean, and hang him up to freeze for two or three nights. Then place him in a 5-gallon kettle of cold water, into which throw two pods of red pepper. Parboil for one hour in this pepper- water, which is then thrown out and the kettle re- filled with fresh water, wherein he is boiled one hour. "While this is going on, slice and steam some sweet potatoes. Take the possum out, place him in a large Dutch oven, sprinkle him with black pepper, salt, and a pinch or two of sage. A dash of lemon will do no harm. Pack sweet potatoes around him. Pour a pint of water into the oven, put the lid on, and see that it fits tightly. Bake slowly until brown and crisp. Serve hot, without gravy." BIRDS "Game Birds, Fried — Birds for frying should be be cut in convenient pieces, parboiled until tender in a pot with enough water to cover, then removed, saving the liquor. Sprinkle with salt, pepper, and flour (this for the sake of the gravy), fry in melted pork fat, take out when done, then stir into the fry- ing fat one-half cupful dry flour till a dark brown, add parboiling liquor, bring to a boil, put game in dish, and pour gravy over it, or serve with one of the sauces described below. "Game Birds, Broiled — Split them up the back, broil over the coals, and baste with a piece of pork on tined stick held over them. Fillets of ducks or other large birds may be sliced off and impaled on sticks with thin slices of pork. "Game Birds, Fricasseed — Any kind of bird may be fricasseed as follows : Cut it into convenient pieces, parboil them in onough water to cover; when tender, remove from the pot and drain. Fry two or three slices of pork until brown. Sprinkle the pieces of bird with salt, pepper, and flour, and fry to a dark brown in the pork fat. Take up the bird, and stir into the frying fat half a cup, more or less, of dry flour, stirring until it becomes a dark brown ; then pour over it the liquor in which the bird was boiled (unless it was a fish-eater), and bring the mixture to a boil. Put the bird in a hot dish, and pour gravy over it. "To Cook a Large Bird in a Hurry — Slice off several fillets from the breast ; impale them, with slices of pork, on a green switch ; broil over the coals. "Grouse, Broiled — Pluck and singe. Split down the back through the bone, and remove the entrail. Wipe out with damp towel. Remove head and feet. Rub inside with pepper and salt. Flatten the breast, brush over with melted butter, or skewer bacon on upper side, and grill over a hot bed of coals." FISH "Fish, Broiled — If a broiling iron is used, fir^t rub it with fat bacon to prevent fish from sticking to it. In broiling large fish, remove the head, split down the back instead of the belly, and lay on the broiler with strips of bacon or pork laid across. Broil over a rather moderate bed of coals so that the inside will cook done. Small fish are best broiled quickly over ardent coals. They need not have heads removed. "When done, sprinkle with salt and pepper, spread with butter (unless vou have used bacon), and hold again over fire until butter melts." FISH CHOWDER "Cut the fish into pieces the right size for serving, and remove all the bones possible. For 5 or 6 lbs. of fish take 24 lb- clear fat salt pork, slice it, and fry moderately. Slice two good-sized onions and fry in the fat. Have ready ten potatoes, pared and sliced. Into your largest pot pla first a layer of fish, then one of potatoes, then some of the fried onion, with pepper, salt, and a little flour, then a slice or two of the pork. Repeat these alternate layers until all has been used. Then pour the fat from the frying-pan over all. Cover the whole with boiling water, and cook from twenty to thirty minutes, according to thickness of fish. Five or ten minutes before serv- ing, split some hard crackers and dip them in cold water (or use stale bread or biscuits similarly), add them to the chowder, and pour in about a pint of hot milk. "The advantage of first frying the pork and onion is that the fish need not then be cooked overdone, which is the case in chowders started with raw pork in the bottom of the kettle and boiled." BREADSTUFFS "Wheat Bread and Biscuits — When baking powder is used, the seoret of good bread is to handle the dough as little as possible. After adding th' water, mix as rapidly as you can, not with the warn, hands, but with a big spoon or a Avooden paddle. Tc knead such bread, or roll it much, or even to mould biscuits by hand instead of cutting them out, would surely make your baking 'sad.' As soon as water touches the flour, the baking powder begins to give off gas. It is this gas, imprisoned in the dough, that makes bread light. Squeezing or moulding presses this gas out. The heat of the hanAc turns such dough into Tom Hood's 'putty.' "Biscuit Loaf — This is a standard camp bread, because it bakes quickly. It is good so long as it is hot, but it dries out soon and will not keep. For four men : 3 pints flour, 3 heaping teaspoonfuls baking powder, 1 heaping teaspoonful salt, 2 heaping tablespoonfuls cold grease, 1 scant pint cold water, "Amount of water varies according to quality of flour. Baking powders vary in strength ; follow di- rections on can." MIXING DOUGH "To Mix Dough Without a Pan— When bark will peel, use a broad sheet of it (paper birch, bass- wood, poplar, cottonwood, slippery elm, etc.) It is easy to mix unleavened dough in the sack of flour it- self. Stand the latter horizontally where.it can't fall over. Scoop a bowl-shaped depression in top of flour. Keep the right hand moving round while you pour in a little water at a time from a vessel held in the left. Sprinkle a little salt in. When a thick, adhesive dough has formed, lift this out and pat and work it into a round cake about 2 l / 2 inches thick." SQUIRREL SOUP "Put the squirrels (not less than three) in a gallon of cold water, with a scant tablespoonful of salt. V > CAMPING- 39 Cover the pot closely, bring to the bubbling point, and then simmer gently until the meat begins to be tender. Then add whatever vegetables you have. When the meat has boiled to a rag, remove the bones. Thicken the soup with a piece of butter rubbed to a smooth paste in flour. Season to taste." HELPS FOR THE HUNGRY The following simple recipes will enable anyone to prepare a variety of wholesome dishes over the camp fire. All quantities are calculated for four persons. Coffee. — Have the coffee ground fine, place eight heaping dessertspoonfuls in a hot coffee pot, add two quarts of boiling water and set beside the fire for a few minutes. Never boil coffee. Tea — Place four heaping teaspoonfuls of tea in a hot pot, add two quarts of boiling water, set beside the fire for a few minutes. Never boil tea. Chocolate. — Make a paste with two heaping des- sertspoonfuls of milk powder and eight dessert- spoonfuls of chocolate and a little water; add two quarts of boiling water and sweeten to taste. Biscuit. — Place two pints of flour in bread pan, add two heaping teaspoonfuls of baking powder, one level teaspoon ful of salt, some cold pork fat the size of an egg and thoroughly mix while dry ; add six heaping dessertspoonfuls of evaporated milk and cold water enough to make as soft a dough as can be rolled on the bread-board, which has been pre- viously sprinkled with flour. Roll about one-half inch thick and cut into convenient pieces with knife. Place in the greased pan, place the pan in the rack of the baker before the fire. Bake until a fork inserted in a biscuit shows no dough when with- drawn. Bread. — Make the same as biscuit only thin enough with cold water to pour into a pan and bake in the same manner. This will make two panfuls. Oatmeal. — To two quarts of boiling water add one teaspoonful of salt, then add while stirring two cups of oatmeal and boil for ten minutes. White Sauce. — Take a piece of butter the size of an egg, melt slowly in the fry-pan and stir in thor- oughly one heaping dessertspoonful of flour until perfectly smooth; add one-half teaspoonful of salt, one-quarter teaspoonful of pepper, a mixture of six heaping dessertspoonfuls of evaporated milk and one cup of hot water. Mix thoroughly while boiling. Serve with boiled fish. -Corn Bread. — Place one pint of flour and one pint of corn meal in the bread pan, add two heaping teaspoonfuls of baking powder, one level teaspoonful of salt, two dessertspoonfuls of dried egg, one teaspoonful of sugar and cold pork fat the size of an egg. Mix thoroughly while dry. Add six heaping dessertspoonfuls of evaporated milk and cold water enough to make a thick batter, stir until well mixed and pour into the greased pan ; place the pan in the rack of the baker and the baker before the fire. Bake until a fork inserted in the bread shows no dough when withdrawn. This makes two panfuls. Griddle Cakes — Place two pints of flour in bread pan, add two heaping teaspoonfuls of baking pow- der, one level teaspoonful of salt, two dessertspoon- fuls of dried egg, and thoroughly mix dry. Add six heaping dessertspoonfuls of evaporated milk and cold water enough to make a batter about the con- sistency of very thick cream or until it pours from the mixing spoon a continuous stream. Be careful not to make the batter too thin. Fry in the fry-pan, kept greased with a piece of pork fat held on a fork. Baked Beans — Wash two cups of beans and par- boil until when placed on a fork or spoon and blown upon their skin suddenly splits, then drain, wash in cold water and drain. Cover the bottom of the bean pot about two inches deep with the beans, then place a piece of salt pork as big as a fist (about one pound) in the center, and pour the rest of the beans around and over. Add one-half teaspoonful of salt, one- quarter teaspoonful of pepper and one dessert- spoonful of sugar, then cover with warm water; place a piece of thin cloth over the top and force on the lid. A hole has already been dug in the ground one foot deep and one foot in diameter in which a fire has been burning for several hours and stones made hot. Scrape out the ashes, coals and stones, put in the pot of prepared beans, pack and cover with the hot coals and stones and cover all with earth. Leave for eight or ten hours, and in case of rain cover with bark. This is as delicious a dish as is known to woodsmen. A piece of venison added with the pork makes an acceptable variety. A pinch of dried onion is excellent. Julienne — Julienne is a mixture of vegetables cut in strips and dried. It supplies the vegetable acids craved by the human system. It may be used as a plain vegetable in a soup or in a stew. For a vegetable soak a cup of Julienne an hour, drain and boil with two quarts of water and one level tea- spoonful of salt until tender; drain and serve with plain seasoning or with white sauce. Stew — Place the cup of Julienne in two quarts of boiling water, add one dessertspoonful of rice, one dessertspoonful of lentils, a pinch of onion and a half teaspoonful of salt; boil one-half hour, repla- cing water as it boils away, and add two pounds of venison, moose, rabbit, or of any meat or fowl ; use marrow bones if possible and a little pork for sea- soning, boil one hour, and if desired thicken when done with a paste made of one dessertspoonful of flour and some of the liquor from the stew. A stew is cooked best by slowly boiling, and there is less danger of scorching. When taking off the fire add four Bouillon Capsules. Pot Roast — Parboil Julienne and other vege- tables the same as for a stew; add the meat, cover the pot as when baking beans and put it into a pre- pared bean hole and leave the same as baked beans. Season with pepper and mustard as desired. Lentils — Wash one cup of lentils in cold water, drain and put in two cups of boiling water. Add a level teaspoonful of salt. Boil one-half hour or un- til done, drain and serve with pepper, salt and but- ter to taste. Rice Griddle Cakes — In the recipe for griddle cakes substitute one pint of cold boiled rice for one pint of flour and proceed as for griddle cakes. Cold boiled potatoes, oatmeal or hasty pudding may be used in the same manner. If convenient save water in which rice is boiled to make griddle cakes. Boiled Rice — Thoroughly wash and rinse one cup of rice in cold water, drain and place in at least two quarts of boiling water in an uncovered pot, add two teaspoonfuls of salt and boil hard from fifteen to twenty minutes, adding water as it boils away un- til done. New rice boils more quickly than old, test by tasting. When done drain and set on the fire to dry. If convenient save the water for soup, stews, or griddle cakes. Hasty Pudding — Add one-half teaspoonful of salt to one quart of boiling water, and stir in slowly one cup of corn meal. Boil ten minutes or until done, stirring constantly to prevent scorching. Fried Mush — Prepare as for hasty pudding. Pour into shallow pans and allow to cool ; cut into slices and fry in pork fat until brown. Oatmeal may be used in the same way. Potatoes — Take two cups of dried potatoes and put into three cups of boiling water (be exact), stir 40 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK while boiling three minutes, add two dessert tea- spoonfuls of evaporated milk, butter, salt and pepper to taste, and you will have as delicious mashed pota- toes as can be had from fresh and with much less trouble. Dried potatoes have great advantage over fresh; they are one-twelfth the weight, need no preparation, all waste is eliminated, they do not sprout or rot, and no amount of freezing will injure them. Potato Cakes — Prepare the potatoes as above. Mix in one dessertspoonful of flour, moisten slight- ly, pat into cakes, sprinkle with flour and fry in pork fat. Toasted Biscuit — Left over biscuit cut open and slightly moistened, placed in the broiler and toasted over hot coals, makes a very acceptable dish. Roast Meat — Prepare a piece of meat, say six pounds, by removing bone and surplus fat and tis- sue. Place in pan of baker or oven and cover the bottom of pan with water. Place several strips of sliced pork over the meat, sprinkle well with flour, pepper and salt. If meat is a little strong or "gamey," a few slices of onion or a sprinkling of dried onions will enhance the flavor. Cook until brown upon one side, basting frequently with the gravy from the pan, then turn and brown on the other side, basting as before. Soup — Take about four pounds of the lower leg bones of deer, moose, caribou, sheep, goat, elk, etc. Crack the bones thoroughly so that the marrow will run out. Place all in a large pot, add about two pounds of meat cut in small pieces, a large handful of Julienne, and one of rice, a teaspoonful of salt, some pepper and a few pieces of pork and four quarts of water. Boil slowly until meat is shredded, then add water to make desired quantity necessary. »'Muskrat — Skin and clean thoroughly four muskrats, being particular not to rupture musk or gall sac. Take the hind legs and saddles, place in pot with a little water, a little Julienne, salt and pepper and a few slices of pork or bacon. Simmer slowly over fire until half done. Remove to baker, place water from pot in the baking pan and cook until done, basting frequently. This will be found to be a most toothsome dish. Rabbits — Skin and clean two rabbits. Re- move and throw away the head. Cut over the legs through body joint. Cut the back into three pieces. Place in a pot with a little Julienne some pepper and salt and parboil. To fry, remove from pot, sprinkle with flour and fry in either butter or lard. To roast, place in bake pan, spread a slice of pork on each piece and roast until done, basting fre- quently. To stew, leave in the pot, add a tablespoon- ful of rice, the same of beans and of Julienne, and a teaspoonful of dried onions. Boil until the meat separates from the bones, adding water so that the pieces of meat are always covered. Turtles — The turtle family must be distin- guished from the tortoise. We believe all of the turtle family are edible and some of the tortoise family, too. Kill the turtle or turtles by placing in a pot of boiling water. Remove and cool until it can be handled. Lay on its back and with an axe crack the joint of the bottom shell where it joins the side of the top shell. Pull off bottom shell and remove the entrails and gall bladder. Cut off the head and skin the legs, removing toes and also the outer cov- ering of shell. Place in a pot of fresh hot water and boil until all meat has left the bones. Remove bones only, and add water for required quantity, a little Julienne, pepper and salt to suit and boil until vegetables are done. If at hand, add a tablcspoonful of sherry and brandy to each quart. Pork — Pork is mostly used for its fat and as a flavoring in soups, stews, etc. It should be washed in boiling water to remove salt and fried slowly in a pan. Gravy — Melt a dessertspoonful of pork or bacon fat in the fry -pan, rub in a dessertspoonful of flour until smooth and browned. Then add two cups of boiling water and a dash of pepper. Bean Soup — Soak two cups of beans over night. Boil in two quarts of water, add one-half teaspoonful of salt, a pinch of dried onion, several dashes of pepper, a little mustard, half a cup of salt pork diced. Boil three hours or until the beans are cooked to pieces. Add water as it boils away, to keep the required quantity. Cooking may be has- tened by frequent stirring and mashing the beans against the pot. If the skin of the beans is objec- tionable, strain; but this sacrifices food value. Dope — Place a pound of diced salt pork in the fry pan with water and boil one minute. Pour off the water and dry the pork until nearly brown. Remove the pieces and rub into the hot fat three dessertspoonfuls of flour, a little pepper, allowing the flour to cook in the fat without browning. When perfectly smooth, add one quart of water in W 7 hich twelve dessertspoonfuls of evaporated milk have been dissolved. Slowly bring to a boil, stirring constantly; add the pork scrap and serve. This sauce is a palatable way of serving pork, is a good substitute for butter, and is particularly good with griddle cakes. Boiled Partridge — Prepare in convenient pieces , four pounds of partridge. Boil slowly in two quarts ! of water and add a teaspoonful of salt, a little Julienne, a pinch of dried onion and two dashes of pepper, filling up with water as it boils away. In about an hour, when nearly done, which can be ascertained by sticking a fork into the meat, add eight pieces of biscuit dough, each about the size of an egg, and boil briskly for twenty minutes, or until done. Scalloped Fish— Boil four pounds of fish until it will flake. Prepare a sauce as follows : Melt a piece of butter the size of an egg, add one heaping dessertspoonful of flour and stir until perfectly smooth, taking care not to let it brown. Add two cups of water in which have been dissolved six dessertspoonfuls of evaporated milk, one-half tea- spoonful of salt and a little pepper, stirring con- stantly until it comes to a boil. Place the flaked fish in a serving-pan, cover with sauce and place in the reflecting baker before a hot fire, and brown. Cooking in Clay — An excellent way to cook birds and fish, where clay can be had, is to cover rhe bird, unplucked and undrawn, with a coating of clay two inches or more thick. Place in a hot fire and cover with hot coals. In about an hour, when the clay is baked hard, crack it open lengthwise and take out the meat. The skin and feathers will remain, adhering to the clay ; open the bird and drop out the entrails. Fish may be done in the same way. 1'his method is equally good with birds and fish previously cleaned. It must be remembered that boiling and stewing produce better and quicker results if done in a closely covered pot. Also boiling at a high altitude requires much more time than at sea level, and for convenience and saving of time those foods requir- ing boiling which cook at lower temperatures should be chosen for mountain trips. In making high ascents food previously boiled should be carried, for they can then be easily made warm and ready for use. CAMPIXG 41 EVAPORATED FRUITS AND VEGETABLES One of the most difficult problems the camper has to solve is that of providing fruits and vegetables which are necessary to his diet from a point of health. In the Dehydro process the water is extracted without impairing the flavor, color or food value of the product. They are easily prepared by adding water, allowing to stand for a short time and then cooking in the regular way. They have been thor- oughly tried out and adopted for use in the United States Navy. Packed in two size tins as listed below. The ratios given below mean that one pound of these Dehydro fruits or vegetables after water is added and they are cooked, represent as much food and nourishment as the fresh, in the ratio given — for instance, one pound of Dehydro Strawberries is equal to sixteen pounds of fresh strawberries. Name Potatoes (sliced^ Potatoes (riced) Onions Peas Carrots (cubed) Rhubarb (pie plant) . . . PEMMICAN This pemmican is the result of long and careful effort on the part of Admiral Peary to devise a food which would contain the greatest possible nutri- tive and sustaining qualities for men under severe physical strain, in the smallest possible bulk. It is compound of lean meat and beef suet w T ith a small amount of sweetening added to make the food palatable, especial care being taken to avoid rich- ness, or such a pronounced taste as to disagree with delicate digestion, or create monotony. Eaten as is or stewed in water. 3A1793 Va lb. can y 2 lb. can 1 lb. can "STEERO" BEEF CUBES Supplied in compressed cube form only, highly seasoned, of excellent fla- Ratio Dehydro Small Cans Gallon Tins to Fresh Portions, Price Portions Net Wt. Lbs. Price 1 to 10 5 sauce 10c 150 to 170 2 $2.55 1 to 16 5 sauce 20c 120 to 135 2 5.80 , 1 to 7 5 sauce 15c 175 to 200 4 6.00 1 to 7 5 sauce 15c 150 to 160 3 5.85 1 to 7 6 15c 30 to 35 2 .65 1 to 7 6 to 7 15c 60 to 75 4 1.20 . 1 to 18 10 to 12 10c 275 to 300 2 2.10 . 1 to 13 5 stewed 10c 100 to 125 2 1.25 1 to 12 5 10c 80 to 90 4 1.70 1 to 14 6 15c 95 to 105 M 2.20 , 1 to 7 95 to 110 5 1.65 1 to 19 4 to 5 15c 35 to 40 1.00 . 1 to 18 6 10c 70 to 90 1.05 1 to 13 6 10c 120 to 135 3 1.50 . 1 to 25 6 10c 115 to 125 m. 1.55 3A1798 3A1799 $ .40 .75 1.40 vor. Put up in 2^4 oz. tin box of 12 cubes. One cube equals one cup of broth. 3A1827 Per box $ .35 ARMY BREAD The standard "Hard Tack" of U. S. Army and Navy rations. Made from whole wheat and will keep indefinitely. In 5-lb. sealed tins only. 3A1830 Per tin $ .75 BORDEN'S "PEERLESS" EVAPORATED MILK Borden's evaporated milk is perfection. It is pre- pared from pure, rich milk, condensed to the con- sistency of cream, put up without sugar and pre- served by sterilisation only. 3A1834 8 oz. tin $ .05 DEHYDRO" CREAM SOUPS These soups are perfection in purity and flavor and require only the addition of water and cook- ing for a few minutes. They come in powder form, packed in hermetically sealed tin cans, 2^x3 inches and make 1 quart of de- licious rich soup. Full directions on each label. 3A1825 Varieties : Spinach, Mixed Vegetables, Peas, Beans, Celery with Rice, Onions, Potatoes. Per can $ .15 CONGOU COMPRESSED TEA TABLETS Undoubtedly the best compressed tea on the market — guaranteed to be pure and uncolored and is recommended by the highest medical authorities. 3A1847 34 lb. package containing 16 Tablets (each tablet makes 6 cups of tea) . . $ .25 TABLOID TEA Two tablets equal one large cup of tea. Put up in close-fitting tin boxes, flat, for convenience in packing. 3A1849 English Breakfast Flavor, boxes of 100 tablets $ .35 3A1850 Special Blend, finest selected teas, boxes of 100 tablets 60 GEO. WASHINGTON COFFEE In Powder and Crystal Form The very best form of concentrated coffee ever put on sale — there is absolutely no trouble in making up a most delicious cup of coffee. Does not con- tain chicory or any other adulterant — made only from pure coffee. Directions on each can. each can sufficient for 25 coffee $ .30 each can sufficient for 35 coffee $ .45 WHOLE MILK POWDER Whole Milk Powder is milk free from preserva- tives or adulteration and reduced to powder, per- fectly soluble in water. Full directions on can. 3A1836 1 lb. can $ .45 PEA SOUP Almost identical with the famous Erbswurst, but this product is made in America. Comes in flour form and all that is necessary to prepare is to add water and stir, and when cooked for about 15 min- utes makes the most perfect soup. Comes packed in round cardboard cartons — each carton is enough for 6 plates of soup. Price, per carton..? $ .11 DESICCATED EGG This is the most compact form known for putting up eggs. The beauty of this form of egg is the simplicity of preparation — they make most excellent substitutes for the fresh article. Add a little water and mix for a couple of minutes, and you are all readv to make your omelette, scrambled eggs, etc. 3A1838 1-lb. can $1.30 3A1841 3 A 1899 Powder, cups of Crystals, cups of PACKING It can hardly be said that packing is one of the joys of a camper's life, for the trials and tribulations of the portage are many and varied. Still, it must be classed among the "necessary evils," inasmuch as its burdensome travail goes a long way toward accentuating, by contrast, the quiet content of the peace- ful camp or the fierce joy of conquering the wilderness and writing, perhaps, one's name upon a virgin page. The toil and terror of the portage and trail is, of course, greatest to him who is most poorly equipped. Packing under the conditions which we encounter in our native wilderness can be divided into two classes — the "carry" or portage pack which must be swung upon the camper's back for fairly short hauls, and the horse pack. The duffle bag, pack basket, and the specially made up or designed pack re- ceptacle with harness, constitute the most practical forms of human carrying. These vary in style ac- cording to the conditions and the size of the outfit. It is well to have the advice of someone thoroughly versed in packing before the form of pack is selected for any trip that will necessitate a great deal of carrying. Much may be spared one of trouble and discomfort by the selection of a correctly designed and properly made equipment, and in the following pages we show a collection of such, designed by those who "know how" and made as well as it is possible to make them. 4A1872 4A1873 GARDINER" PACK A new pack, de- signed especially for medium weight pack- ing. Made of heavy, water-proof duck, re- inforced with leather at points of greatest strain. Carrying straps are wide and so arranged that pack holds close to the shoulders, and tight against the body. Brass D-rings are sewn along both sides and bottom of the pack, through which thongs may be laced to hold extra duffle, game, etc. Rings are provided for tump line, which may be used if desired. The pack is very strongly made and finished by hand. Length, 24 inches; width, 16 inches. Without- tump line, lbs $8.50 With tump line, 3-K lbs 9.50 PACK Weight, 4A1867 . 2 lbs., 6 oz. HARNESS Where the tump line is not preferred this is the: best form of harness for general packing. Readily adapted to all, sizes and shapes of packs — bags, boxes, kegs, heads, carcasses, etc. All made with our special pattern shoulder yoke, which fits easily and distributes the load evenly. Shoulder and breast straps adjust- able. Made from the very best heavy oak-tanned leather, hand-sewed and riveted, with solid brass buckles and strong canvas shoulder yoke. Weight, 1V 4 lbs. 4A1866 $5.00 COMBINATION PACK HARNESS Made same as Pack Harness, but has adjust- able head-strap attached. $6.00 CAMPING 43 "NESSMUK" PACK This excellent pack has been made famous by "Ness- muk," the old-time woods traveler and writer. It is designed for carrying light or moderate loads in a com- pact form and is a very good model for "going light" tramping trips, mountain climbing, etc. The bag itself is a soft, flexible bag with tapering boxed sides, slightly indrawn at top. The open- ing is closed with an inner throat-piece, in the same manner as our duffle bags, and protected by large flap fastening with strap and buckle. The adjustable car- rying straps are made of stitched cloth, light, cool and strong, fitted with metal eye- lets. These straps are at- tached at and pull from the center of the pack, which carries easily and without in- terfering with the use of the arms. Made of brown waterproof canvas. Size, 5x16x18 inches; weight, %H lbs. 4A1876 $2/75 TUMP LINES This method of trans- portation, used almost ex- clusively by the Indians and Hudson Bay Company's packers of Northern Can- ada, consists of a broad band of leather, called the headstrap, to which are attached two long leather straps, or thongs. Once accustomed to the hang and balance of the tump line, one finds it to be the easiest and most comfortable method of packing. When used with the pack cloth the pack is made as follows : Spread pack cloth flat, lay head piece near one end and the two thongs straight across and about a foot from the sides. Fold the sides of cloth over the thongs and pack the duffle (keep hard things inside) in a pile about two feet long, begin- ning about a foot from the head-strap. Fold the loose end of cloth and thongs over the pile, grasp thong near head-piece and haul on free end of thong until the sides of cloth pucker up in a close bunt, as if pulled by a draw-string. Knot the thong, bring together at middle of pack, twist once around each other and tie around middle of pack. Adjust the head-strap by means of the buckles and the pack is ready. Our tump lines are made with specially shaped head-straps of very best leather, fitted with solid brass buckles and soft, flexible and waterproof leather thongs. Weight, 14 oz. 4A1865 % $2.50 WANDERLUST RUCK SACK Made of water- proofed olive drab khaki, designed to carry light clothing. Has one bellows pocket with flap and snap button on out- side. Straps for car- rying with snap and ring. Very service- able and handy pack for tramping and in general use by Boy Scouts. 4A896 Size, 18x16^ in., weight 8& oz. $1.25 RUCK SACK The best pack ever de- vised for the carrying of light loads and the small personal belongings. Makes an excellent pack for wom- en's use and is handy for carrying a few necessities when "going light." Also known as the Swiss moun- tain pack and was designed and first made by Alpine mountain climbers. It is an oblong bag open at top and closing with a draw- string, the opening being covered with a protecting flap to buckle. 4A1874 Gabardine. Size, 16x20; wgt, 18 oz.^g $5.00 4A1875 Canvas. Size, 22x22 ; wgt., 24 oz . % $4.00 SSI ALPINE RUCK SACK In his own words Lieutenant Whelen describes the sack as follows: "It will carry a couple of reindeer and in an ingenious way that takes all the strain off the cloth sack and puts it on the leather straps. It will hitch up so that there is nothing to it but a little ditty bag. It fits and car- ries finely, and there is a wa- terproof pocket in it for the camera. Briefly, the new ruck sack is a many-gored bag, about 18 inches wide by 22 inches long without the gores. When the gores are strapped up (one strap) it is a bag very like our type of ruck sack, only a little narrower at the top than bottom. Made of 12 oz. waterproof Khaki duck; weight, complete, 2V£ lbs. 4A1877 % $10.50 4 4 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK VALISE PACK This pack opens up like a valise and when opened stands up with square corners. It has a round, removable stick inserted along the top edge in a fold of the material form- ing the back, thus making a rigid valise- like rib just above the grommets, which are inserted in the back for hanging the pack against a wall, tree or other surface. Sewed in exactly like a traveling bag, are three pockets in which small articles can be stored. The bottom of the pack is rounded to conform exactly with the shape of your duffle bags, and when the clothing and other things are placed in the bottom of this pack the upright ends fold in so that the front and back meet. The stick in the back top edge makes a rigid piece with which to roll down the remaining cloth of the pack and round it out for carrying. Has a handle on each end. In every respect this pack duplicates the con- venience of your traveling bag. Made of brown waterproof duck. 4A1969 Diameter, 9 in. ; length, 22 in. ; weight, 2 l /2 lbs.; with carrying straps com- plete $3.50 PACK BASKETS Our baskets are made especially for us of hand- riven oak splits, interwoven with rattan, making the strongest and best basket on the market. Made with large mouth, to permit of easy packing, and with flattened back to fit the form. We recommend for general use the covered baskets which are abso- lutely tight and waterproof, and are fastened by lock-buckle and strap. Shoulder straps adjustable, with sliding pad, fitted with snap-hooks, best heavy leather and hand-sewed. 4A1868 Regular Basket, waterproof size, 18x14^x18)4 inches weight, 7 lbs 4A1869 Plain Basket, carrying straps only, size, 17x13x18^ inches high; weight, 5 lbs 5.00 CARRY STRAPS Light in weight, these straps are put together to fit similarly to the pack- harness and will carry prac- tically anything that can be put in a roll-pack. Shoul- der straps are V/ 2 inches wide, of fine grade russet harness leather, and the binding straps to go around the pack are 1-in. wide and 60-in. long. 4A1970 Weight, 1 lb. $2.00 All straps cover, high ; $9.50 IMPROVED CANVAS DUFFLE BAGS For Clothing and Provisions We are now making all our duffle bags in an entirely new manner, which is a vast im- provement in the method of manufacture over all other bags. This consists of a new method of making the seams, which are all reinforced at sides and ends, making the bag much stronger and more durable. We have also discontinued the old style handle, which gave more or less trouble, and are now making a handle of most excellent design, which we guarantee will "stay put." This is attached by strong leather lugs, hand-sewed over metal D- rings to inside reinforcement, and which cannot tear out. The bags are fitted with inside neck or throat-piece which is first drawn to- gether and tightly tied before closing bag with outside cord, making the bag absolutely tight and waterproof. For small, heavy packs, such as food- stuffs, etc., we recommend the 10-inch size. For clothing the 12-inch is best, and for general packing such as tents, sleeping bags, blankets, etc., the 15 and 18-inch sizes. They are light in weight, easy to pack, can be carried anywhere and in any way, and are accepted and checked as baggage by all railroad and steam- ship lines. They can be fitted with locks, of which we supply three designs (see page 47), rendering them safe from prying fingers. BROWN WATERPROOF CANVAS Handles, when supplied, placed on side and bottom j of bags. £ bo w C c u Without Handles With Handles 10 24 11 4A1384 $ .95 12 36 23 4A1385 % 1.35 15 36 29 4A1386 1.70 18 36 38 4A1387 2.30 4A1388 $1.25 4A1389 3£ 1.60 4A1390 1.95 4A1391 2.55 EXTRA HEAVY DUCK These bags are made of very heavy canvas, much stronger than the Brown Waterproof Canvas, and are intended for rough use. Made in same manner and handles, when ordered placed in the same way. u riches amete o bo Without With o C o| Handles Handles 10 24 21 4A1392 12 36 31 4A1393 15 36 43 4A1394 18 36 51 4A1395 $1.50 4A1396 $1.85 2.15 4A1397 2.50 2.80 4A1398 3.15 3.60 4A1399 3.95 We make to order, promptly and at reasonable prices, special bags and carry-alls of every descrip- tion and of any material. KHAKI INTERIOR CLOTHES BAGS Similar in shape to food bags, but made of Khaki. For packing in any pack or duffle bag such articles as one may desire to keep clean and free from con- tact with other goods. Handkerchiefs, socks, under- wear, medicine, toilet articles and other "small truck" are thus easily kept together and conveni- entlv stored in camp. 3A922 For 10-inch duffle bags 3£ $ .25 3A923 For 12-inch duffle bags -50 CAMPING 45 "SECURITY" DUFFLE BAGS This is the "de luxe" edition of all duffle bags, which will commend it- self to all sportsmen de- siring a strong, handsome and durable bag for cloth- ing and personal belongings that is safe from damage and safeguarded against intrusion while in camp or in transit. Made of extra rWV''' 'I'll Ilffll heavy waterproof Panta- CJjil'lii!,'- i Ji|9|||ll sotc " "double duck" with heavy waterproof leather ends or bottoms, and strongly reinforced for four inches up the sides with waterproof leather. Has extra waterproof neck or throat-piece at top, and is closed and fastened by means of a strong strap passed through inter-lock- ing loops and metal eyelets, and secured by brass lock-buckles in such manner that it cannot be opened except the bag is destroyed. Strong hand-sewed leather handles on side and both ends. All leather used on this bag is our special waterproof "Indian tan," which will not dry out stiff and hard after wetting, and is the most durable of leathers. Special sizes made to order. FOOD BAGS The camper who has never used these bags has little idea of their great conveni- ence, utility and saving of time and goods. Not only are the foodstuffs transport- ed safely against loss by water or breakage, but in camp they become a most handy form of container and may at once be distributed. No bursted bags or broken boxes, and safe from injury by moisture and vermin. Made from a special fabric, light, clean and water- proof, and which does not in any way affect supplies packed therein. No. 4A4090 holds approximately 5 pounds of such foods as flour, meal, etc., and No. 4A4091 is twice the capacity. Both fit the 10-inch duffle bags, in which they are best carried. The pork bags are excellent for carrying pork, bacon, etc., as the material is grease-proof and there is no danger of injury to other articles in the pack. Order No. | Diameter Depth Weight Price 4A4090 9 in. 9 in. 2 l / 2 oz. % doz. $1.50 4A4091 9 in. UV2 in. Wa oz. <\ £ doz. 2.00 3A4092 Pork Bag. Diameter, 9-in. ; depth, 12-in. ; weight, 6 oz. . Each .50 Order No. | Diameter [ Length | Weight Pri( 4A1859 4A1860 15 in. 18 in. 36 in. 36 in. 8* 11 lbs. lbs. $20.00 24.00 SERVICE DUFFLE BAGS The Most Durable Bags Made. These bags, absolutely un- equalled for durability and serv- ice, are recommended for use on long, hard trips by railroad, pack train, etc., and wherever subjected to unusual strain and excessive wear. Made from an extra fine grade of duck on duck, abso- lutely waterproof, snag-proof and practically indestructible. Manufactured by us exclusively and with our new reinforced seam and patent handle. Handles placed on side and bottom unless otherwise ordered. Order No. Diameter Length Weight Price 3A1292 3A1293 3A1294 3A1295 10-in. 12-in. 15-in. 18-in. 24-in. 36-in. 36-in. 36-in. 26 ozs. 43 ozs. 52 ozs. 61 ozs. $2.50 3.25 3.75 4.25 PACK CLOTHS Made of light-weight brown waterproof material of most suitable size for packing with tump line. They are very useful in other ways for covering goods in transit, emergency shelters, ground cloths, etc. 3A926 Size, 5x6 ft.; weight, 2% lbs $1.75 3A927 Size, 6x7 ft; weight, 3^ lbs 2.50 CARRY-ALL This receptacle will carry anything. Made of heavy brown duck with chrome leather top binding and fastens exactly like a gov- ernment mail sack. It is 3 feet deep by 24 inches across the front and has bellows sides. A heavy, round leather handle is fitted at the bottom of the bag and two heavy, round handles are located in the center at the top. A one- inch russet leather strap runs through guides on both sides of the bag and around the bottom with which to compress the bag. 4A1968 Complete with padlock; weight, 7 lbs $15.00 FIBRE PANNIERS These cases are very light in weight, absolutely unbreakable, and their capacity is enormous. We carry two sizes, suitable for packing on the back or by pack saddle, wagon, sled or canoe. Made with steel-bound edges and corners. Heavy hand- sewed leather handles at each end. 4A1861 Inside measure (closed) 18x24x12 in.; weight, 20 lbs $12.50 4A1862 Inside measure (closed) 17x23x9 in.; weight, 15^4 lbs 12.00 46 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK HANDLE LOCK A most handy locking de- vice in that it combines a secure lock with an excel- lent handle. Lock consists of handle and bar, hinged together. Bar is passed through grommets in top of bag and secured by pad- lock at eye in end of han- dle. Made of solid brass, highly polished, with padlock ; weight, complete, 7 oz. 3A1864 « $1-50 CHAIN LOCK FOR DUFFLE BAGS PACK SADDLE A strong, 20-inch chain attached to a newly pat- ented lock which is also very strong and cannot be picked. The chain is run through the grommets in the bag and tightened up until the mouth of the bag is closed, then fastened at the required link by the patent lock. Weight, 3 ozs. 4A1858 Complete with 2 keys $1.50 SAFE DUFFLE BAG LOCK Over fifty thousand combinations can be made in this lock. Cannot be picked. Made of solid brass, strongest and most durable small lock made. No losing of kevs, impossible to open unless you have the combination. Case 1^-inch diameter. Brass hasp 3 z /2 inches long, weight, 9 oz. 3A1942 Price $1-35 SADDLE BAGS A most conveni- ent and safe method of carrying a num- ber of the smaller articles frequently needed when travel- ing on horseback. Hand made and finely finished throughout. Has cinch-strap to pre- vent "floppin g." Made of waterproof Pantasote duck, weight, 4 lbs. 3A1887 .... $10.75 LARIATS A special three-strand rope made for us exclusively, will not swell or stretch. Extra hard twist, best quality long- fibre Manila. Rye spliced over polished brass honda. End finished with knot and tassel. 7-16 in. diameter. 3A1888 Length, 40 ft; weight 3A1889 Length, 50 ft.; weight Our pack saddles are designed and approved by experienced Western and Government packers. Breast strap, breeching and cinches made from folded and machine stitched canvas which is superior in every way to webbing. Cinches have heavy chafe- leathers under rings and adjusting strap. Harness or rigging made throughout of very best oak-tan harness leather, sewed by hand. Latigoes are of chrome-tan leather, soft and pliable, and will never become hard or stiff from wetting. All rings and buckles solid brass. Made in the best possible man- ner throughout, and we guarantee them superior to any other make. Furnished regularly with double cinch which is much the best for all-around use. Single cinch saddles made to order only. 4A1879 Double cinch; weight, 12 lbs $20.00 4A1880 Single cinch; weight, 10 lbs 15.50 KYACKS Used the same as Alforjas, but may be shipped without danger to contents. Made from a special grade of fibre which is unaffected by water and absolutely unbreakable. Reinforced by steel bands and corners. Fitted with heavy leather lugs for slinging on pack saddle. Has leather strap fasten- ing with lock-buckle. Positively the strongest and best made. Size, 22x17x9. Weight, 12^2 lbs. 4A1885 $12.50 ALFORJAS We have adopted the most generally approved design and of the proper size for carrying two fifty- pound sacks of flour. Made of a special grade of extra heavy duck, with heavy leather loops to fasten over horns of saddle. Latigo straps of heavy chrome-tan leather, sewed all around and riveted. Will stand all sorts of rough usage. Width, 22 inches; height, 17 inches; depth, 7 inches. Weight, 12 lbs. 4A1291 Price each $7. CAMPING 4? 'ALPINE ICE AXE An ice axe of the finest mate- rials — and of a perfect shape for ice work. Hand forged from best of steel, selected hickory handle, fitted with steel spike and ferrule. Head guards or sheath for same, made of best sole leather, hand sewed — perfect covering for blade and pick and securely fastens with strap and buckle. 4A889 Men's Axe, length, from 38 to 42 inches, with sheath $8.50 4A890 Women's Axe length, from 38 to 42 inches, with sheath.... 7.75 SWISS LINEN ROPE Made from the finest flax and the best rope made. Braided by a peculiar process which brings each strand through from side to side, and for this reason is not rendered useless if partly cut or chafed through. Will not kink or twist, always soft and pliable, very light. Order No. Diam- eter Strength Yard 4A1439 10 mm. 1700 lbs. $ .30 4A1440 11 mm. 1800 lbs. .35 4A1441 12 mm. 1900 lbs. .40 LIFE OR ROPE BELT A good belt for use with the life rope is indispensable for difficult mountain climbing. This belt answers every requisite and is indorsed by the English Alpine Club. Made of heavy sole leather, 2 l / 2 inches wide, fitted with heavy double-tongued steel buckle and steel guy-ring, both hand-sewed and riveted. 3A1447 Weight, 11 ozs $4.50 AMMUNITION OR LUNCH BAGS Handy in many ways for carrying small personal be- longings, shells and the day's lunch. Made of waterproof canvas with belt loops and shoulder straps, with snap- hooks and two pockets. 4A928 Light canvas, size, 10xl2-in. ; weight, 12 oz.% $1.25 4A929 Heavy canvas, size, 10xl2-in. ; weight, l§y 2 oz % 2.00 CRAMPONS Hand- forged soft Swiss iron, strong and durable. An absolute necessity for mountain climbing, either on rock or ice. Weight, packed in waterproof Swiss carrying case, 40 ozs. per pair. 3A1641 Price, with carrying case and bind- ing, per pair $4.25 "CANTEENS' Made in two styles, with webbed carrying strap and snap hooks. Both of these canteens are guaranteed to be absolutely non-leakable, strong and du- rable. Made with one concave side to fit over the hip. Fitted with cork, metal top and chain. 4A1346 Aluminum. Diameter, 8 inches, 2^ inches thick. Capacity 1 quart. Weight, 13 ozs., covered with felt. Price $2.75 Heavily tinned steel. Diameter, %y 2 inches, 1^4 inches thick. Capacity, one quart. Weight, 15 ozs. Khaki canvas cover and snap buttons. Price $1.00 3A1347 ALPINE STOCKS 3A5209 3A5211 Made of hickory, heavy German silver ferrule, 1 24-inch pointed steel spike set well up into the ferrule, 36 inches long, 1 inch diameter, natural crook handle. Weight, 14 ozs. Price $1.50 55 inches long, % inch diameter, crooked handle. Weight, 12^4 ozs. Price $2.00 BER KEFELD FILTER PUMP ■fmiSAi The filter consists of a brass case, ^gt nickel plated, containing and protect- -J I f ing the filtering cylinder, made of infusorial earth. This must be put in water and by a hand pump attached at the side water is forced through the filtering cylinder out through a gooseneck tube at the top, yielding a continuous flow of perfectly pure water in larger or smaller quantities according to the pressure. The army filter shown in the cut is used the world over. It weighs 3 pounds, is 14 inches high, 3 inches wide and 2 inches thick. The capac- ity is 1 quart per minute. 3A1783 Complete $10.00 4A1734 Extra cylinder 2.50 POCKET FILTER We are now able to supply the demand for a really safe and efficient filter in compact form. This filter may be used to drink direct from the tube or used to siphon off water from one vessel to another. Thoroughly practical and per- fectly reliable. 3A1785 Size, 354x2x3^. Wgt., 11 ozs. $2.50 LOCK STITCH AWL This awl makes a lock stitch and is adapted for sewing leather, canvas or any heavy clothing. Handle contains straight and curved needles. A perfect tool to repair a rip or tear in an emergency. Reel of waxed linen thread and full instructions with each awl. 3A1368 % $75 48 ABERCRQMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK 3H474 LEEDAWL COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal case, with untarnish- able silvered metal dial, hardened and tempered steel point, and cupped jewel bearing, with stop snap in beveled crystal glass. 3H473 ($ $1.00 MAGNAPOLE COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal case with white enameled metal dial, hard- ened and tempered bar type needle, with cupped jewel center, very sensitive, with stop and snap in beveled crystal glass. % $1.50 FLODIAL COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal case, with floating aiuminum dial, and cupped jewel bearing, with stop and snap in beveled crvstal glass. 3H475 $1.50 LITENITE COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal case, alumi- num dial but with per- manent luminous ra- dium N & S points, cupped jewel bearing, with stop and snap in beveled crvstal glass. 3H476 % $2.00 GYDAWL COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal hunter case with spring lid, and untarnishable silvered metal dial, blued needle and cupped jewel bear- ing, self acting stop, and snap in beveled crvstal glass. 3H477 3£ $2.00 AURAPOLE COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal hunter case with spring lid and aluminum dial, hardened and tempered bar type needle and cupped jewel bearing, self-acting stop and snap in beveled crystal glass. 3H478.. % $2.50 MERADIAL COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal hunter case with spring lid and floating aluminum dial, cupped jewel bearing, self-acting stop and snap in beveled crystal glass. 3H479 $2.50 CEEBYNITE COMPASS Untarnishable solid white metal hunter case, with spring lid and aluminum dial but with permanent luminous radium N & S points, cupped jewel bear- ing, self-acting stop and snap in beveled crystal glass. 3H480 '.M $3.00 311481 Same as above in gold-filled case. 5.00 RUBBER DRINKING CUP Made of white rubber and fold to carry flat in the pocket. Weight, VA oz.. 3A1506 Either style 3£ $ .25 MONEY BELTS Safe and comfortable for carrying coin or bills. Made very strong and light in weight. Are secured by best linen strap and buckles. Have one large space for bills and four small pockets for coins. Fastened with best button fasteners. 4K5073 Grey buckskin % $2.00 3K5074 Oilskin, extra light weight 3£ .75 3K5075 Khaki .75 4K5076 Pigskin 2.00 WATCH AND POCKET ANEROID BAROMETERS To the motorist, traveler, explorer, camper, prospector or tourist the Pocket Al- titude Barometer is a most interesting companion from the valuable and instruc- tive data it affords. As weather instru- ments, the Watch and Pocket Aneroids are quite as reliable as barometers of the largest diameter. But, it is in measuring altitudes — the height' of hills and mountains — wherein lies the chief source of pleasure and profit to the traveler. On foot or horseback, by motor or railway travel, the ascent or descent is indicated by the altitude scale as change in elevation takes place. 4H438 Watch form, 1^-in. diameter; gilt case in Morocco outer case, silvered metal dial, revolving altitude, scale 8,000 ft.; weight, 3^ oz $21.25 4H439 Same as above except with hunter form case, keyless action, revolving altitude, scale, 10,000 ft. ; weight. 4 oz 25.00 4H440 Pocket size, 2l4-m. diameter, gilt, in Morocco case, silvered metal dial ; revolving altitude, scale, 8,000 ft.; weight, 8 r / 2 oz 3£ 20.50 Extras 10,000 ft. altitude, add % $ .85 12,000 ft. altitude, add % 1.70 16,000 ft. altitude, add % 3.30 WEATHER A neat little booklet giving full and clear direc- tions for the use of the barometer and the correct method for reading altitudes and computing climatic changes. 3H442 Paper Cover <$ $ .50 3H443 Cloth Cover 1.00 CAMPING ALL METAL POCKET FLASKS Finest Britannia metal throughout, highly finished and very strong, in H two styles as shown below. These are the best flasks made. Do not change the flavor or properties of liquid placed in them. Traveller's Britannia has pull-off top which can be used as a cup and when on the flask protects cork from unscrewing. These flasks are indispensable to all travelers whether in civilization or in the wilderness. 4K5886 Vz pt. capacity.... 3g $2.00 4K5887 l A pt. capacity.... 3£ 2.25 4K5888 ft Pt. capacity. ...3g 2.50 4K5889 y 8 Pt. capacity....^ 3.00 4K5890 y 2 pt. capacity % 4.00 4K5891 % pt. capacity % 4.25 4K5892 7/ 8 pt. capacity 4.50 4K5893 1% pt. capacity 3£ 6.00 4K5894 iy s pt. capacity f 7.00 VEST POCKET BRITANNIA FLASK Vest pocket flask, curved to fit the pocket— very handy and compact. Finest Britannia metal through- out, highly finished and very strong. 4K5895 tV pt. capacity 3£ $1.75 4K5896 l /& pt. capacity 2.50 4K5897 tV pt. capacity 3.50 4K5898 % pt. capacity % 4.50- 4K5899 y 8 pt. capacity 5.50 GOGGLES For shooting, fishing, automobiling and snow glare, the three styles listed below are new, thor- oughly tested and the best practical goggles on the market. Stone Goggle. Imitation tortoise shell, with imi- tation tortoise shell wind shields, 1)4 inch amber lenses, extremely light, non-breakable. Close up in very small space. 4H796 Price, including steel-covered case..*$ $1.50 Day and Night Goggle. Zylonite frame, dark shading at top made in the glass, 2-inch amber lenses, frame folds flat. Can be used to look at the sun, or automobile searchlights at night, with- out straining the eyes. An excellent glass for snow work or automobile use. 3H797 Price, including steel-covered case. $2.25 WILBUR SHOOTING GOGGLE Fine, light amber lenses 2%-inch diameter, imita- tion shell frame with gold-filled bridge and gold- filled cable temples, folds flat. 4H798 Price, including steel-covered casc.^g $1.25 FOOT AND HAND WARMERS Glass Flask. Fine grade heavy glass. Has screw tops which are fastened by being "blown in" with the glass, and leakage, so common in ordinary flasks, is impossible. Cov- ered with pigskin and fitted with re- movable metal bottom for- drinking cup. A fine flask in every respect and very highly recommended. 4K5833 Capacity, y 2 pint; weight, 12 oz $1.75 4K5834 Capacity, 1 pint; weight, 18 oz, 2.25 4K5835 Capacity, 1 quart; weight, 29 oz 4.00 Flask of flint glass, leather covered, nickel, gold lined cup on bot- tom, has screw top which fastens tightly, preventing leakage. 4K5694 Made seal, y 2 pt. . f $6.50 Size 454x2^x2^2. Contains for fuel a charcoal substance burning from 2 to 3 hours without danger of fire or explosion. Can be lighted with match, cigar or cigarette and gives sufficient heat to keep hands comfortably warm on coldest day. 3A1369 Price ^ $ .50 Bed Warmer — Same principle. Size 8^x4^x3. 3A1370 Price % $1.50 Foot Warmer — Excellent for auto traveling, duck blinds, etc. 3A1371 Price $6.50 Fuel for Hand Warmer t$ .10 Fuel for Bed and Foot Warmer % .15 so ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-5 .5-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK MILITARY WRIST WATCH 4K5634 Lever movement, seven jewe's, stem winder and setter, nickel or gun-metal case, lj^-inch dial with second hand. Guaranteed good timekeeper. Furnished with pigskin strap. We recommend this watch to all outdoor men and women — prac- tical, serviceable and best value for money ever offered $6.50 INGERSOLL WRIST WATCH 4A5339 Xickel or gun-metal finish $3.00 3K5842 Lngersoll Yankee Watches. New model. Fitted with improved 16 size move- ment. Case is smaller and thinner than the old style. Has close fitting snap back and dust proof bezel. Full stem wind and stem set. Nickel or gun-metal finish. $1.00 4K5841 Alarm Watch. Has first-class 16 size move- ment and guaranteed to give satisfaction. Perfectly reli- able alarm mechanism. Hinged back cap and enamel face. Stem wind and set. 2 inches wide, Y% inches thick. A most handy and convenient time- piece for camping and travel- ing. Alarm is clear and strong. Fine gun-metal fin- ish; weight 3 oz $12.00 ALARM WATCH Gun metal with patent lever movement, hands and figures on dial are covered with radium, which are il- luminated at night, showing quite distinctly the time. This is entirely new and fine timekeeper. 4K5854 $19,50 Pedometer. Accurate in- strument which, in the hands of a careful observer, is very useful in determining distances traveled and for use in pre- liminary survey work. 3K5837 Grade A. Registers 100 miles by V\ miles. Weight, Wz oz $1.00 4K5838 Grade B. Registers 100 miles bv yards. Weight, 2V 2 oz $6.50 3K5924 Looking Glass. The best little glass made for trav eler's use. Fine beveled glass bound in metal and with fold ing metal handle or stand Makes an excellent shaving glass. Very strong and dur able. Fitted with morocco slip case. Size, S-Msxu^s in.; weight 7y 2 oz $1.25 The Little Wonder Lighter. The harder the wind is blowing the better the light. The best lighter made for lighting cigars, cigarettes, pipes, etc., in a strong wind. Can be carried in the vest pocket. Never fails to work. Weight 1 oz. Price with extra wick $ .25 FITCH PRISM BINOCULARS MNo binocular of similar weight and size affords so much light and so large a field of view as this Fitch Glass. Its unusual illumination makes it especially desirable as a night glass for nature study — for the hunter as a stalking glass and for all who must employ a binocular I under unfavorable conditions of light i and weather. It has the highest optical quality, showing the object clearly and sharply defined to the very edge of the field of view. Perfect mechanical construction, extra heavy bars of aluminum alloy cast in the same piece with the body. Sta- tionary tubes ensuring the absolute rigidity of the glass. Case made of stout leather, hand sewed and velvet lined, provided with an improved spring catch, allowing it to be opened or closed with one hand; belt and shoulder straps. These Binoculars are moisture proof, as well as dust-proof. Mounted in aluminum with japanned finish. Adjustable for pupillary distance and furnished with turning eye-piece for unequalled strength of eyes and universal focusing attachments. Bodies covered with black morocco and in black case. 3K5189 Six power. Magnification, 6 diam.; object glass, 31 y 2 mm. Field of view at 1,000 yards is 150 yds. Height, 4J4 inches; weight, 22 oz..$70.00 3K5541 Gents' Brush Case. A very handy, compact and useful case. Can easily be carried in the pocket. Made of fine quality of russet cow- hide. Contains one flat ebony military hairbrush, the bristles are hand-drawn, dressing comb and bevelled edge mirror. The case is hand- stitched and fastened with snap buttons $3.25 4K5747 Pocket Traveling Poker Set of English Mo- rocco, black, containing 100 chips and one pack of cards. Size, 4 $4x3x2 $1.75 Special Medicine Cases. Fine quality sole leather, hand stitched. Contains 12 one- ounce bottles set six in a row. Has zinc lined compartments, 2x2x7 inches, to carry hypo- dermic syringe, instruments, bandages, etc. 4K5914 Size, 6x7x2 K inches; weight, 21 oz $5.50 4K5915 With bottles in wood safety blocks $6.00 Medicine Cases. Made of fine sole leather. Bottles do not touch each other. Fitted with corked and screw-top glass medicine vials. 4K5912 Holds 6 vials; size 6y 2 x4xl l /2 in.; weight, 7 oz $2.00 4K5913 Holds 12 vials; size, 13x4x1 ' A in.; weight, 14 oz $4.00 Flint and Steel Lighter. The little machine is a perfect combination of flint, steel and tinder, and will strike fire and ignite fuse which can be used to light to- bacco, fires, etc., a most excellent article for those living out of doors, for it is a great match saver. 3K5815 Lighter, weight, 2 y oz f .50 3K5816 Fuses, weight, 1% oz.; per doz 25 • CAMPING 51 SNOW SHOES Our snow shoes are of the best workmanship and material, and guaranteed not to sag in wet snow. Frames of selected white ash, filling of neats hide. 4L6698 Children's, size 9x36 in $5.50 4L6699 Women's, size 11x42 in 6.50 4L6701 Men's, size 13x48'in 6.75 4L6702 Heavy men's, size 14x48 in 7.00 4L6703 Women's Racer, size 10x50 in 7.00 4L6704 Men's Racer, size 12x60 in 7.50 3L6705 Harness of oil tanned leather. Pair .75 3L6721 Russet Leather Harness. Per pair.. 1.25 Genuine Norwegian ski pole, made by the famous ski builder, J. P. Hansen, Christiania, Norway. Made of selected bamboo, very light and strong, steel fer- rule on end with hand-forged spike. Rattan ring lashed to pole with rawhide. 4 and 4^4 feet long. Pair : . . . $3.00 DOMESTIC SKI POLES Best natural wood, very light and strong. Fitted with rattan brake-ring, lashed with rawhide, and leather wrist thong. Has hardened steel spike and ferrule. 4L6697 Length, 4^ to 5 feet. Pair $2.50 j "ENGADINE" BINDING Furnished with "Engadine" Skis. Made of best grade, strong harness leather, durable and service- able. Made in two sizes. Prices for separate bindings. 3L6690 Small. Per pair $1.25 3L6691 Large. Per pair 1.75 NORTHLAND SKI WAX Applied to running surface of skis to prevent the sticking of snow and make sliding easy at all times. A tube of this should always be carried. 3L6699 Per tube $ .25 SPECIAL SKI MOCCASIN Made oj: chrome-tanned bottom and upper, with heavv sole and special ski heel. 4D10972 All sizes $7.00 IMPORTED J. P. HANSEN NORWEGIAN SKIS J. P. Hansen, of Christiania, Norway, is acknowledged to be the best ski builder in the world. We carry a full line of his make in the following sizes. All prices are quoted with the imported Huitfeldt bindings attached. Youth's, 6 T / 2 ft $12.50 Women's, 7 ft 13.00 Men's, 7% ft 13.50 V/ 2 ft 14.00 7}i ft 14.50 "ENGADINE" MAPLE SKIS Prices quoted are complete with Engadine Binding. Nat- ural finish, decorated with dark grooved stripes. Top and sides coated varnish 3L6693 r ith best grade spar 3L6686 3L6687 3L6688 3L6689 5 feet long, Chil- dren's, complete with Engadine Binding $4.00 3L6694 6 ft. long, Youths' and Misses', com- plete with Enga- dine Binding 4.50 3L6695 6 l / 2 feet long, Women's, com- plete with En- gadine Binding 4.75 3L6696 7 ft. long, Men's, complete with Engadine Bind- ing 5.50 "ST. MORITZ" WHITE ASH SKIS St. Moritz Skis are equipped with Huitfeldt Binding. Wood is best, extra selected white ash, edge grain, decorated on top with dark grooved stripes. Natural finish. 6 ft. long, Misses', complete with Huitfeldt Binding $7.25 & J A ft. long, Youths', complete with Huitfeldt Binding 7.75 7 ft. long, Women's, complete with Huitfeldt Binding 8.50 7 l / 2 ft. long, Men's, complete with Huitfeldt Binding 9.00 ADJUSTABLE "HUITFELDT" BINDING This is the most popular binding in Europe. Fur- nished with lever buckle, which makes it possible to adjust binding with no effort, and enables one to take off skis instantly. The toe irons are arranged so as to be made adjustable as to width and at the same time hold firmly in place. Price for separate binding — SL6692 Per pair $2.50 52 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK SKI BOB The latest of all winter sports is ski-bobbing. This bob is the only successful model ever built. The runners are 7^2 ft. long and are made of selected white ash. The seat is 45 inches long and 12 inches wide. Beautifully finished in red with green trimmings. Steering device is operated from a cross bar at the end of the seat. When steering the runners tilt upon the sides and give the same effect as you would get when turning on skis. Price $12.50 Same as above for boys, smaller runners and smaller seat $12.50 JUMPING SKI BOB Built on the same principle as the ski-bob listed above but has 9-ft. runners, seat 52 inches long, 14 inches wide. Beautifully finished in oak. Price $25.00 AYENFCO CONTINENTAL MODEL Only the very best grade of steel and workman- ship enter into the make of this skate. Have hollow ground splayed blades. This type of skate is used by a majority of the best-known figure skaters throughout the world. Sizes 9y 2 to 11^. Price, pair $15.00 AYENFCO INTERNATIONAL MODEL Made of selected chrome nickel highly tempered steel, full polished. The blades are ground the same radius as the fa- mous Salchow skate and we recommend these as the most practical figure skate ever designed for the average skater. Sizes 9 to liy 2 . Price, complete with leather scabbards for blades. Pair $7.50 CANADIAN HOCKEY Used extensively by the crack hockey players in both the States and Canada. Material and work- manship is the finest and the blades are tempered so they will stay sharp unusually long. Nickel plated and highly polished. Sizes 9 to 11^. Price, pair $6.00 INTERSTATE AND PREMIER HOCKEY SKATES 4 Built on lines that have been approved by the best hockey players, special care being given to heights. The blades are highly tempered and will stay sharp unusually long without grinding. These models can also be used for figure skating. Interstate grade, full nickel plated, men's sizes. Pair $3.50 Ladies' sizes (narrow). Pair 3.50 Premier grade nickeled and high polish. Men's sizes. Pair 6.00 Ladies' size (narrow). Pair 6.00 LADIES' RINK MODEL Since the hockey model skate has practically re- placed the old club or rocker blade type this model has been brought out specially for women's use — makes a good model for either rink or outdoor use. Tops are of best cold-rolled steel. Blades of best qualitv hardened steel, specially tempered, full nickel plated. Sizes 8y 2 to 10^. Pair $3.00 PUCK STOP HOCKEY SKATE The design of this model is strictly up-to-date and is one of the best selling models of the day. The tops are of best cold rolled steel and the blades are genuine welded tool steel, ribbed pattern, best work- manship and well finished, full nickel plated. Sizes 9 to ll l / 2 . Per pair $3.00 HALF HOCKEY WITH RIBBED BLADE This model has been a great favorite among the pleasure skaters for a number of years. It is a very attractive looking model. Can be used for figure skating. Very light foot and heel plates. Blades are highly tempered, fully nickel plated. Sizes 9 to 11^. Men's, pair , . . $5.00 Women's (narrow), pair 5.00 ALL CLAMP WITH RIBBED BLADE For pleasure and fancy skating this is one of the most popular models on the market. Much time has been spent in perfecting the design of the skate — special shaped foot plates, strong improved steel toe clamps, the same key fastening at toe and heel, weld- ed steel blades, highly tempered and nickel plated. Sizes 9 to 12. Men's, pair $5.50 Women's (narrow), pair 5.50 CANOES 53 MASTIGOUCHE The Mastigouche Canoe is designed for explor- ers and use in rough countries where frequent port- ages over bad trails have to be made. The strong- est and most durable light canoe made. Furnished with two cane seats, one thwart, bottom grating and wide outwales. Two lengths, 13 and 15 feet. Order No. Length Feet Width Inches Depth Inches Height at Ends Weight Lbs. Price 3A1902 3A1903 13 15 35^ 35^4 12 13 24 26 50 60 $43.00 45.00 MORRIS CANOES— Regular Model A Order No. Extreme Length Feet Width Inches Depth Inches Weight About Lbs. Price 3 A 1906 15 33 12 60 $40.00 3A1907 16 33^ 12 65 40.00 3A1908 17 34 • 12 70 40.00 3A1909 18 34^ 12 75 42.00 3A1918 20 36^ 12 85 47.00 Spruce gunwales — mahogany paddling seat frames — • Colors, Dark Green or Auto Grey. braces and decks dark green. BORDEN CANOES To meet the demand for a strong, serviceable, reliable canoe at a moderate price, we are offering our BORDEN CANOES. Note the width and depth. The planking is made of selected Maine cedar, long lengths, fastened to the ribs securely with copper tacks, which are clinched. The ribs are of best quality cedar moulded over a solid form. The gunwales and finish rails are selected straight grain Canadian spruce. Both seats of cane, detachable — bow seat being dropped on 4-inch bolts. Brass bang plates. Best quality of seamless canvas— best quality of paint is used filling up the canvas entirely, paint being covered with two coats of best spar varnish. Length Width 3A940 HUNTER'S MODEL 13 ft. 35^-in. 3A941 PORTAGE MODEL 15 ft. 34 -in. 3A942 FISHING MODEL 16 ft. 34 -in. 3A943 RIVER MODEL 16 ft. 34 -in. 3A944 EXPLORER'S MODEL 17 ft. 37 -in. 3A945 LAKE MODEL 17 ft. 34^-in. 4A946 PLEASURE MODEL 18 ft. 35 -in. Depth 12 -in. 113/ 12 12 13 r2 121 4-in. -in. -in. -in. -in. ' 2 -in. Wide outwales Wide outwales — no keel. Wide outwales — no keel. With keel — no outwales. Wide outwales — no keel. With keel — no outwales. With keel — no outwales. Approx. Wt. Price no keel. 48 lbs. $31.50 57 lbs. 31.50 65 lbs. 31.50 64 lbs. 32.50 70 lbs. 33.50 68 lbs. 33.50 76 lbs. 35.50 All of the above canoes are carried m stock in dark green. The working models, which are the HUNTER'S, PORTAGE, FISHING and EXPLORER'S, are also carried in Battleship Grey, which color we particularly recommend. Prices include burlaping— F. O. B. New York or Bangor, Maine. Where crating is required same must be done at the factory in Maine, at an extra cost of $2.00 each. PADDLES We call particular attention to our paddles, which are made especially for us, of the very finest white spruce and hard maple. These paddles are finished with the best quality of spar varnish. Carried regu- larly in 5, 5%, 5 J / 2 , 534 and 6-foot lengths in both patterns. 3A1910 "Algonquin" style, narrow blade. spruce or maple, any length $1.50 3A1911 "Passamaquoddy" style, broad blade, spruce or maple, any length 1.50 DOUBLE PADDLES 3A1912 Fine white spruce, copper-tipped, with nickel-plated ferrules 3.50 CANOE YOKE For the portage this yoke affords a most handy and convenient means of carrying the canoe. The crossbar is made of selected hard maple and is clamped to gunwale by brass wing-nuts. Shoulder pads are adjustable, leather covered and padded with curled hair. 3A1932 $2.25 CANOE ENAMELS The finest and most durable finishes are obtained with canoe enamels. One pint can is sufficient for two coats on an 18-foot canoe. No varnish is re- quired, as the enamel dries with a bright finish equal to the best varnish. Carried in pints only, in the following colors : Vermilion, Holly Red, Indian Red, Velvet Brown, Moss Green, Dark Green, Light Green, Azure Blue. 4A1194 Azure blue, white, grey, moss green, dark green, brilliant green. Per can $ .75 Holly red, Indian red. Per can 1.00 Vermilion. Per can 1.25 RUBBER LIFE PRESERVER This is the best and most practical form on the market for the canoe and small boats, as they may be rolled up snugly and stowed away in small space. Made of best quality rubber, to be inflated. 4A1183 Length, 29 inches % $3.00 4A1184 Length, 33 inches y 2 lbs $15.75 Gallery rifle chambered for .22 short only, magazine holds 15 cartridges, 24- inch octagon with steel rifle butt plate: weight, 5]/ 2 lbs 15.75 FIRE ARMS 59 REMINGTON— U. M. C. SINGLE SHOT RIFLES This model has an automatic shell ejector. Chambered for .22 long or short, .25-10 or .32 cal. rim-fire car- tridges. Barrel is full octagon, 22 T / 2 inches long, black walnut stock and forearm. Open sights. No. 4 New Model Take-Down 4F667 In any calibre $6.40 This model is designed to meet the big demand for a light-weight take-down. Made in either .22 or .32 cal. and chambered in either size to take short or long rim-fire cartridges. In the .22 cal. C.B. or B.B. caps may be used. Has open rear and tang peep sights. Barrel 20 inches long; weight, 3y 2 lbs. No. 6 New Model Take-Down 4F669 Either calibre $3.95 NEW .22 REMINGTON AUTO RIFLE A solid breech^hammerless shooting 16 .22-rimfire cartridges without reloading, 22-in. Remington steel barrel, straight grip, American walnut stock, steel rifle butt plate, adjustable straight bar rear and white metal bead front sight. No. 2724. Weight, 5$i lbs. Price $20.60 SAVAGE HIGH POWER SPORTING RIFLE— Model 1899 Made in both solid frame and "take-down" hammerless, .25-35, .30-30, .303, .32-40, and .38-55 calibres. Shotgun or rifle butt plate. Pistol grip $2.50 extra. Rocky Mountain front and sporting rea sight. Six shot. 4F608 Any of the above calibres — Regular style, 26-in. round barrel, weight, 7 J /> lbs $18.00 4F609 Any of the above calibres — Regular style, 26-in., octagon or T / 2 octagon barrel, weight, V*/\ lbs 19.50 4F610 Any of the above calibres — Carbine, 20-in., round barrel only, carbine butt plate only, micrometer rear sight, weight, 7 T 4 lbs $18 0C 4F611 Any of the above calibres — Saddle gun, 22-in., round barrel only, shot- gun butt, weight, 7J4 lbs 18.00 4F612 Any of the above calibres — Take- Down, 26-in., round barrel 21.50 4F613 Any of the above calibres — Take- Down, 22-in., round barrel 21.50 MODEL 1899 SAVAGE FEATHER-WEIGHT Solid frame. Calibres, .25-35, .30-30 and .303 with round barrel only. 4F614 Any of the above calibres — With metal bead front and micrometer rear sight $22.50 4F615 Any of the above calibres — With checked stock and fore-end 24.50 4F616 Any of the above calibres — Extra for swivel and sling strap attached to any Savage Model 1899 2.75 MODEL 1899 "FEATHER-WEIGHT" TAKE- DOWN Furnished in the same calibres (.25-35, .30-30 and .303) as the solid frame Feather-weight with the advantages of easy carrying and cleaning. 4F617 Feather-weight "Take-Down," wgt., 6V 4 lbs $25.00 4F618 Interchangeable barrels for same.. 10.00 22 CALIBRE "FEATHER-WEIGHT" TAKE- DOWN A new model 6*4-pound high-power rifle. Has a 20-inch round barrel and is chambered for a special .22 High Power cartridge large enough for deer or bear. 4F619 .22 calibre Feather-Weight "Take- Down" $25.00 SAVAGE REPEATING RIFLE, .22 CAL. MODEL 1914 Solid breech hammerless, oct. 24-in. barrel, Ameri- can Walnut shotgun, full pistol grip, stock with steel butt plate, bead front and adjustable wind gauge rear sight, positive action, Tubular Magazine holds 20-22 short, 17-22 long or 15-22 long rifle cartridges; length, taken down, 27^2 inches; weight, 5^4 lbs. Model 1914. No. 2725 $13.00 .250— .300 SAVAGE RIFLE— Model 1899 Take-down only, extra full pistol grip stock, forearm checkered, wind gauge rear sight, checkered trigger, corrugated steel butt plate, 22-inch round barrel ; weight, 7 lbs. ; velocity 3,000 ft. per second ; bullet, 87 grains. Velocity at 100 yards, 2,698 ft. per second. Energy— Muzzle, 1,739 foot-pounds. 100 yards, 1,405 foot-pounds. Trajectory — 100 yds., measured at 50 yds. .503 in. 200 yds., measured at 100 yds. 2.314 in. 300 yds., measured at 150 yds. 5.780 in. 500 yds , measured at 250 yds. 20.196 in. Penetration at 15 feet, 11^4 in. pine boards. Cartridges, 4F2754 .... ^0 80 per box of twenty. $30.00 CO ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 3Gth STREET, NEW YORK MODEL 1911 SAVAGE REPEATER— For This model .22 calibre re- peater has a magazine holding 20 short cartridges, is typically a target rifle, and combines the Bolt Action with the take-down feature. Has round barrel 20 inches long, walnut stock, shotgun butt. Weight, 4 lbs. .22 Short Cartridges Only 4F2682 $7.00 Model 1904 .22 SAVAGE, Jr. TAKE-DOWN Chambered for .22 short, long or long rifle cartridges. The action of this rifle is very simple. When the bolt is thrown back the cartridge is passed into the receiver and bolt thrown in place. Closing the bolt automatically cocks the rifle and, after firing, the opening of the bolt automatically ejects. Sights consist of an open front, combination SAVAGE TARGET RIFLE TAKE-DOWN— Model This is a very fine target rifle with all the qualities of the Savage Junior 22. Chambered for short, long and long rifle cartridges. Has a heavier barrel than the other models for more accu- rate shooting. Swiss butt plate. Sights are microm- peep and open pattern. 18- inch barrel and a weight of 3 lbs. balances the rifle nicely 4F658 $4.50 1905 eter rear and ivory bead front. Weight, 4^4 lbs. 4F660 $6.50 THE NEW SAVAGE .22 AUTOMATIC RIFLE This new automatic will handle the .22 long rifle "Lesmok" and black powder cartridge only. The model will be similar to Savage Model 1903 Repeater, shown on page 212, having clip magazine. 4F813 $12 00 STEVENS' "IDEAL" Length of barrel for rim-fire car- ^ ^— ^- tridges, 24 inches, for center-fire car- tridges, 26 inches. Chambered for .22 Long-rifle, .25 Stevens and .32 Long Rim-fire and .25-20 Stevens and .32-20 Center-Fire. Weight, 7 to 7*4 lbs. 4F623 Any style or size STEVENS' "FAVORITE" (Take-Down) Length of barrel, 22 inches. Chambered tfiss for the following rim-fire cartridges only : .22 Long-rifle, .25 Stevens, .32 Long. 4F665 "Favorite" Take-down with auto- matic ejector y 2 (Octagon) barrel in any of the above calibres and with Rocky Mountain front and Sporting Rear Sights $5.50 4F662 With Beach combination front sight, Ste- 4F664 vens leaf and Vernier peep sights $8.25 "Favorite" Shotgun, smooth bore, for shot cartridges. Made for .22 and .32 rim-fire shot cartridges only. Weight, 454 pounds $5.50 STEVENS' "CRACK SHOT" Chambered for .22 Long-rifle R. F. and .32 short R. F. cartridges. Plain open front and rear sights. 20-inch barrel ; case-hardened frame; oiled walnut stock and forearm; rubber butt plate. Weight, 3^4 pounds. 4F625 Rifle $3.50 4F626 Shotgun, smooth bore Made for .32 shot cartridges only $3.50 MARBLE'S "GAME GETTER" GUN Double Barrel, Single Trigger Shoots .22 short, long and long rifle rim-fire cartridges in one barrel and .44 shot or round ball cartridges in the other. Stock adjustable for any drop desired. Barrels — Round, Blued, 12, 15 and 18 inches long. Frame — Dropforged, Blued. Grips — Rubber. Stock — Steel tubing, Nickeled. Weight, about 35 oz. 4F2112 12-inch barrels, lock leaf sight, "Gold" bead sight and holster $13 50 4F2113 15-inch barrels, otherwise same as 4F2112 14.50 4F2114 18-inch barrels, otherwise same as 4F2112 15.50 4F2115 4F2116 4F2117 12-inch barrels, Flexi- b 1 e Rear Sight, Lock Leaf Sight, "Gold" Bead Sight and Holster $16.50 15-inch barrels, otherwise same as 4F2115 17.50 18-inch barrels, otherwise same as 4F2116 18.50 Gate Getter now supplied chambered for 410 cartridges if desired. FIRE ARMS Gl THE PARKER GUN "The Old Reliable" For nearly fifty years it has been the aim of Parker Bros, to manu- facture the best possible product of the gun- maker's art; upward of 170,000 guns in the hands of sportsmen in every known country of the globe makes the ac- complishment of this effort a matter of record. Particular attention has always been paid to the proper distribution of materials and the greatest strength of the Parker gun will always be found where the strain is most severe. Beauty of outline, perfection of balance in all the large varieties of weights and sizes will be found. Every essential feature for the safety of the user and the ease of operation has been most skilfully attained. The coil spring used is a feature of merit, guar- anteed against breakage. Experience has taught users of the Parker gun that for steadiness and regularity of shooting, for accuracy and uniformity of the delivery of every load, the Parker gun stands second to none, while its perfect balance and intrinsic worth have placed it where it belongs in the foremost ranks of American-made shotguns to-day. Net price -list of the Parker hammerless gun: Quality Al. Special with automatic ejector, bar- rels of Whitworth fluid steel, net $450. Quality A. A. H. Pigeon gun with automatic ejector, barrels of Whitworth fluid steel, net $375.00. Quality A. H. Barrels of Acme steel with automatic ejector $250.00. Quality B. H. Barrels of Acme steel with au- tomatic ejector $168.75, without $150. Quality C. H. With automatic ejector, net $131.25; without $112.50, barrels of Acme steel. Quality D. H. with automatic ejector $101.25; without $82.50; barrels of fine Titanic steel. Quality G. H. with automatic ejector $84.75; without $66.00; barrels of Parker special steel. Quality P. H. Net $72.25 with automatic ejec- tor; without $53.50; barrels of Parker steel. Quality V. H. with automatic ejector $60.25; without $41.50; barrels of Vulcan steel. PARKER BROS'. TROJAN GUN The fact that the high-class workmanship of this organi- zation is put into a gun to sell at $31.50 must be a mat- ter of interest to all those acquainted with Parker guns. It is a well-proportioned gun of good appearance, thor- oughly well fitted. Imported Trojan steel barrels manu- I factured expressly for this gun with matted top rib. Stock of selected black wal- nut; made only with full pistol grip. No cap; drop about 2^4 inches ; length about 14 inches ; hard rub- ber butt plate; fore-end and grip neatly checkered. The lock and action in this gun are of the same con- struction as in the higher grades. All parts drop forged from the same class of steel as used in the higher grade guns. Made to four specifications, as follows : 12 Ga., 28-in. barrels, V/ 2 to 8 lbs. modified and choke. 12 Ga., 30-in. barrels, T/ 2 to 8 lbs. both barrels choke. 16 Ga., 28-in. barrels, 6^ to 7 lbs. modified and choke. 20 Ga., 28-in. barrels, 6 l 4 to 6^ lbs. modified and choke. full full- full full No modifications other than those listed above can be made in this gun. 3F2694 Any gauge and any length of bar- rel, as specified above $31.50 EXTRA BARRELS Net Trojan Grade $16.00 V, H. Grade 26.00 V. H. Grade, with Ejector 44.75 P. H. Grade 30.00 P. H. Grade, with Ejector 48.75 G. H. Grade 33.00 G. H. Grade, with Ejector 51.75 D. H. Grade 42.00 D. H. Grade, with Ejector 60.75 The new Parker gun catalog sent on request. 62 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK LEFEVER HAMMERLESS GUNS The good reputation of the Lefever Gun was established fifty years ago. It is built with a compensating action to take up the wear in every direc- tion. All grades are bored on the taper system, giving great penetration and even distribution of shot. DURSTON SPECIAL GRADE Dura Nitro Steel Barrels. Fitted with same mechanism as higher grades. Made in 12 or 16 gauge, bored for trap, field or brush shooting. 3F706 Durston Special $25.00 3F707 Same but with automatic ejector.... 35.00 GRADE "H" Best London twist barrels or Carman fluid steel barrels. English walnut stock, full or half pistol or straight grip. 16 gauge in Carman steel only. 3F708 Twelve, sixteen or twenty gauge.... $33.00 3F709 With automatic shell ejector 44.25 GRADE "G" Damascus or Royal Nitro Steel Barrels, full pistol grip, checkered and handsomely engraved. Full compensating action. 3F710 Ten, twelve, sixteen or twenty gauge $42.75 3F711 With automatic shell ejector 54.00 GRADE T' Barrels Premier Nitro Steel or Damascus and the stock is fine English walnut checkered and engraved. Full pistol grip. Fitted with the Lefever full com- pensating action, which takes up all wear. 3F712 Ten, twelve, sixteen or twenty gauge $56.00 3F713 With automatic ejector 66.50 GRADE "E" Damascus or genuine Krupp Essen steel barrels. English walnut stock of fancy figure; finely check- ered; straight grip; one-half or full pistol grip with rubber cap. Very handsomely engraved. 3F714 Ten, twelve, sixteen or twenty gauge $70.00 3F715 With automatic ejector 80.50 NOTE : — Higher grade Guns may be had upon application up to $1,000.00. LEFEVER SINGLE TRIGGER This single trigger can be put on any Lefever Gun now in use. In ordering specify if front or rear position is re- quired $25.00 Shifted for change of barrels by Safety Slide. L. C. SMITH HAMMERLESS GUNS All Smith hammerless guns are made in 12, 16 and 20 gauge. 10 gauge can be furnished in any priced gun listed below except 3F693. 4F693 Field A low-priced, reliable gun. Armor steel barrels, English walnut stock, half pistol grip, checkered and finished $25.00 4F694 Same as 4F693 with automatic ejectors 35.00 4F695 Ideal Damascus to order (London steel), barrels choke bored. Eng- lish walnut stock, full pistol grip, checkered and well finished 37.50 4F696 Same as 4F695 but with automatic ejector 49.00 4F697 Trap A thoroughly well-made gun. Damascus to order (or Crown steel) barrels, choke bored, line engraving. English walnut stock, half pistol grip, checkered and finished in the best style 55.00 4F698 Same as 4F697 but with automatic ejector 66.00 4F699 Specialty (Nitro steel in 12 and 16 gauge to order), imported English walnut stock, checkered and engraved, straight half or full pistol grip 64.00 4F700 Same as 4F699 but with automatic ejector 75.00 4F701 Eagle Damascus steel barrels to order. Nitro steel, imported English walnut stock, nicely checkered and en- graved, straight half or full pistol grip 115.00 4F702 Same as 4F701 but with automatic ejector 126.00 4F703 Crown Nitro steel or Damascus barrels to order 99.40 4F704 Same as 4F703 but with automatic ejector 110.60 HUNTER ONE-TRIGGER The Hunter One-Trigger mechanism may be ap- plied to any Smith hammerless gun — old or new. 4F705 $25.00 FIRE ARMS 63 A. H. FOX HAMMERLESS GUNS Sterlingworth Grade — Sterlingworth Fluid Com- pressed Steel Barrels, adapted to smokeless or black powders; American walnut stock; full pis- tol cap grip, genuine hard rubber butt plate. In four styles only. Any other barrel borings if de- 1 sired at no extra charge. Note: Drop of stock changed T /z inch either way for $2.50 extra. Stock can be cut off to any desired length and refinished for $1.00 extra. 4F2729 Net price $25.00 4F2730 With Automatic Shell Ejector 32.50 Barrels Wt. 12 gauge Trap 32 7.10 to 7.14 Standard 30 7^ to 7^ Field 28 634 to 7 Brush 26 6 T A to 6^ 4F2731 Grade A— Genuine Krupp Fluid Steel Barrels, adapted to smokeless or black powders. Dark walnut stock, checkered and engraved; half pistol grip; 12, 16 and 20 gauge; 26, 28, 30 and 32-inch barrels. Full pistol or straight grip to order at no extra charge $37.50 4F2732 A. E. with Automatic Shell Ejec- tor. Net 45.00 4F2733 Grade B— Genuine Krupp Fluid Steel Barrels, thoroughly seasoned and grained dark English walnut stock; artistic engraving, half pistol grip; made in 12, 16 and 20 gauge; 26, 28, 30 and 32-inch barrels. Full pistol or straight grip to order at no extra charge. Weight, 12 gauge, 6y 2 to 8 lbs. ; 16 gauge, 5^4 to 7 lbs. ; 20 gauge, 5V 4 to 6M lbs. Net 52.50 4F2734 B. E., with Automatic Shell Ejec- tor. Net 60.00 4F2735 Grade C— High Quality Krupp Fluid Steel Barrels, figured and dark finished, selected curly English wal- nut stock ; artistic engraving, well cov- ered with scroll and picture work. Half pistol grip ; made in 12, 16 and 20 gauge; 26, 28, 30 and 32-in. bar- rels. Full pistol or straight grip to order at no extra charge. Weight, 12 gauge, to 8 lbs.; C. E. Wt. 16 gauge Wt. 20 gauge Stock Drop 6.6 to 6.10 6.2 to 6.6 14 234 &y 4 to ey 6 to 654 14 234 6 to 6*4 to 6 14 3 to 6 5V 2 to 5}4 14 3 with Automatic Shell Ejector. Net $75.00 4F2736 Grade X— Best Quality of Krupp Fluid Steel Barrels, especially bored and tested by hand for evenness of pattern for trap shooting. Stock of beautifully figured ' Circassian wal- nut of Monte Carlo type, or straight, half or full pistol grip, all at same price. Beautiful engraving of new style. Always equipped with Silver's Recoil Pad, Automatic Ejector, Ly- man sights, unless otherwise or- dered. Weight, 12 gauge, 6% to 8 lbs.; 16 gauge, 534 to 7 lbs.; 20 gauge, 5% to 634 lbs. Made with 26, 28, 30 and 32-inch barrels. X. E. with Automatic Shell Ejec- tor. Net 100.00 4F2737 Grade D — Best Quality Krupp Fluid Steel Barrels, dark-finished se- lected Circassian walnut stock of beau- tifully figured grain; engraving is a combination of beautiful scroll re- lieved by artistic pictures of game, birds and dogs, design clearly shown in illustration. Straight, half or full pistol grip. Made in 12, 16 and 20 gauge; 26, 28, 30 and 32-inch bar- rels. Weight, 12 gauge, 6% to 8 lbs. ; 16 gauge, 534 to 7 lbs. ; 20 gauge, 5% to 634 lbs. D. E. with Automatic Shell Ejector. Net 150.00 P. & M. DOG CRATE The P. and M. dog crate is the only crate on the market in which a valuable dog can travel in safety and m comfort. The dog can H be fed and watered while in transit without opening the main door of the crate, thereby Wj avoiding all danger of HHf the dog escaping or a stranger being bitten. There is a small door in the front of the crate by opening which you can take out the feed and water pan, fill and return it, and at the same time it can be thoroughly cleaned. The crate is stronger and lighter than any other crate on the market, made of the very best oak and put together with screws and brass trimmings. Made in all sizes to fit the largest down to the smallest toy. No. 3. For hunting" dogs, setter and pointer size, 36 in. long, 24 in. wide, 28 in. high. Weight 32 lbs. Price $16.00 FOX KAUTZKY SINGLE TRIGGER This latest of Fox superior features is acknowl- edged the premier of single triggers — recommended by the Fox Co. — simply cannot double. The only trigger having an automatic safety; no lost motion; no creep. We will fit the Fox fCautzky to your pres- ent gun for $20, or new Fox guns of any grade, with the Fox Kautzky single trigger, at a cost of $20 in addition to the regular price of the gun. PRICES OF PARTS AND REPAIRS We will gladly furnish parts, submit prices for repairs or the restocking of any makes of gun on application. We will also fit and furnish extra barrels in any length and boring for any grade of shotgun. 64 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK ITHACA HAMMERLESS GUNS Fitted with coil springs and a three-piece lock which is "lightning fast" — double thick nitro-breeci' and three positive bolts and are warranted never to shoot loose. 10, 12, 16, 20 or 28 gauge with 26, 28, 30 or 32- inch barrel. 4F2686 Field Gun. Smokeless blued steel barrels, selected black walnut half-pistol grip stock and fore-end, nicely hand-checkered, top lever, triggers and guards, blued and case- hardened, 10, -12, 16 and 20 gauge only $19.50 4F2687 No. 1 Special. Special Cockeril steel barrel, black walnut stock and fore-end, hand-checkered, full pistol grip with hard rubber cap, neat scroll on each side of frame 22.50 4F2688 No. 1. The very best English stub twist barrel, black walnut stock and fore-end nicely hand-checkered, full pistol grip, neat scroll on each side of frame 25.00 4F2689 No. \y 2 . A good Damascus steel barrel, black walnut stock and fore- end checkered, full pistol grip, rub- ber capped, setter dog engraved on each side of frame 31.50 4F2690 No. 2. Fine Damascus steel bar- rels, English walnut stock and fore- end, checkered and engraved with scroll and game scenes on both sides and bottom of frame 42.75 4F2691 No. 2 Krupp, Krupp fluid blue steel barrels, selected English wal- nut stock and fore-end, finely hand- checkered, full pistol grip unless otherwise ordered, frame, trigger guard, fore-end iron and top lever engraved by hand, with game scenes, line and scroll engraving 49.87 4F2692 No. 3. Damascus or Krupp fluid steel barrels, fine selected French walnut stock, fore-end and stock hand-checkered, straight or pistol grip, gold triggers, gold shield, all metal parts engraved by hand, dogs, birds and game scenes 60.00 4F2693 Automatic Ejector on any grade.. 10.00 CROW DECOYS The finest Crow Decoy on the market. It is becoming popu- lar to shoot crows over decoys, especial- ly in closed season on other birds. A dozen of these decoys spread around in a cornfield, while the gunner hides in a blind, will afford no end of fun. Use with this our Crow Call. 4F2182 Per dozen $4.75 SINGLE BARREL ITHACA TRAP GUN There is a rapidly growing demand for a high- grade single-barrel trap gun — one that will stand the continuous strain of heavy nitro powder loads. We have designed a triple-lug, triangular-fastening, triple-bolted, single-barrel trap gun, equipped with our lightning lock, automatic ejector and ventilated rib. Built only in twelve gauge, in our No. 4 Ejector and better grades. Gun shown above is our No. 5 Ejector. Price $160 00 No. 4 Ejector 85.00 Barrel— Genuine Krupp Fluid Steel, exceedingly tough, hard and strong and especially adapted for nitro powder loads. Barrels will be furnished 30, 3? and 34 inches long. We recommend a long barrel in this model. It has been found by experience to produce the very best results at the trap. Stock — Extra fine carefully selected walnut stock of beautiful figure and coloring, dove-tailed into frame to prevent splitting and spreading, fitted with utmost care, and checkered in a neat and artistic manner. Lock — We have equipped our single-barrel trap gun with our lightning lock, which has proven such a big success in our double gun. Trap-shooters will appreciate the lock speed, the quick snappy pull, the smooth working and simple construction of the gun. Note in cut above the two lugs at top and one at bottom, giving a triangular form of fastening, and bolted at each of these three points. We guarantee bolts never to shoot loose. Engraving — Frame, top lever, fore-end iron and guard beautifully engraved by hand with dogs, birds and game scenes, line and artistic scroll engraving, giving a very neat and rich appearance to the gun. Triple gold-plated trigger and gold shield in stock. Specifications : Full, half or straight grip ; made in No. 4 Ejector and better grades; twelve-gauge only; 30, 32 and 34-in. barrels; weight, 7 lbs. 10 oz. to 8% lbs. FIRE ARMS 65 WINCHESTER HAMMERLESS TAKE-DOWN REPEATING SHOTGUN Made in 12, 16 and 20 Gauges A safe, strong, serviceable, light-weight arm — six shots — barrels of nickel steel. 4F2740 12 Gauge, 26-28-30-inch bar- rels, weight about 754 lbs $27.75 4F2741 16 Gauge, 26-inch barrels, weight about 6 lbs 27.75 4F2742 20 Gauge, 25-inch barrels, weight about 5^4 lbs 27.75 Interchangeable barrel, complete $15.26 Matted rib extra 4 -63 Also made in fancy grades. 20-Gauge Hammerless Take-Down Fancy walnut stock and action slide, without checking, extra $12.03 Checked fancy stock and action slide 16.65 WINCHESTER "TOURNAMENT" GUN— Model 1897 Specially Designed for Trap Shooting The "Tournament" gun is the popular and widely used Winchester Model 1897, 12 Gauge "Take-down" Repeating Shotgun, made according to specifications which will meet the requirements of the most exacting trap-shooter. They embrace strong and even shooting qualities. The barrel is 30 inches long, handsomely matted on WINCHESTER SELF Standard stock with pistol grip 137/g inches long, 1^ inches drop at cone and inches at heel. Chambered for 224-inch, 12-gauge shells, and will handle light, medium or heavy loads. Barrel regularly furnished is full choke 26-inch nickel steel — 28-inch barrel with cylinder, modified or full choke will be furnished upon orde without extra cost. MARLIN HAMMERLESS Has solid steel breech ; solid top and side ejection; cartridge release for conveniently un- loading the magazine ; and has matted barrel, a high-grade feature never before furnished on standard grade repeating guns the top, and bored to shoot a close, even pat- tern with* any trap load. 4F733 "Tournament" Gun, 12 Gauge, "Takedown" $37.80 Stocks shorter than standard fur- nished at an extra cost of 1.75 LOADING— Model 1911 4F735 Standard weight about 7^4 lbs $33.00 Extra interchangeable barrel (to be fitted at factory) 14.85 Change in length or drop of stock, extra 9.00 Matting Barrel, extra 4.50 SHOTGUN — Model gauge only, 30 or 32-inch full choke barrel 12-Gauge, Take-Down, 6 Shots 4F2611 Advanced to $24.00 Marlin New Model 24 Take-Down Solid Top Side Ejection. Rolled Steel Barrels, Bored for Smokeless Powders. American Black Walnut Stock. Hard Rubber Butt Plate. 4F2612 4F2613 12 Gauge, 6 shot, 26-28-30-32-inch barrel, weight 7% to 7}4 lbs $21.60 16 Gauge, 6 shot, 26 or 28-inch bar- rel, weight 6 l / 6 to 6J4 lbs 21.60 Hammerless Marlin 20-Gauge Repeater 25 or 28-inch special rolled steel matted barrel, chambered for 2-)4-inch shell. Stock of straight grain walnut, 13 J /2 inches long, 1 13/16 inches drop at comb, 2 11/16 inches drop at heel — full pistol grip. 4F2743 Price $24.00 Any other stock dimensions, $8.00 extra. REMINGTON AUTOLOADING SHOTGUN— Take-Down— Five Shots "Standard" Grade Solid Top Breech. Side Ejection. Pistol grip. Walnut Stock. Blued steel finish Made in 12 gauge only. 26 or 28-inch barrels. Stocks, 14 or 14^ inches. 1^-inch drop at comb, 2 J / 2 at heel. Barrels full choke unless other wise ordered. 4F720 4F721 Advanced $36.30 "Special" Grade Same as 4F720 but has selected English walnut stock and fore-end handsomely checked $45.40 4F722 4F723 "Trap" Grade Same as 4F721 but has straight grip and stock, is 14 inches long, 1^-inch drop at comb and 2]4 at heel. 14 to 14^4 stocks to order $45.40 Extra bbl. for any of above guns.. 14.50 Raised matted rib on any of above extra 6.00 06 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK REMINGTON REPEATING SHOTGUN— Take-Down— Hammerless "Standard" Grade Solid breech. Bottom ejec- tion Pistol grip; walnut stock. Matted rib on receiver. Blued steel . finish. Made in 12 gauge only, 30-inch barrels. Stocks, 13% inches long, l l / 2 inches drop at comb and 2 l / 2 at heel. Barrels full choke unless otherwise ordered. 4F724 $28.45 "Field" Model 4F725 Same as "Standard" but has 26-inch barrels $28.45 "Trap" Model 4F726 Same as "Standard" but has selected English walnut stock and fore-end, handsomely checked. Straight or pis tol grip. Chambered for 224-inch shells. 12 gauge only, 30-inch bar- rels. Stocks 14^4 inches long, 1^4- in. drop at comb, 2 inches at heel. . . $47.80 "Ordnance" Steel Barrels on "Trap" Grade, extra 6.00 Any variation from any of above di- mensions, extra 8.50 MILITARY MODEL The Remington-UMC Military Model and Cadet rifle is designed, to meet the demand for an attrac- tive and durable .22 cal. military arm of light weight for the younger gen- eration. Its extreme accuracy and splendid handling qualities recommend it par- ticularly for drill and target work. These features have caused it to be adopted by a number of the leading military academies throughout the country. SPECIFICATIONS— Chambered for .22 Short cartridges. Stock and fore-end are of oil-finished selected walnut; barrel of Remington steel, accurately rifled and sighted, 28 inches in length. Length over all, 43 inches. Weight 5 pounds. Equipped with oak leather sling strap, bayonet, scabbard, stack- ing swivel, etc. No. 4S, Military Model Solid Frame, price. . . . $7.25 With Bayonet $£.35 BLUE ROCK TRAPS These traps are intended to throw Blue Rock Clay Pigeons, and are made in two styles. The difference is in the base, the upper part being the same. The Expert has a handle by which the angles of the trap can be quickly changed and the Extension Trap is designed to set and throw targets in one position. 4F2242 Extension Spring Trap $5.00 4F2243 Expert Model 6.50 CLAY PIGEONS 4F2271 "Blue Rock." racked 500 in a bar- rel. Per barrel $2.75 Keg 1.00 ELLIOTT EAR PROTECTOR Affords a great relief to those whose ears are affect- ed by heavy detonation. Fits into the ear with no more discomfort than an ordinary small piece of cot- ton and permits the wearer to hear conversation and ordinary sounds without difficulty. 4F2152 % $1.00 RIFLE BALL TRAPS This trap throws clay balls for .22 cal. rifle shooting $3.25 Clay Balls. Per hundred 60 1 Barrel (1500) 7.50 Lot of 5000 22.50 4F2268 4F2269 4F8409 4F2270 DU PONT HAND TRAP The Du Pont Hand Trap is a practical apparatus for throwing clay birds, and weighs but six pounds. It is durable and adaptable to all conditions. It may be used at picnics ; on motor boats ; on the deck of a yacht ; and in many ways in which other traps could not possibly be worked. For the hunt, the Hand Trap proves an excellent substitute for game. The veteran trapshooter finds that the practice he is obtaining with the Hand Trap is a help to him in making better scores at his gun club. The beginner utilizes the Hand Trap to obtain a degree of profi- ciency before joining a Trapshooting Club. The Gun Club Secretary uses the Hand Trap to stage many enjoyable novelty shoots at his club. The Trap will throw a great variety of flights and angles. 4F2744 S4.00 MARLIN HAND TRAPS "Throw 'em yourself." Can throw targets from 20 to 80 yards. Weighs less than a pound. Carried in pocket or on sling about neck so you can throw and shoot them yourself. Any angle — any speed. Muzzle loader no sling. Price $2.25 Breech loader with sling as cut. Price 3.50 FIRE ARMS G7 HARRINGTON & RICHARDSON Small Bore Double Hammer Guns Small, light-weight double-barrel shotguns suitable for small game. They are finely balanced, having cross-bolt positive locking device. Barrels are of de- carbonized steel. American walnut stock ; rubber butt plate. Fitted with rebound- ing hammers. This arm will handle all standard loads of black and smokeless pow- der. 20 gauge, 26 or 28 - inch barrels, weight, 6 lbs $16.00 28 gauge, 28-inch barrels only, weight, lbs 16.00 4F2678 4F2679 4F2680 .44 cal. will handle .44 W. C. F. or 410 .44 X. L. shot cartridges. 26-in. barrels only; weight, 534 lbs $16.00 HARRINGTON & RICHARDSON Single Shotguns Made in 12-16 and 20 gauge. Barrel is of blued steel, frame case hardened. Stock is of walnut; rub- ber butt plate. 4F2707 Without ejector $5.50 4F2708 With automatic ejector 6.00 H. & R. Small Calibre Single Gun This gun is made to shoot shot cartridges and is extra light, weighing about 4^4 lbs. Can be supplied in .44 cal., using .44 W. C. F. or .44 X. L. and 410 Eley. Also in .45-70 cal. shot cartridges. 26-inch barrel blued steel, frame case hardened, walnut stock, rubber butt plate. 4F2709 Without automatic ejector $5.50 4F2710 W r ith automatic ejector 6.00 HOPKINS & ALLEN SINGLE SHOTGUNS Bored to shoot Nitro Powder— 12-16-20 gauge- Full choked barrel — Blued finish — Walnut stock — Half pistol grip — Rubber butt plate. 4F2705 Without automatic ejector $5.50 4F2706 With automatic ejector 6.00 THE WINCHESTER REPEATING SHOTGUNS Standard stock 13^4 inches long, 1Y% inches drop at comb, 2^4 inches at heel. Stocks furnished if desired 13 inches long, V>/\ in- ches drop at comb, and 2^4 inches at heel. Any variation from standard charged extra. 4F727 Standard Gun, 6 shots, 12 gauge, 30 4F728 4F729 4F730 4F731 or 32-inch barrels, plain walnut stock, pistol grip, ribbed forearm ; weight, 73/ 4 lbs $22.50 Standard Gun, "Take-Down," 12 gauge 24.30 Standard Gun, "Take-Down," 16 gauge, 28-inch barrel 24.30 "Brush" Gun, 5 shots, 12 gauge, 26- inch barrel, 13^-inch stock, 2^2-inch drop; weight, 7 lbs 22.50 "Brush" Gun, "Take-Down," 6 shot, 12 gauge; weight, 7*4 lbs 24.30 4F732 "Trap" Gun, "Take-Down," 6 shots, 12 gauge, 30-inch barrel, selected wal- nut stock, hand-made, straight grip checked ; fancv walnut forearm finely checked; weight, iy A lbs $46.80 Extras Fancy Walnut Stock and Forearm, not checked $10.00 Checking, Stock and Forearm 5.00 Extra Length or Drop of Stock, to order 10.00 THE A. & F. SINGLE BARREL .22 CAL. TARGET PISTOL Hand-made throughout in U. S. A., it is a weapon of splendid balance and workman- ship. Has tip-up action, spur trigger guard, hand checkered walnut grip and fore end ; weighs l-H lbs., length of barrel 10 in. ; special front and rear sights for target work. Shoots .22 short, long and long rifle cart- ridges. Clean, quick trigger pull — an arm that meets the instant approval of experts. Price $15.00 Special box case for this arm holds pistol cleaning implements and cartridges. Price $10.00 68 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK RIFLE AND GUN CASES When ordering, state make of weapon, length of barrel and gauge. 4F2137 4F2138 4F2244 4F2139 4F2245 4F2140 4F2141 4F2142 4F2143 4F2146 4F2147 41-2139 and 4 F 2245 Waterproof Pantasote duck with leather end cap and adjustable sling strap Waterproof Pantasote duck with leather end and band over action. Combination sling strap and handle Same as 4F2138, except made of Brown Waterproof Duck Waterproof Pantasote duck leath- er ends over muzzle and action. Leather handle and pocket for cleaning rod Same as 4F2139, except made of Brown Waterproof Duck The most compact case made. Opens at both ends. Hand-made of finest russet leather with brass buckles, handle and sling strap Same as above, but opens at one end only Fine russet leather, hand-sewed. Lined with flannel ; brass lock catch, rod pocket, handle and sling strap Rifle or gun trunk. Wooden case covered with russet leather, lined with green billiard cloth ; strap and buckle fastenings and brass hasp lock PLAIN AND (Style B) Russet leather. For any cartridge; also for 10-12-16 and 20 Gauge Shells (Style C) Combination cartridge and money belt. Extra fine quality and all hand work. Made of "In- dian Tan," waterproof or English 4F2140 and 4F2141 4F2137 $3.00 4.00 2.00 400 2.00 4F2144 Same as above. Extra fine, with brass corners $25.00 WILBUR CASE Oil-finished, dark brown leather — opens at both ends — barrels and stock in separate compartments — also pocket for cleaning implements. Case has a compartment carrying fifty shells on looped leather slide as illustrated — only case made carrying shells — a feature appreciated by every sportsman. 4F2748 Price $17.00 ELLIOTT CASE Same as Wilbur case without shell compartment. I First Quality $15.00 12.00 Second Quality 12.00 4F2246 Saddle Holsters. Heavy russet 10.00 leather, new hide sewn 4.00 4F2247 Extra heavy leather. Sewed and rivetted for carbines and short rifles 550 4F2248 Bridle leather, heavily embossed. Finest holster made..: 6.50 4F2249 Hand-sewn russet scabbard, for 22.00 shotguns 6.00 CARTRIDGE BELTS grain leather. Three inches wide. Pocket in this belt is intended to 1.50 carry coin, bills and valuable papers. Loops for all calibres of cartridges $5.00 If for Rimless Cartridges 5.75 (Be sure* to specify length of belt desired.) FIRE ARMS 09 HOLSTERS Notice. — When ordering, state make of weapon, calibre and length of barrel. 4F2294 4F2297 4F2293 4F2256 4F2291 4F2293 4F2294 4F2296 Pocketbook Clasp Holsters for small arms. Made of soft gray suede leath- er. For .25, .32 and .380 Colt Auto- matic and Savage Automatic pistols Secret Service or Shoulder Holster. Hand-made, of fine Latigo leather, soft and waterproof. Adjustable shoulder loop, strap and buckle.... Open holster for Colt Automatic pis- tols. Hand-made of fine russet bridle leather Special holster for new .45 Govern- ment automatic Colt pistol. This holster is fitted with an Audley Pat- ent spring clip, which holds the re- volver from slipping out. Spring clip catches inside the trigger guard and pistol is released by pressure of the finger. Made of russet leather; hand sewn; has belt loop 4.25 $ .75 3.50 1.75 4F2291 .25 Cal $2.75 .32 and .380 3.25 4F2297 Hip pocket holster for Colt auto- matic pistols. Has pocket for extra magazine. Hand-made of fine russet leather with sole leather back 1.50 4F22S9 Plain flap holster with snap-button fastener, hand-made in russet leather 1.25 4F2300 Same as 4F2299, except made of fine reinback leather 2.25 4F2301 Same as 4F2299, except made of ex- tra heavy reinback leather 2.75 4F2302 Flap holster for Luger automatic pis- tols. Strap and snap-button fasten- ers, hand-made, fine russet leather. . 1.75 4F2303 Same as 4F2302, except made of heavy reinback leather 2.75 4F2304 Flap holster with strap and snap-but- ton fastener. Hand-made of fine "Indian Tan" leather. For single shot pistols. 2.00 4F2305 Same as 4F2304, except made for any style revolver 2.75 4F2306 Mexican pattern. Hand-made on special model and is the best for large calibre revolvers. Made of fin- est reinback or "Indian Tan" bull- hide, 5^-inch length or shorter 2.75 4F2307 7^-inch length 3.00 4F2313 Mexican pattern. Heavy bridle leather, beautifully embossed, flower design. Edge sewed with rawhide, closed end, 5 ^4-inch length 2.25 4F2314 Same as 4F2313, except in 6-inch length 2.50 4F2315 Same as 4F2313, except in 7^-inch length 2.75 4F2316 Mexican pattern. Russet leather, 5^-inch length 1.00 4F2317 Same as 4F2316, except in 6-inch length 1.25 4F2318 Same as 4F2316, except in 7^-inch length 1.50 Note— Numbers from 4F2313 to 4F2316 are for heavy frame revolvers, made only in sizes specified. 70 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 3Gth STREET, NEW YORK GENUINE PUMP ACTION REPEATER A new Daisy Air Rifle. Loads automatically — a real rifle with genuine pump action — metal parts non-rusting gun blue — Stock Black Walnut—adjust- able sights front and rear. Length 38 inches; wgt., 3*4 lbs. 4F2726 Retail price DAISY SINGLE SHOT The smallest Daisy, shoots darts or shot with suf- ficient force to kiil small birds, rats, etc., at a dis- tance of 50 feet. Has black walnut stocks, cocks by breaking the barrel. 4F652 Length, 31 inches; weight, 1 lb. 13 oz. $1.00 AIR RIFLE SHOT In air rifles it is necessary to have shot that is very accurate in size, so that they will all fit the bore properly. Ordinary shot is not recommended by the manufacturers for use in any air rifle. 4F653 B. B. Shot in Tubes $ .05 MILITARY SUPPLIES Elbo Pads, pair $2.50 Front Sight Protector for Springfield, each... .80 Rear Sight Protector for Springfield, each.... 1.00 Micrometers for Springfield, each 5.00 42-inch Jointed Steel Rod for Springfield, each 1.25 Patches, .30 cal., per gross 40 HUNTING HORNS 12-inch and 13-inch $6.00 14-inch and 15-inch 7.00 16-inch and 17-inch 7.50 WINCHESTER SALUTING CANNON Much better and safer than the usual "toy" cannon. Has 12-inch rolled, tapered, blue steel barrel, mount- ed on wheeled, japanned iron carriage. Breech-load- ing and fired with lanyard. Weight, 15 ibs. • Length, 17 inches. Height, 7*4 inches. Width, 7 inches. 4F633 i $9 00 4F634 10-gauge blank shells for same. Per box of 25 .55 PAPER TARGETS 4F2272 25-yd. A. & F. Paper Targets. Doz. $ .05 4F2273 15-yd. A. & F. Paper Targets. 100 .30 CREEDMOOR PAPER TARGETS 4F2274 200 yards, 8-in. bull's eye. Per Doz. $3.60 4F2275 100 yards, 4-in. bull's eye. Per Doz. .60 4F2276 75 yards, 3-in. bull's eye. Per Doz. .40 4F2277 50 Yards, 2-in. hull's eve. Per Doz. .25 THE WINCHESTER BARREL REFLECTOR For examining the inside of Win- chester Barrels. When ordering, give model of rifle. 4F2241 $ .50 QUACKENBUSH AIR RIFLES This is the best American made Air Rifle. At 35 feet this rifle will drive the point of a dart through " 'j-inch pine. Improved Model 4F645 Handsomely nickeled finish, 36 inches over all, weight, 4]/ 2 lbs $5.50 4F646 Same as above, except that it is heav- ier and the barrel is held into frame by a spring clip. Loads and cocks by pushing the barrel into the spring chamber, which is just over the trig- ger. Weight, 4.}4 lbs 6.25 Model 7 A lighter model Quackenbush shooting .17 darts or B. B. shot. Outside barrel is made of blue steel stock oiled and varnished. Loads and cocks by pushing the barrel into the spring chamber, same as in the heavier models. Full length, 39 inches. Six darts, three pa- per targets and wiping rod, furnished with each gun. 4F647 $3.40 AIR RIFLE SHOT SLUGS These fit the chamber more perfectly than shot and will increase the force and accuracy of your air rifle. 4F654 Burred slugs, per box of 100 $ .08 4F655 Felted slugs, per box of 100 10 AIR RIFLE DARTS Children enjoy these for target use. Darts are made of tempered steel and can be used repeatedly. 4F656 .17 cal. per dozen.. $ .20 4F657 .21 cal. per dozen 25 THE MARBLE BROKEN SHELL EXTRACTOR It is simple, strong and will last a life-time. Made for the following rifles : .25-20 S. S., .25-20 Re- peater, .25-35 Win., ,25-3f\ Marlin, .32-40, . 30-30 Win,, .30-40 U. S„ .32 Win. Special, .32-20, .303 Savage, ,303 British, .32 W. H. V., .38-55, .45-70, 7 m/m., 7.65 m/m., 8 m/m. New sizes constantly beinr made, 4F2319 $ .75 State calibre and make of your rifle when order- ing. MACMILLAN EXTRACTOR Adjustable to fit any size of shotgun shell. By pressing to- gether, the clutches spread apart and when released take a firm hold on the shell. 4F2321 $ .25 FIRE ARMS 71 RIFLE SIGHTS When ordering state the make of rifle, model and calibre. Use our order number when ordering, to save you the trouble of writing out full description of the sight you want. 4F670 Sheared Gold Bead Front Sight. For all rifles *jg $1.50 4F671 Lyman Front Revolver Sight % .50 4F672 Lyman Ivory Hunting Front Sight. % .50 4F673 Lyman Ivory Bead Front Sight.. 3£ .75 4F674 Lvman Ivory Bead "Jack" Front Sight 3£ .75 4F675 Lyman Rear Sight Slot Blank.... % .25 4F681 Winchester Flat Top Sporting Rear Sight .75 4F682 Lvman Combination Ivory Bead and Globe Front Sight ^ .75 4F683 Lyman Revolver Sight for Colt and Smith & Wesson revolvers having Rear Sight Slot $g .75 4F684 Lyman Revolver Sight for Colt revol- vers having fixed Front Sights % .75 4F685 Lyman Ivory Bead Shotgun Sight, Front or Rear ^ .50 4F687 Lvman Folding Leaf Flat Top Rear Sight % .75 4F688 Lvman Ivory Bead Front Sight for Carbines ^ -50 4F689 Lyman Combination Rear Sight for lever-action Rifles % 2.25 4F690 Lvman Receiver Sight for Mauser Rifles % 5.25 4F691 Lyman Receiver Sight for Winches- ter and Marlin Rifles % 2.65 LYMAN SCKOENAUER REAR SIGHT Made on the popular receiver sight principle and admits of exception- ally fine adjustment. Loosening the small screw near pointer al- lows slide and lever to be removed without dis- turbing the base. Sight base attached by remov- ing bolt stop and using its pin and spring. Can be attached to rifle with very little cutting away. 4F692 % $3.40 LYMAN MICROMETER RECEIVER SIGHT WINDGAUGE For 1903 or 1906 Springfield Rifles Furnished with elevation and wind- age tables for calculating changes after once targeting. W r ind gauge screw "clicks" for every one-fourth of ele- vation or point, and therefore can be set without looking at it, or removing from shoulder. 4F2699 For target shooting, with pamphlet showing elevation and windage tables $6.00 THE FITCH GUN SIGHT TELESCOPE This telescope is superior to all others — the cone- shaped tube is composed of one piece. First quality oxidized Swedish steel, of great stability and rust- proof. ' The shape and the absence of projecting parts make handling easy. Setting of the crosswire to any distance is very simple and can be adjusted with gloved fingers. Magnifying power 2^4 Field of rim at 100 yards 17 yards Objective diameter Light gathering power 40 Distance from lens to eye 3% in- Length of tube 11 in. Weight of telescope 12^4 oz. Telescope alone $50.00 Mounted to rifles adapted to this scope .. $75.00 ANTI-FLINCH RECOIL PAD A Perfect Shock Absorber Many New Features No kick coming when Anti-Flinch Recoil Pad is used on your shotgun. Best grade of LIVE red rubber vulcanized on black hard rubber base plate. Oblong holes through soft rubber, slanting at an angle of 45 degrees in line with stock; eliminates upward whip of muzzle and takes up the recoil. Maintains balance of gun for second shot. Lead- ing trap and game shooters using it. Latest im- provement in recoil pads. Price each $3.00 72 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK MARBLE'S FLEXIBLE PEEP SIGHT INTERCHANGEABLE DISCS FOR ALL MARBLE PEEP SIGHTS This flexible rear sight has an automatic joint — when struck on front or back the coil spring in the hinge brings it instantly into position for shooting — the sight is thus always in position when needed. It can, however, be locked down by sliding button at the back of hinge. The automatic joint permits the use of this sight on rifles with long firing bolts. An elevation lock turned up against the elevating sleeve, prevents it from turning and holds the disc stem true and rigid at any elevation. Two discs are furnished with each sight. A screw in the bottom of disc stem permits a quick change of point blank range without tools. State the make, model and calibre of the rifle and whether it has pistol grip stock. 4F2208 % $2.25 MARBLE'S SIMPLEX PEEP SIGHT For .22 Cal. Rifles Only The stem can be set very quickly in any position by rais- ing the lock to a horizontal position and moving the stem up or down with the fingers. The lock holds the stem rigid at any elevation. The sight is held firmly by an inside spring in the proper position for shooting but can be easily folded down. 4F2210 MARBLE'S REVERSIBLE FRONT SIGHT Ivory and Gold Bead Combination Furnished in 1-16, 3-32 or ^-inch sizes. Specify what size of bead is wanted when ordering, also give make, model and calibre of rifle. 4F2223 $1.15 MARBLE'S DUPLEX SIGHT Two sights in one and each perfect. Suitable for all stand- ard American rifles. The 1-16- inch Gold Bead is for target practice and game in ordinary light and on snow. The J^-inch white enamel bead, which snaps down while the gold bead is in use, can be instantlv thrown into position for use in failing light. 4F2218 $1.25 MARBLE'S ADJUSTABLE LEAF SIGHT The leaf is firmly held in position by the spring of the long flat part when either up or down. The notch-piece is held at elevation de- sired by a screw at its side and is also reversible. The "V" shaped notch is for use with Rocky Moun- tain Front Sight. The half round notch is for use with Bead Front Sight. Mention make, model and calibre when ordering. 4F2219 35 $ .75 Target Disc Sidelight Disc 4F2212 4F2213 3F2211 4F2216 4F2217 3F2214 4F2215 8 Side Target Disc, small aperture $ .40 Target Disc, large aperture 3£ .40 Snap Shooter's Disc, half-inch diam- eter with large hole for snap shoot- ing Regular Disc, small aperture. Regular Disc, large aperture. Sidelight Disc, invaluable for dim light or failing eyesight. . Sidelight Disc, large aperture. .40 .20 * .20 in .40 .40 .40 COARSE BEAD FOLDED COARSE BEAD UP MARBLE'S V-M Embodies an optical principle new to (TT) many shooters. As the eye quickly and surely finds the center of the peep sight, so it finds the center of this front flgSSlBlB sight. The advantage of the aperture over bead sights is that the object aimed at is not covered up by the front sight. The shooter aims directly at the point of impact instead of lower, as is necessary with bead | sights. The act of aiming is without effort and always accurate. Are made from the best tool steel. Face and lining of aperture are made from our lustrous Pope's Island Gold, visible in the dimmest light. The aperture is 5-32 inch inside diameter, 1-4 inch outside diameter, 1-8 inch deep. Repeated tests prove conclusively that these dimensions are best suited to the average shooter's need and are correct for practically all riflemen. Net, each $1.25 MARBLE'S IMPROVED FRONT SIGHT Ivory or Gold Bead This sight enables the shooter to make accurate shots at any range without stopping to adjust the rear sight. Made to fit all standard American rifles, and is fitted with ivory or Pope's Island Gold Bead. 4F2221 $ .75 MARBLE'S STANDARD IVORY OR GOLD BEAD FRONT SIGHT Made for all American rifles and finished in white or red Ivory Bead or Pope's Island Gold Bead. 4F2221 % $ .75 KING'S TRIPLE BEAD FRONT SIGHT This sight can be changed instantly to suit all conditions of weather, light and background. It has three separate and distinct beads (Ivory, Gold and Black) all on the rifle at one time. | 4F2222 $1.50 FIRE ARMS 73 'POLICE POSITIVE SPECIAL' ACTION DOUBLE The lightest, small- est, and most compact revolver ever produced in these large calibres. For following cartridges : .38 Colt (using in same arm, .38 short and long Colt, .38 S. & W. Sp.) and .32/20 6 shots. Length of barrels, 4 and 6 inches. Weight, with 4-in. barrel, 22 oz. blued or nickel plate. 4F784 $14.00 Finish "OFFICERS' MODEL" DOUBLE ACTION TARGET Chambered for .38 Long Colt .38 S. & W. Sp. Front and rear sights ad- justable for elevation and windage. Strap and trigger fully checked. 6 shots, 6 and 7^-inch barrels. Full blued finish. Checked walnut stocks. Weight with 6-inch barrels, 33*^ ounces. 4F786 $18.50 COLT "NEW SERVICE" DOUBLE ACTION A heavy, strong, serviceable arm made in large calibres. For following cartridges : .38-40, .44-40, .44 Rus- sian, .45 Colt, .450, .455 (Eley). 6 shots. 4J4 5^, 7^-inch barrels. Full blued or full nickel plate finish. Rubber stocks. Weight, with 4^-inch barrels, 39 ounces. 4F787 $16.75 COLT'S "NEW SERVICE" DOUBLE ACTION TARGET REVOLVER For following cartridges : .44 Russian. .45 Colt, .455 Eley. Guard, straps and trigger finely checked. Front and rear sights adjustable for elevation and windage, respectively. Six shots. 7^-inch barrel only. Full blued finish only. Checked walnut stocks. Weight, 42 ounces. 4F2722 $27.00 COLT'S SINGLE ACTION ARMY This model has been in actual service over half a century and is noted for its reliability, dura- bility, and simplicity of mech- anism. For following cartridges : .32 long Colt, .32-20, .38 long Colt, .38-40, .41 long Colt, .44 Russian, .44-40, .45 Colt. Six shots. _ 4^4, 5 l / ? , 7^-inch barrels. Blued or full nickel finish. Weight, .45 cal., 434-inch bar- rel, 37 ounces $15.50 HOPKINS & ALLEN TRIPLE ACTION SAFETY POLICE ARMY United States Government Tested, Passed and Approved. Automatic ejector. Fit- ted with walnut army grip. Cannot be accidentally discharged. Patented barrel catch, al- lowing use of smokeless powder cartridges. Made in 3 calibres: .22, 7 shot, shoots .22 short and long rim fire cartridges ; .32, 6 shot, shoots .32 short and long center fire cartridges ; .38, 5 shot, shoots ,38 short center fire cartridges. 4F761 .22, .32 or .38 cal., 5-in. barrel, nickel $10.00 4F762 .22, .32 or .38 cal., 5-in. barrel, blue 10.50 4F762 .22, .32 or .38 cal., 6-in. barrel, nickel 10.50 4F764 .22, .32 or .38 cal., 6-in. barrel, blue 11.00 HOPKINS & ALLEN TRIPLE ACTION SAFETY POLICE United States Government Tested, Passed and Approved. Automatic ejector. Cannot be accident- ally discharged. Patented barrel catch allowing use of smokeless powder car- tridges. .22 or .32 cal., 2 or 3-in. barrel, nickel $5.00 .22 or .32 cal., 2 or 3-in. barrel, blue 5.50 .38 calibre, 3^-in. barrel, nickel 5.00 .38 calibre, 3^-in. barrel, blue 5.50 .22, .32 or .38 cal., 6-in. barrel, nickel 6.50 .22, .32 or .38 cal., 6-in. barrel, blue.. 7.00 SMITH & WESSON Model 1911, Heavy Frame, .22 Target This revolver is the latest production in S. & W. .22 Cal. Revolvers and has an extra heavy frame for target work. It will handle .22 short, .22 long, .22 long rifle and .22 extra long rim-fire cartridges. Special checkered wood stock of Cir- cassian Walnut inlaid with S. & W. Gold Monogram; target front sight and adjustable rear sight. Has a pull under four lbs. ; weight, 23 oz. ; barrel 6 inches long; 6 shot. This revolver cannot be furnished with any modifications. 4F2280 $18.50 .22 Cal. Perfected Model Has square handle, solid frame, swing out cyl- inder. Regularly furnished with wood stocks. Solid sights, blued or nickel finish. 3 and 3^-inch barrel. 4F796 $14.50 4F797 Target model, 6-in. barrel, target sights 15.50 74 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK COLT AUTOMATIC PISTOLS The best-known type of this style of arm — can be fired at rate of five shots per second — recoil ej ects empty shells and reloads the gun. Car- tridges supplied from a detach- able magazine in handle. 4F788 .25 Cal. Hammerless. 2-inch barrel. Length over all, 4^ inches. 6 shots. Blued finish only. Weight, 13 ounces. $12.00 4F789 .32 Cal. Hammerless. 3 54 -inch bar- rel. Length over all, 6 $4 inches. 8 shots. Blued finish. Weight, 23 ozs. 15.00 4F790 Extra magazines for .32 65 4F791 .380 Hammerless. 3^-inch barrel. Length over all, 6^4 inches. 7 shots. Blued finish onlv. Weight, 23 ounces 16.00 4F792 .38 Cal. Pocket Model. Auto hammer, 4H-inch barrel. Length over all, iy 2 inches. 7 shots. Blued finish only. Weight, 32 ounces 20.00 4F793 Extra magazines for .38 and .380 calibres 85 and .75 Extra magazines for .25 Cal 50 COLT AUTOMATIC PISTOL Cal. .45 Government Model New .45 Cal. Government Model This model has been adopted by the United States Government as the service side-arm. Length of barrel, 5 inches; length over all, 8 inches ; number of shots, eight, weight, 39 oz. ; finish full blued with checked walnut stocks. For following cartridges: .45 U. S. Gov- ernment Rimless Cartridges with 230 gr. bullet, and .45 Colt Automatic Rimless Cartridges with 200 gr. bullet. Both of these charges are smokeless powder; full jacketed bullet only. 4F2603 $22.00 4F2604 Extra magazines 1.00 SAVAGE AUTOMATIC PISTOL In this pistol locking of the breech during the prog- ress of the bullet through the barrel prevents any loss of velocity. Fires 11 shots. Shoots regular .32 automatic rimless smokeless cartridge in either soft point or full metal patched. Length over all, § l / 2 inches; weight, 19 oz. rubber stocks. 4F2683 $15.00 ^F2684 Extra magazines 50 COLT'S "POCKET POSITIVE" DOUBLE ACTION Jointless solid frame simulta- neous ejection, using .32 long and short Colt, and S. & W. cartridges. Six shots, barrels. Finish, blue W r eight, with 2^2-inch ban el, 16 ozs. 4F781 $13.00 COLT'S "POLICE POSITIVE" DOUBLE ACTION blued finish ; For .32 Long Colt, .32 Colt New Police, .38 Colt New Police cartridges. Six shots. Length of barrel : Cal. .32 — 2 l / 2 , 4 and 6 inches; Cal. .38, 4 and 6 inches. Finish, blued or nickel plate. Weight, with 4-inch barrel, 20 oz. 4F782 $14.00 "POLICE POSITIVE" TARGET Same style and finish as Police Positive Revolver. .32 calibre, adjustable rear sight, removable front sight, light, smooth pull, 6-inch barrel. Blued finish onlv. Handles .32 long Colt or .32 New Police. Weight, 10 oz. 4F783 I. $15.00 COLT POLICE POSITIVE .22 CAL. TARGET Equipped with the Colt Positive Lock for .22 short and long or .22 W. R. F., rim-fire cartridges, loaded with smokeless and other powders. When ordering be sure to specify whether you wish arms chambered for the .22 short and long, or &2 W. R. F. cartridges. Jointless, solid frame, swing-out cylinder. Six shots. Double action. Length of barrel, 6 inches only. Length over all, 10^ Weight, 22 ounces. Finish, full blued. Rubber stocks. Sight, block rear, ad- justable for windage. Removable bead front sight, fastened by screw. 4F780 $15.00 COLT "ARMY SPECIAL" DOUBLE ACTION For following car- tridges: .32-20 rifle car- tridges, .38 (using .38 short or long Colt and .38 S. & W. Special), .41 short and long Colt. 6 Shots. Length of barrel, 4^ and 6 inches. Finish, blued or nickel ' plate. Weight, with 4^4-inch barrel, 34 ounces. 4F785 $15.50 .380 CAL. SAVAGE AUTO PISTOL The .380 has the same mechanism as. the .32 and is operated in exactly the same way. Weight, 21 oz. ; length over all, 7 in.; length of barrel, 4^ in. 4F2745 $16.00 Extra magazine, each $ .50 FIRE ARMS 73 SMITH & WESSON Model 1905 Square grip. Fitted with wood checked stocks. Blue or nickel finish. .32/20 and .38 long Colt or S. & \V. Special cartridges. Barrel, 4 or 6 inches. 4F2101 $18.50 Model 1908 Made on same pattern as model 1905. Blue or nickel finish. .44 calibre for .44 S. & W. Special or .44 S. & \V. Russian cartridges. 4F2102 Barrel, 4, 5, 6^-inch $20.00 4F2103 With target sights 28.50 Model 1909 Frame and trigger guard in one piece. Barrel and sight in one. New locking device. Spiral springs. Safety rebounding block. Automatic ex- traction. * Chambered for .38 S. & W. cartridges. 3 T 4 or 4-inch barrels, nickel or blue finish. 4F2104 • $16.00 SMITH & WESSON Hammerless Safety Revolver IVER JOHNSON REVOLVERS Safety Hammerless Automatic Double Action For pocket use. Is so constructed that no exter- nal force can affect it, and the hammer cannot be operated except at the instant of deliberate firing. Made in blued or nickel finish, with automatic shell extractor and safetv attachment. 4F2105 .32 Calibre, 3-inch $15.50 4F2106 .38 Calibre, 3J4, 4, 5 or 6-in. barrel. 16.50 SMITH & WESSON .35 Calibre Automatic Pistol A double safety au- tomatic, shooting eight shots without reload- ing. Simplicity of lockwork and f] ease of cleaning are the two desir- able features. \ Shoots .35 S. & W. Automatic Cartridges— rimless— 76-c:rain bullet. 4F2746 Price $16.50 S. & W. PERFECTED SINGLE SHOT .22 CAL. A new lock device has been perfected in this model, which has a tendency to give a more perfect pull. Chambered for short, long or long rifle cartridges. 4F2118 10-inch blue finish wood stock $16.50 It has fewer parts than any of its kind; quick and effective cylinder catch ; automatic shell ejector, and new safety catch on trigger. Made in two calibres — .32 cal. Central Fire, 2 or 3-in. barrel; .38 cal. Central Fire, o J A-'m. barrel. 4F753 Xickel, either style 4F754 Blue, either style $7.00 7.50 Automatic Double Action Safety Hammer Made in three calibres — .22 cal. 7 shot, Rim Fire, 3-inch barrel; .32 cal. 5 shot, Central Fire, 2 or 3- inch barrel; .38 cal. 5 shot, Central Fire, 3^-inch barrel. 4F751 Nickel, anv stvle $6.00 4F752 Blue, any style 6.50 HARRINGTON & RICHARDSON Premier Automatic Double Action By opening the revolver in the usual manner, the shells are ejected automatically. 3-inch barrel on .22 and .32 cal; 3^-inch barrel on .38 cal. 4F737 Xickel, .22 Cal. 7 Shot R. F $4.25 4F738 Blue, .22 Cal. 7 Shot R. F 4.50 4F739 Xickel, .32 Cal. 5 Shot C. F 4.25 4F740 Blue, .32 Cal. 5 Shot C. F 4.50 4F743 Nickel, .38 Cal. 5 Shot 4.25 4F744 Blue, .38 Cal. 5 Shot 4.50 H. & R. HAMMERLESS DOUBLE ACTION _H. &R..J8 HAMMERLESS.~ P^L^B d- f IS*' Automatic shell ejector for central fire cartridges. .32 cal. 5 shot, two or three- inch barrel; .38 cal. 5 'shot, 3/4 -inch barrel. 4F749 Xickel, anv stvle $5-25 4F750 Blue, any style 5-50 H. & A. TARGET PISTOL Made espe- —f ^^ cially for fine 1 1 w^mammmmm^wr^ _j j^, target work. _ ^ Chambered for .22 long or long rifle \ < cartridges, 10-inch barrel. Rear sight adjustable automatic ejector, 6 and 8 inches also. 4F769 $10.00 76 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK STEVENS' "OFF-HAND" TARGET PISTOL Has round bar- rel with octagon breech, nickel plated frame ; single shot, single trigger; walnut stock. For .22 long rifle R. F., Stevens-Pope armorv R. F., .25 Stevens R. F. cartridges Equipped with sporting rear and bead front sights. Weight with 6-inch barrel, 1 lb., 6 oz. 4F771 With 6-inch barrel $8.00 4F772 With 8-inch barrel 9.00 4F773 With 10-inch barrel 10.00 REMINGTON DOUBLE DERRINGER SUPPLEMENTAL CHAMBER 4F2U0 An old-time favorite for a large calibre pocket weapon Two shots. 41 Calibre, rim-fire. Nickel or blued finish. Rubber grip. $7.25 STEVENS' NEW MODEL POCKET RIFLE This rifle has combina- tion globe front and rear folding peep sights with d e t a chable skeleton stock. For .22 long rifle, .25 rim Stevens and .32 calibre long rim fire cartridges and .22 .7-45 rim fire will be made to order at $2.00 extra. Weight, 2 to 2/ 2 pounds. 4F776 With 10-inch barrel $10.00 4F777 With 12-inch barrel 10.50 4F778 With 15-inch barrel 11.25 4-F779 With 18-inch barrel 12.00 With Beach comb, front, open rear Vernier peep sights, extra 1.80 GUN SHELL EXTRACTOR A simple and inexpensive device for extracting shotgun shells that stick in the barrel of your gun. When you order say what gauge you want 4F2322 $ .15 This device permits the use of popular pistol car- tridges in rifles without change or readjustment except sights. The chamber is inserted in rifle the same as a cartridge and is extracted the same. Made for use in the .30 Winchester, .30 Army, .303 Savage, .303 British ; to shoot the .32 Short Colt and .32 S. & W., cartridges. For use in the .32 Win- chester Special and .32-40 Winchester to shoot .32 Short Colt, and made for use in .405 Winchester to shoot .41 Colt D. A. Short. 4F2320 3£ $ .50 State calibre and make of your rifle when ordering. MARBLE'S AUXILIARY CARTRIDGES The device is fitted with its own firing pin and firmly holds a real cartridge. It is loaded in magazine or breech. Furnished in Following Sizes: .22 high power using .22 long rifle. .30 Rem. with .32 short Colt. .30-30 with .32 short Colt. .25-35 with .25 Colt Auto. .25-36 Marlin with .25 Colt Auto. .303 Sav. with .32 S. & W. smokeless. .303 Sav. with .32 Colt Auto. .30-40 with .32 S. & W. smokeless. .30-40 with .32 Colt New Police. .32 W. S. with .32 Colt New Police. .30 Gov't. Rimless '03 and '06 with .32 Colt Auto. .32 Savage H. P. with .22 L. R. Semi-smokeless and Lesmok. .30 Gov't. Rimless '03 and '06 with .32 S. & W. smokeless. .30-40 with .32 Colt New Police. .30-40 with .32 Colt Automatic. .32 Rem. with .32 Colt Automatic. .303 British with .32 S. & W. .303 British with .32 Colt Automatic. .35 Rem. with .380 Colt Automatic. .35 Win. Model '95 with .380 Colt Automatic. .8 MM with .32 Colt Automatic. .250-3000 Sav. with .25 Colt Automatic. .250-3000 Sav. with .25 Short Stevens R. F. semi- smokeless or lesmok. Price $ .75 SIREN AND DOG WHISTLES The greatest collection of Whistles in New York. We have a whistle to be strapped on the wrist which is the loudest whistle known — a first-class article for automo- bile or for calling companions in the woods or as a prac- tical alarm — makes a real siren. These whistles are not to be confounded with the ordinary — as ours are not to be found elsewhere. Other whistles as illustrated for all sorts of uses — first class as hunting calls for dogs. IP Q^T^ ^Z5J ode 3 A 6 No. 1 % $1.50 No. 2 % 1.00 No. 3 .35 No. 4 % .15 No. 5 fft 1.00 No. 6 tO X X u Style o W Jo Style o pq "Is Bullet ^ o.S u Bullet o ted on application. Specify exactly what is wished in writing. Low Brass Shells LOW BRASS SHELLS Choice of U. M. C, Nitro Club, Winchester Repeater, High Brass Shells U. S. Climax. Drs. of Oz. of Size of Per Box Drs. of 1 Oz. of I Size of Per Box Drs. of Oz. of Size of Per Box Powder Shot Shot of 25 Powder Shot 1 Shot of 25 Powd er 1 Shot Shot of 25 12 'Gauge lA 1 to 8 $ .75 20 Gauge 2V4 3 1 4 to 10 $ .70 10 Gauge 2 H 4 to 10 $ .65 1 1 to 10 .70 3A 1% 4 to 10 $ .80 2A V* 1 to 10 .65 2V4 1% 4 to 10 .70 3/ \V% 1 to 8 .80 2 8 Gauge 3 1/8 1 to 10 .70 3/ 1A 1 to 8 .80 m y& 5/8 1 to 10 $ .75 3 ia 6 to 8 .75 16 Gauge 2 1 to 10 .85 SVs 1% 6 to 8 .75 2% Vs 6 to 10 $ .65 n chilled "B " or larger shot than 3/g 6 to 8 .75 2/ n 1 to 10 .65 sizes specified above are desired, add sA ft 1 to 10 .75 2/2 1 1 to 10 .70 5c. per box. Be sure to specify size of shot desired. HIGH BRASS SHELLS Choice of U. M. C, "Arrow," Winchester Leader, U. S. Ajax. Drs. of 1 Oz. of 1 Size of Per Box Drs. of Oz. of Size of Per Box Drs. of Oz. of Size of Per Box Powder 1 Shot | Shot of 25 Powder Shot Shot of 25 Powder Shot Shot of 25 12 Gauge 354 1A 1 to 8 $ .85 16 Gauge 2H 1 4 to 10 $ .80 3/ 2 1/8 1 to 8 .85 2 A % 6 to 10 $ .75 8 1 1 to 10 .80 3/ 1A 1 to 8 .85 2 / % 1 to 10 .75 2H I 1 /* 4 to 10 .80 10 Gauge 2/ 1 1 to 10 .80 3 \% 1 to 10 .80 PA 1/8 4 to 10 $ .85 m 1 1 to 8 .80 3 1% 6 to 8 .80 3/ 1 to 8 .95 2 Gauge $ .75 sy* in 6 to 8 .85 iH i| 1 to 8 .95 2 H 4 to 10 i% 6 to 8 .85 4 1 to 6 .95 2A % 1 to 10 .75 sa iy» 1 to 10 .85 iA 1 to 6 .95 Be sure to specify size of shot desired. FIRE ARMS 79 MILLS DESPATCH CASE Designed by an army offi- cer — made of Standard Army Drab Duck — weighs 15 ozs. Has celluloid windows, di- vided in one-inch squares with felt lining— Mills Fast- eners — has regular pockets for papers and small pocket for pencils, pens, etc., web shoulder strap, bronzed metal hook and adjustable buckle. 4F2753 $4.50 MILLS MAGAZINE BELT For carrying clip-loaded cartridges or auto-rifle magazines. Made of strong cotton webbing with eight pockets — four on each side. Each pocket has a flap cover with snap buttons ; color, drab. 4F2150 224-in. wade with pockets for U. S. A. Springfield; 7 mm. and 8 mm. Mauser; Mannlicher and British Army Ammunition 4F2151 2^-inch wide for Remington and Winchester auto-rifle magazines X HUNTER'S WEB BELT $2.00 2.00 m A light belt of medium weight, strong webbing with shell pockets closed at the bottom. Made for all sizes of shells and cartridges. Adjustable to fit .any person. Colors, gray or drab. 4F2149 Specify size of cartridge $1.75 MILLS' WOVEN BELTS For either shotgun shells or rifle cartridges. Made of strong gray woven belting material with webbing shoulder straps. Has heavy strong hook buckle. Is adjustable for small or large person. At the bottom of the belt is inserted four brass hooks for game-carriers. 4F2148 Specify size of cartridge % $2.00 GUN CLUB SUPPLIES 4F2605 Squad Score Sheets (100 sheets in a package). Per pkg 3£ $1.25 4F2606 Cashier Sheets (1 set for each day's shoot). Per set 3£ .25 4F2607 Gun Club record sheets. Each..<8 .10 4F2608 Report Sheets (100 in a pad). Per pad .50 4F2609 Score Book (150 sheets bound in cloth). Each 1.00 4F2610 Crayons (box of 1 dozen). Per box % .40 AMMUNITION OR SHELL CASES i Finest quality Reinback leather, hand made case, zinc sheeting lined, straps with brass lock buckles, strong and serviceable. 4F2252 For 100 shells $7.00 4F2253 For 200 shells 8.00 Leatheroid, the strongest and most serviceable. 4F2254 To carry 4 boxes of shells (100)... $3.00 4F2255 To carry 8 boxes of shells (200)... 3.50 English Shell Bag made of genuine wild hog skin and sewed as only the English can make up leather goods — has web strap for carrying bag on shoulder. Prices $9.00, $9.50, $11.50. GALVANIZED IRON BOX Aluminum finished, but does not have countersunk handles which can, however, be supplied extra. Made in 3 sizes. 4F2260 Holding 100 loose shells; length, 13-in. ; width, 6-in. , height, 4-in. ; weight, 3 lbs. 4 ozs $2.50 4F2261 Holding 150 shells; length, 13-in.; width, 7^4-in. ; height, 434-in. ; weight, 4 lbs. 8 ozs 4.00 4F2262 Holding 200 shells; length, 13-in.; width, 9-in. ; height, 5-in. ; weight, 4 lbs. 12 ozs 4.75 For countersunk handle, any style box, add 1.00 ENGLISH CARTRIDGE BOXES Box is of oak — outside beautifully covered with English sole leather — heavy brass corners and strong brass lock. Has removable partition, di- viding box from one to five compartments. Leather straps go en- tirely around box and buckle. 4F2747 No. 1 Box, 14x9^ x5 inch, 200 shells.. $25.00 4F2748 No. 2 Box, 17^x - 1 1 Ya x 5 in. 350 shells $30.00 4F2749 No. 3 Box, 18xl3x5-in., 500 shells.. 35.00 TRAP SHOOTERS' SHELL POCKET Made of good quality russet leather. Square corners. Made to hold a box of 25 shells. The end of box may be cut away so shells may be reached easily or shells may be put in loosely. Fits on to shooter's belt in any position. 4F2256 Russet leather. .$1.25 4F2145 Best hand sewed belt for same... 1.50 CARTRIDGE LOOPS CIi«BMM«|jlBIimU«Hl^fl This i s an auxiliary cartridge holder, 1 I Mil HHBBH^BI which can be slipped IfrNrimfffftTfi £ n t( ? , the . belt - Furnished in any calibre — number of loops according to calibre. Made of best russet leather, sewn by hand in two styles. 4F2264 Single thickness of leather. Three belt loops % $1.25 4F2265 This style is heavier and is made of two thicknesses of leather. Left open in the middle through which the belt is threaded $1.50 4F2266 For rimless rifle or pistol cartridges. Made of single thickness of leather, When ordering this loop it is neces- sary to state what cartridges the loop is intended to hold ^ $1.75 80 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK GAME CARRIER The heads of the birds are slipped through the top loop of the wire and pushed into the narrow neck of the spring, where they are securely held. The webbing is just the right length to carry in hand, over the arm or across the shoulder. 4F2100 % $ .25 SILVER RECOIL PAD To be permanently attached to stock of gun. Made of sponge rubber with a solid rubber back. It is a great shock absorber. 4F2154 "American Silver Style Pad $3.00 RED RUBBER RECOIL PADS To slip over stock. When ordering state size of butt of gun, length and breadth in inches. 4F2155 $100 AKRON CUSHION PAD This pad has a soft rubber cushion which takes up the recoil. Laces on and will fit any stock. Made of fine russet leather. 4F2685 $100 ROWLEY CHEEK PAD Made of fine leather to lace on stock. In 3 sizes, viz : Raises the comb ^-inch, ^-inch, ^-inch. This pad protects the face and will fit any gun. Prevents flinching, and will improve your shooting. 4F2156 Any size <® $1.50 ENGLISH HAND PROTECTORS For protection from heated shotgun barrels, caused by rapid firing. A pigskin covered shield with leather hand-sewed and shrunk on, making this superior to all other hand protectors in use. 4F2747 Price $2.25 HEIKE'S*- HAND PROTECTOR Same with cheap leather covering glued on. 4F2323 6 inch $ .75 4F2324 9 inch 1.15 4F2325 12 inch 1.35 U. S. GOVERNMENT RIFLE CLEANER MARBLE JOINTED RIFLE ROD Brass in three sections, reinforced at joints by a steel dowel, gives special rigidity to the rod. Wood handle, jagged and slotted detachable tips. 4F2157 All calibres $1.00 WOOD SHOTGUN CLEANING ROD Wood Shotgun Cleaning Rod in an envelope con- taining Scratch Brush, Wiper, and Swab. 4F2159 Three jointed wooden rod, 10, 12 and 16 gauge $ .30 4F2160 Three jointed wooden rod, 20 and 28 gauge 30 44-410 calibre also 30 4F2161 Three jointed Cocobolo rod, 10, 12, 16 and 20 gauge 1.00 B. G. I. RIFLE CLEANING RODS Four jointed brass rods, slotted and jagged, with revolving handle. Threaded tip to take brass of bristle brushes. 4F2158 All calibres , 4F2169 Bristle Brushes, all calibres $ .50 15 MARBLE'S FIELD CLEANER Used on any Marble rifle rod, or carried in the pocket for use in the field. Cord at each end by hooking the loop over some projection, and holding the weight in one hand the rifle may be worked back and forth. State calibre wanted. 4F2228 $ .70 "POWER" GUN CLEANING ROD, WITH OIL CAN AND SCREWDRIVER COMBINED United States Government Rifle Cleaner is a tool which every sportsman and target shooter will ap- preciate. It consists of a bristle brush and slotted wiper, with detachable cord and weight for dropping through barrel. A separate slotted wiper is fur- nished for drawing through a dry cloth and for oiling purposes. 4F2226 All calibres 3£ $ .35 SHOTGUN FIELD CLEANER Made for shotguns on the principle of the U. S. Government Rifle Cleaner. For 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 and 20 gauge. 4F2227 $ 75 4F2162 Made of Seamless Brass Tubing $1.50 MARBLE'S REVOLVER ROD Screw-capped, nickel-plated, brass handle accom- modates the other parts, also any make or size of cleaner and an extra section if needed It is 24 by 5 inches in size. Conveniently carried in the pocket. 4F2225 For 10 inch $ .70 4F2225 1.10 REVOLVER CLEANERS 4F2229 Brass rod, cocobolo handle and brass wire brush. All calibres $ .60 Extra brushes, brass or bristle 15 4F2230 Twisted wire, bristle brush, ring handle 15 SPORTSMAN'S SEATS The Mills Aluminum Telescopic Stools can be raised in height from 20 to 30 inches ■ strong and reliable. 4F2751 Price $10.00 Another desirable style as illustrated; forms a desirable seat ; can be car- ried as a Walking Stick. 4F2752 Seat of cane. Price $10.00 FIRE ARMS 81 MARBLE RIFLE CLEANER Made of soft brass gauze washers on a flexible steel spring core, thereby allowing it to follow the rifling and remove all leading, rust and caked pow- der without injuring the barrel. Made with thread- ed end for rod. Mention calibre. 4F2164 3§ $ .45 4F2165 For shotguns 10-12-16 and 20 gauge .70 THE LEFEVER IDEAL CLEANER To remove rust, lead, etc. Will not scratch bar- rels or injure the choke. Made of brass wire cloth. 4F2166 $ .75 THE TOMLINSON CLEANER Fits all standard cleaning rods. Will clean entire length of barrel, notwithstanding the different chokes. Guaranteed to remove all lead, powder cake, etc. All gauges. 4F2167 % $ .35 4F2168 Extra brass wire sides (pair) % .15 BOYD MUZZLE PROTECTOR A short tube to fit over muzzle should always be used with a metal cleaning rod. 4F2163 $1.25 State make of gun and calibre — if octagon or round barrel — full magazine or otherwise. WINCHESTER RUST REMOVER For removing rust from the bores of all kinds of firearms and from the metallic instruments. Put up in collapsible tubes only. 4F2239 Per tube $ .20 HOPPE'S NITRO POWDER SOLVENT No. 9 A perfect solvent for cleaning high power rifles, shotguns and revolvers; keeps in perfect condition .22 cal. rifles using black powder, semi-smokeless or Lesmok. Will remove metal fouling and leading without the use of a brass brush. Will prevent rust- ing in any climate, and has no equal as a rust re- mover. If rifle is to be laid away this solvent must be left in the rifle to insure rust prevention. Is not combined with oils and is not a lubricant. 4F2701 2 oz. bottle $ .35 "3 IN 1" OIL For cleaning and oiling rifles, guns, revolvers, reels, bicycles^ sewing machines, typewriters, etc. Posi- tively will not gum. 4F2204 Small size, weight 1 oz $ .10 4F2205 Large size, weight 3 ozs 25 4F2206 sy 2 oz. size in tin oil can ~. 25 4F2207 8 oz. size (bottle) 50 MARBLE'S ANTI-RUST ROPES With the anti-rust ropes, firearms can be laid aside for a whole season and kept in perfect condition. 4F2197 For double bar- rel guns. Set..<£ $.90 4F2198 For single bar- rel guns. Each.^ .45 (State calibre) 3£ .45 4£ .22 4F2199 For rifles. 4F2200 For revolvers. (State calibre) WINCHESTER CRYSTAL CLEANER This preparation dissolves the copper and nickel fouling in rifles without injury to the barrel. Put up only in bottles. 4F2238 Per bottle $ .20 FITCH ORDNANCE SALVE A preparation for prevent- ing rust, pitting and corrosion of gun barrels. A thin, col- orless salve ; will neither gum, evaporate nor dry out. Will positively prevent rust under any conditions as long as it remains upon the metal. Used by the United States Ordnance Department and pronounced abso- lutely the best and most efficient for the treatment of all ordnance and small arms. It will positively arrest the development of pitting. 4F2201 1 oz. can $ .10 4F2202 3 oz. can 20 4F2203 4 oz. tube 25 MARBLE'S NITRO-SOLVENT Will quickly clean and absolutely protect firearms from the corrosive action of all black and smokeless powders, including cordite. 4F2234 2 oz. bottle $ .25 4F2235 5 oz. tin 50 WINCHESTER GUN GREASE A light coat of this grease on any polished metal will prevent it from rusting. It is put up in collap- sible tubes only. 4F2236 Per tube $ .10 WINCHESTER GUN OIL For lubricating the lock mechanism. Will not gum or stick, or become rancid under any conditions. Put up in bottles only. 4F2237 Per bottle *j $ .10 GUN REPAIR AND STORAGE We make a specialty of cleaning and putting in shape fine guns. Locks taken apart and oiled. Trig- ger pulls adjusted. Guns oiled and overhauled both inside and out, and put in storage, from season to season. Barrels refinished and rebored, stocks refinished, bent or straightened. Recoil pads added. A try gun always in stock for fitting new guns to shooters' needs. 82 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK J GAME CALLS 41<2593 4F2594 4F2595 4F2600 "4F2601 4F2599 4F2593 Allen's Duck Call. The best duck call made. Imitates the natural "quack" of the duck and the tone or pitch can be changed at pleasure. $ .50 4F2594 Duck Call. An excellent call and "quacker." Made of polished coco- bolo wood with nickel-plated tip.^ .35 4F2595 Fuller's Goose and Crane Call. By moving the sliding tube back and forth one can, with practice, repro- duce the natural calls to a wonderful degree. Nickel tube, wood mouth- piece f$ 1.00 4F2596 Crow Call. One of the most natural calls made. Reproduces the crow's "caw" exactly, and very effective. Large size bound with nickel fer- rule .7:> 4F2597 Crow Call. Plain maple and a trifle smaller than 4F2596 .50 4F2598 Snipe Call. Imitates closely the shrill and peculiar whistle of the snipe. Made of fine horn 3g .30 4F2599 Snipe Call. Hand-made of bone, tested and tuned. One of the best.^g .50 4F2600 Turkey Call. An excellent "yelper" and better than bone. Made of coco- bolo wood .35 4F2601 "Ole Virginny" Turkey Call. Wood- en box with slate scraper. Repro- duces exactly all the calls of both gobbler and hen ^ .50 COOK LIVE DECOY HOLDER Hold your Live Decoy by the Neck. Ducks with sore legs will not swim around. NO Snaps or strapping. Dislocated legs. Catching in the weeds. Splashing in the boat. To attach, slide the holder up to the neck and wind cord in the holder. To loosen, reverse opera- tion. 4F2163 $1.15 4F2184 2.00 DUCK DECOYS Premier Model Hollow and flat-bottomed. Being flat on the bot- tom, they ride the water exactly like the living bird, and have not the rocking motion of the old-fash- ioned decoy in rough weather. The eyes used are the finest enamel, colored same as in the living bird. 4F2175 Per Dozen $14.00 Challenge Model 4F2176 Solid. Best grade. With the excep- tion of our "Premier," the best de- coy made. Per Dozen 4F2177 Solid. Second grade. Made of the best selected pine, tack eye ; well modeled and painted to closely re- semble the feathered bird. Per Doz. 9.00 600 FOLDING TIN SNIPE DECOYS The best Snipe decoy ever put on the market. They are very light and when folded pack into a very small space. When set up they are very life- like in appearance, being carefully painted to re- semble the live bird. They come packed one dozen in a neat tin box, complete with supports. 4F2178 Turnstone Golden Plover, Black Breast Plover; per doz $4.25 4F2179 Yellow Leg Plover; per doz 4.25 4F2180 Extra support, regular length Crow Decoys; per doz 75 4F2181 Extra supports, extra length; per doz. 1.50 4F2182 The finest Crow Decoy on the mar- ket. It is becoming popular to shoot crows over decoys, especially in closed season on other birds ; per doz $ 4.75 MARLIN DECOY ANCHORS To put out decoys, simply lift anchor from de- coys' neck and drop overboard. Taking up, wind cord around weight so it won't snarl. 4F2749 $3.00 MARLIN DECOY BODY WEIGHT Made with screw attached for fastening to decoy. Cannot rust or wear out. 4F2750 Per doz 2.00 THE BROADBILL DUCK CALL A Call that Calls A new invention, built on scientific principles, in tone quality has no equal on the market Produces with perfect accuracy any call of our native ducks, the short, choppy call of the Teal, the long, dignified call of the Mallard drake. The true-to-life voice of the Broadbill is the perfect imitation for which duck hunters have long been looking. Price $1.00 FRED A. ALLEN'S 1915 CROW CALL The most natural toned, easiest blowing Crow Call on the market. Always ready for use. Any inex- perienced hunter can successfully call Crows. The Crow is one of the worst destroyers of our game birds and their nests. Price $ .50 FIRE ARMS 63 PREPARING FOR It is always preferable to have your work performed by a taxidermist of long experience. If your work is cheaply done it may result in your losing some of your most valued specimens through moths or unskilful mounting. The following directions have been prepared for US by Mr. Fred Sauter, leading taxidermist of America, and will be found thoroughly practical. FISH Place your fish on a piece of paper or birch-bark and run a pencil completely around it, making an exact diagram for the use of the taxidermist. Cut bperi the fish along the poorest side, cutting along the life line from gills to tail. Separate the skin from the flesh, cut off the bones holding the fins to the body, also cut off bone holding tail to body. Take out the whole body in one piece. Next take out the gills and the meat in the jaws, breaking away the bone of the skull. Lay your fish skin on a flat surface and scrape off all flesh and fat adhering to the skin, remembering to scrape skin across and not lengthwise. Salt thoroughly with dry salt. If you cannot ship at once either put the skin into alcohol without salting, or else salt it and lay out flat on a board to dry. Never hang it up by the head or tail. If near a railroad, wrap the fish in paper or cheese- cloth and pack in a box full of moss or sawdust and cracked ice. BIRDS As soon as killed, stop up the nostrils and throat with cotton batting or leaves. If possible to ship at once draw the birds and fill throat and cavity with fine salt, then wrap in paper and ship. If you are too far away to ship immediately, the bird must be skinned entirely, taking out body, removing meat from leg bones and wing bones. Salt the skin, fill it with dry moss, leaves, or cotton batting, and put away in a cool, shady place until you can ship. ANIMALS Small Game, etc. Prepare the carcass by re- moving entrails and fill cavity with fine salt before wrapping in paper to ship. For long shipments, skin the animal entirely, taking the skull out. Skin the legs clear to the toe joints. Remove all meat and bones. Salt the skin well, then stretch out in a natural way (not out of shape) and dry in a cool shady place, never near a fire. Any of the Deer Tribe. In skinning heads, the slit should be made up the back of the neck so that the throat of the finished trophy will show no seam. Cut around the neck, close to the shoulders and brisket, then open up from the center of the top of the skull, just behind the antlers, and slit down the top of the neck as far as the end of the neck skin. After this, make a straight cut to the base of each antler, your three cuts thus making a "Y." Work" off the skin of the neck. To detach skull, turn head one side and slip the knife in between the base of the skull and the first vertebra; this severs the muscles and tendons. Then turn the head over and duplicate the operation. After the head is free on both sides, give it a wrench and detach the skull. Cut the cartilage of the ears close down to the skull and pry the skin away from the base of each antler, by inserting a small wooden wedge under the skin and tapping on it. Peel the skin back to the eye- sockets, but take care here that you do not cut the eyelids. Next, peel the skin off as far as the lips, being careful of the skin around the eyepit. After reachmg the eyes, cut close to the bone all around, in order that the cartilage may be left attached to the skin ; cut through the cartilage well back of the nos- trils and you will find the skin entirely free of the skull. THE TAXIDERMIST ih the case of moose, the bell should be split all the way down on the back side and all flesh should be pared off, particularly from the lips, nose and butts of the ears, without, however, trimming away the cartilage. Split the lips on the inside so that the salt can penetrate. Free the skin of the back of the ears from the cartilage and skin them as far as you can so that the salt can work in and keep the hair of the ears from slipping. Trim off all flesh that clings to the skin. Scrape the skull free of flesh. Remove the brain with a stick through the hole in the base of the skull, using a little water to help. Wash the skull out and tie up the lower jaw in place. Turn the skin inside out. Skin Curing. Rub plenty of fine salt into the entire surface of the skin, roll it up and let it lie till morning, when it should be examined closely for soft spots where the salt has not worked in and hard- ened the tissues. Shave these soft spots down and rub salt into them. The skin and skull should now be hung up in a shady place where neither dogs nor vermin can reach them. Remember never to dry a skin by the fire or in the sun. SKINNING BEAR Make the opening slit by extending the belly cut up along the throat between the jaw angles. Open the bottoms of the feet. Remove the skin of the feet, but leave the bones in position. Detach the skull and clean it out. Split the lips from the in- side, and clean out the ears. After spreading and salting the skin, roll it up flesh to flesh. Complete the operation in the morning by rubbing cornmeal or ashes on it, scraping off all fat and salting again. TAXIDERMIST CASE Designed especially for those w 7 ho desire to do their own mounting. Case has been approved by eminent professors and students of taxidermy and consists of the following: 3 assorted sizes Scalpels; 1 Tenaculum; 1 Triple Chain and Hood; 1 Brain Spoon; 1 pair of Scissors; 1 Stuffing Forceps or Tweezers. All made of the best steel. Something every taxi- dermist, professional or amateur, should have. 4F2251 $4.50 GUN RIFLE AND REVOLVER REPAIR DEPARTMENT We maintain a high-grade Repair Shop — employ the most skilled mechanics, and are prepared at any time and at short notice to make repairs, shorten stocks, change the drops and refit any shotgun or rifle. Lock work, fitting of sights, rebrowning and refinishing done on the premises. We can supply and attach to any American-made gun, rifle or revolver — or we will send parts prompt- ly by mail or Parcel Post. R4 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK GENUINE "NEWHOUSE" TRAPS Each 4A2639 Style 0. For rats, etc., single spring, jaws spread 3^ inches $ .22 4A2640 Style I. For muskrats, skunks, etc., single spring, jaws spread 4 inches .25 4A2641 Style 81. Same as Style 1, but with web jaws 29 4A2642 Style 91. Skunk or mink, double jaw, spread 5^4 inches 32 4A2643 Style 9V/ 2 . Mink, raccoon or fox, double jaw, spread § l / 2 inches 48 4A2644 Style iy 2 . For mink, foxes, etc., single spring, jaws spread 4^ inches .38 4A2645 Style 2. Same as Style 1%, but with double spring 56 4A2646 Style 2^. For otter, single spring, toothed jaws, spread 5*4 inches 88 4A2647 Style 21^. Otter, same as Style 2 T ^, but has no teeth 69 4A2648 Style 3. For otter, double spring, jaws spread 5 l / 2 inches 74 4A2649 Style 3^. For otter, single spring, toothed jaws, spread 6^2 inches 98 4A2650 Style 4. For beaver, double spring, jaws spread & J / 2 inches 88 4A2651 Style 14. Same as Style 4, with off- set toothed jaws 93 4A2652 Style 4^. For wolf, double spring, jaws spread 8 inches, with drag 2.12 4A2653 Style 50. Small bear, double spring, toothed jaws, spread 9 inches 4.49 4A2654 Style 150. Same as Style 50, with offset toothed jaws 4.49 4A2655 Style 5. Large bear, double spring, toothed jaws, spread 11^4 inches... 6.34 4A2656 Style 15. Same as Style 5, with offset toothed jaws 6.34 4A2657 Style 6. Grizzly bear, double spring, toothed jaws, spread 16 inches.... 14.77 Note — The styles indicated are the numbers given these traps by the manufacturers, and are so well known to all trappers that we continue them to save confusion. — Order by our order number. ONEIDA "JUMP" TRAPS Each 4A2658 Style 0. Rats, gophers, rabbits. Single spring $ .13 4A2659 Style 1. Muskrat, hares. Single spring 15 4A2660 Style V/ 2 . Mink. Single spring... .23 4A2661 Style 2. Coon, skunk, 'possum. Double spring 34 4A2662 Style 12. Same as Style 2, with teeth. Double spring 37 4A2663 Style 3. Fox or otter. Double spring 45 4A2664 Style 13. Same as Style 3, with teeth. Double spring 48 4A2665 Style 4. Otter or wildcat. Double spring 53 4A2666 Style 14. Same as Style 4, with teeth. Double spring 56 VICTOR TRAPS For those who prefer a lighter and less expensive trap than the "Newhouse," we recommend these traps as excellent in every way. Made on identical patterns of the "Newhouse" throughout and will give good service. Prices include chains. 4A2667 Style 0. Gopher or rat $ .10 4A2668 Style 1. Muskrat 12 4A2669 Style 1^ Mink 18 4A2670 Style 2 Fox 26 4A2671 Style 3. Otter 34 4A2672 Style 4. Beaver 40 TREE TRAPS Genuine "Newhouse" make and an excellent model for mink, marten, raccoon, opossum, etc. Attached quickly to trees by nails or wire and is a sure catch. Does not get snowed under and is easy to locate. 4A2673 Style 0. For weasel, ermine, squir- rels, etc.; weight, 17 ozs..., $ .19 4A2674 Style 1. For mink, marten, etc. ; weight, 20 ozs 22 4A2675 Style 2. For raccoon, 'possum, etc. ; weight, 23 ozs 26 "NEWHOUSE" GOPHER TRAP The best trap of the kind fl \ ± on the market for catching I 1 f gophers, rabbits, etc. Made i [' jzjf'~ r *0^^ m "^ ewnouse " quality only. \ '~M^^^^^k Easy and simple to set, quick — irfWW^ and positive in action. Wgt., 6 ozs. 4A2629 $ .15 BIRD TRAPS An excellent model for the pur- pose and a sure catch for small and medium-sized birds. Largely used by naturalists and collectors. Light, small and compact — a num- ber can be carried in the pocket. Weight, 2 oz. 3A2630 $ .15 JUMP TRAP SETTER To fit Oneida Jump Traps. Two Setters are used for double spring sizes. A quick and easy method of handling these heavy spring traps. 3A2627 Each $ .09 TRAP CLAMPS Large traps are impossible to set with- out the use of powerful levers, which are often unhandy, and, in a boat or canoe, out of the question. These clamps solve the difficulty and by their use one man can easily and safely set the largest and most powerful traps. 3A2631 For all traps up to Style 4, weight, 3 ozs $ .11 3A2632 For traps Styles 4^, 50 and 5 ; weight, 15 ozs. .26 3A2633 For Style 6 bear trap; weight, 26 ozs Double spring traps require two clamps. FISHING TACKLE 8-? FISHING AND FISHING TACKLE The an'gler considers this royal sport a fine art. The object to be attained is not first, last and always merely to obtain fish. He marks off one more successful day to which he can look back with that happy realism of the spring — the odor of the pines and flowers — the music of the swift water — the beauty and delicacy of the song of the birds, and feels in his heart the love of the ever-changing beauties of nature. These give to that pastime a charm possessed by no other. We are not all constituted aright to understand and enjoy this fine art, but certain it is, the under- lying principle must be a delicate rod and the best of tackle. It is our constant aim to encourage the use of fine fishing tackle. Not only does it afford much greater satisfaction, but will, in the end, prove less expensive. The constant outlay for repairs and replenishing of cheap tackle will soon exceed the cost of a fine outfit, which, with care, will last for years. Aside from this,' every angler has a subtle and genteel pride in the possession of an outfit which he knows is above reproach. Quality is always our first consideration and we assure our patrons that we have spared nothing to create and maintain a fine line of fishing tackle whose superiority cannot be questioned, and which carries our unqualified guarantee of honest make and perfect quality. Beside our own wide experience, we are in constant touch with angling authorities the world over and we will be pleased to advise or assist patrons in the selection of the proper tackle and correct equip- ment for waters with which they may be unfamiliar. We have unequalled facilities for the manufacture of special goods, which is a large part of our business, and will be pleased to execute orders for such goods as we do not catalog. THE CARE OF RODS It is important after a day's fishing that the rod should be taken to pieces, carefully cleaned and placed within its case; not left outside against a wall or tree for the damp atmosphere and rain to act upon its timber and ferrules. A rod carefully used will last a lifetime, whereas, if its owner is careless, it will get out of condition, become warped, and eventually lose its suppleness and power. Never put a rod in a damp bag. After the season's fishing is over, look over your rods. If the varnish is cracked or windings loose, repair at once or send them to us. Put your rods in a room where there is no heat (steam heat will loosen the ferrules). REPAIRS We repair Rods, Reels, Lines and any other piece of fishing tackle worthy of preservation. It is well at the end of the season to go over your tackle thoroughly; if the ferrules need tightening, or the rod needs varnishing, send it in to us at once and have it ready for the next season. If you have a fine enameled line that shows signs of wear do not discard it. We can redress and polish it so that it will do service for many seasons. Whatever may be the damages after a hard season's fishing do not dis- card tackle that has cost you considerable money, or to which you have become attached. FISHING TACKLE 8T DESCRIPTIONS OF VARIOUS TYPES OF RODS It is impossible to show by illustration the quality of a rod. Selection of material, workmanship, action, hang, all enter into the manufacture of a good rod. The cuts on the preceding page are designed to show only the number of pieces, styles of grips, location of reel seat, etc., and are numbered for con- venience of reference from the descriptions of individual rods. The following is a general description of the various types : No. 1 — Two-piece Bait Casting Rod with Inde- pendent Handle. No. 2 — Three-piece Salmon Rod with Extra Tip. No. 3 — Three-piece Fly Rod with Extra Tip and Tip Case. No. 4 — One-piece Bait Casting Rod with Independ- ent Handle. No. 5 — One-piece Surf Casting Rod with Spring Butt. No. 6 — One-piece Tarpon and Tuna Rod. HAWES No. 7 — Two-piece Rod with Extra Tip and Inde- pendent Handle. No. 8 — Two-piece Rod with Extra Tip for Troll- ing — Notice the forward grip above reel seat. No. 9 — Three-piece Bass or Bait Rod with Extra Tip. No. 10 — Three-piece Fly Rod with Extra Tip — "Well's Grip." No. 11 — Combination Fly and Bait Casting Rod with Independent Handle and Tip Case. RODS These rods have the reputation of being the finest made in the world. Mr. Hawes has devoted a lifetime study to the selection of material and the finest hand construction. For 28 years he was asso- ciated with his uncle, H. L. Leonard, and helped to build the world-wide reputation of Leonard Rods. His practical experience as a fisherman and expert tournament caster, together with his thorough knowl- edge of all features of rod-making, have enabled him to produce what we believe to be the best rod ever built. All Hawes' Rods are made from the very best six-strip bamboo. They are mounted with special grade of German s : lver and the water-proof ferrules are of the famous split design. The fly and salmon rods have steel snake guides and metal reel seats. These rods are hand-made and the output is, therefore, limited. We urge you to anticipate your wants if you contemplate the purchase of a Hawes' Rod. If any style, length or weight of rod is desired, other than those listed, prices will be quoted. HAWES' TROUT, BASS AND DRY FLY RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip with Bamboo Tip Case (See Cut 3) These rods are quicker in action and more power- ful for their weight than any other rod made. The> are extremely resilient and have the strength to lift a long, heavy line from the water and cast true and steady under all conditions. Their balance is so perfect that they have the "hang" of much lighter rods. 3E4680 8 ft. long, wgt. about 3^4 oz. "j 3E4682 9 ft. long, wgt. about 4^4 oz. 1 Any length 3E4683 9 x / 2 ft. long, wgt. about 5 l / 2 oz. f $35.00 3E4684 10 ft. long, wgt. about 6 oz. J We can furnish an independent handle on any of these rods at an extra cost of $3.00. Rods fitted with one agate guide and two agate tips extra $3.00. „ , . Extra Joints Butt— $13.00. Middle— $9.50. Tip— $6.25. HAWES' "FEATHERWEIGHT" FLY RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip With Bamboo Tip Case (See Cut 3) This rod is the most dainty piece of fishing tackle that the angler can hope to possess. The weight va- ries from 2 to 2J4 ozs. and fish have been taken on these rods up to 2 pounds. These rods have open reel seats and English snake guides. 3E4689 Lengths vary from 7 to 8 ft., any length $50.00 Extra Joints Butt— $19.00. Middle— $14.00 Tip— $8.50. HAWES' DRY FLY AND TOURNAMENT RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip with Bamboo Tip Case (See Cut 3) Air. Hawes' personal experience in tournament casting has taught him what the tournament caster needs for record making. Unusual power and speed will be found in all his rods for this class of work. In dry fly fishing it is necessary to keep the fly in the air to keep it dry. Consequently, you need a powerful rod. For this style of fishing, Hawes' rods are particularly suited owing to their unusual re- trieving power. The 4^4 to 5^4 ounce rods are the weights most generally used for dry fly fishing. They have solid cork grips, snake guides and metal reel seats. Light Tournament Class Specially adapted to dry fly fishing. 3E4693 3E4694 3E4695 Length, 9 ft. Wgt., 4^ oz. Length, 9 l / 2 ft. Wgt, 5^4 oz. Length, 10 ft. Wgt., 5^4 oz. Any length 3£ $40.00 3E4696 3E4697 With $3.00. Medium Tournament Class Fine rods for swift water or large fish. Length, 10 ft. Wgt., 7*4 oz. \ Either length Length, 10^ ft. Wgt., 8y 2 oz. J ^ $40.00 one agate guide and two agate tips, extra Rods With Extra Joints Any of the above rods can be supplied with two middle joints and three tips at a total cost of $58.00. HAWES' SALMON RODS— Six-Strip Bamboo Three Pieces and Extra Tip With Bamboo Tip Case (See Cut 2) These rods are made in keeping with the American idea of lightness and greater comfort in casting. They are extremely powerful and have that beauti- ful balance and action which all Hawes' Rods possess to a marked degree. These rods are gaining popu- larity ever}' year for use on Targe salmon rivers and in the hands of an expert seem to have no difficulty in handling the largest fish. Length over all. Handle lengths. Weight 3E4703 13 ft. 20 -in. 16 to 17 oz...*f $50.00 3E4704 14 ft. 20^-in. 18 to 20 oz...ff 50.00 Extra Joints Butt— $19.00. Middle— $14.00. Tip— $8.50. b8 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK TOURADIF RODS— Split Bamboo, Six-Strip All our Touradif Rods are hand-made. The ferrules are water-proof and are of special grade Ger- man silver, hand-drawn. They are also tapered to a fine, flexible edge, where they join the wood, which makes it unnecessary to reduce the calibre of the wood where it joins the ferrules and, therefore, leaves the rod its full strength at this point. The hand grasps are of fine quality solid cork discs, through which the butt-joint runs completely to the butt-cap. This is the strongest possible form of butt-joint construction. TOURADIF TROUT, BASS AND DRY FLY RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip With Bamboo Tip Case (See Cut 3) The popularity of dry fly fishing and the peculiar balance and recovering qualities of Touradif Rods cause us to emphasize the particular fitness of these rods for dry fly fishing. These rods are quick in action and have a driving power, as well as a re- trieving power, that handles the long line for dry fly fishing to perfection. Mounted in German silver. Solid metal reel seat. Solid cork handle. English snake guides and water- proof ferrules. Note — The rods will be supplied to order with cane wound or wood handle ; any style grasp ; w T ith skeleton reel seat ; with reel seat above handle and with standing or loose ring guides at the same prices as for the regular standard rod. 3E4748 Length V/ 2 ft. Wgt. 2 l / 2 to 3 oz.1 3E4750 Length 8y 2 ft. Wgt. 33/4 to 4^ oz. 3E4751 Length 9 ft. Wgt. 4^4 to 5^ oz. Any length 3E4752 Length 9^ ft. Wgt. 5^ to 6^ oz. > % 3E4753 Length 10 ft. Wgt. 6y 2 to iy 2 oz. $25 00 3E4754 Length 10 l / 2 ft. Wgt. 7V 2 to SY 2 oz. 3E4755 Length 11 ft. Wgt. S l / 2 to 10 ozJ Any of the above rods with independent handle $5.00 extra. Extra Joints Butt— $9.00. Middle— $6.00. Tip— $5.00. TOURADIF PACK OR BELT FLY RODS Six Pieces and Extra Tip — 18 Inches Long These little rods have been developed especially to meet the demand for a compact, handy rod which could be easily carried or packed in a small space. They are extremely quick and powerful and make splendid casting rods, and are daily becoming better known and more used. They will stand all sorts of rough usage and can be depended upon in every way. Length over all, 834 feet. Weight, A l / 2 to b l / 2 ounces. Put up in fine quality hand-made leather case, 19 inches long, with loop to carry on belt. 3E4774 Complete % $30.00 Special indestructible fibre cases, leather caps, for very rough packing, absolutely safe, fully described elsewhere. TOURADIF COMBINATION RODS Fly rod, bait casting rod and light trolling rod in one. Rod consists of independent reversible handle, with solid metal reel seat, one butt, one middle joint, two tips and one bait casting tip. Makes a fly rod 9^2 ft. long, weighing about 5 ^2 ozs., or a bait casting and trolling rod 5^2 ft. long. Fly rod mounted with agate guide on butt and English snake guides on middle joint and tips. Bait casting rod mounted with agate guides throughout. See Cut 11. 3E4784 6-piece combination rod, complete % $35.00 3E4785 Fine hand-sewed leather carrying case % 5.00 TOURADIF SALMON RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip (See Cut 2) These rods are well known for easy handling and fine casting qualities. Their resiliency and driving power is so great it is easily possible to cast a very long line with far less effort than with the ordinary rod. German silver mounted. Patent flexible water- proof ferrules. Patent locking reel band. Solid cork hand grasps. 3E4759 Length 13^ ft. Wgt. about 17 oz. \ Any length 3E4760 Length 14^ ft. Wgt. about 20 oz. J % $45.00 Extra Joints Butt— $17.50. Middle— $12.50. Tip— $7.50. TOURADIF LIGHT SALMON OR GRILSE RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip Made in same style and fitted throughout like Touradif Salmon Rod. 3E4766 Length, 12^ ft. Wgt., about 14 oz.^g $40.00 Above rod with independent handle, $5.00 extra. Extra Joints Butt— $15.00. Middle— $11.00. Tip— $7.00. TOURADIF GRILSE TOURIST RODS Consist of independent double-grasp handle, with locking reel band. One butt, two middle joints and three tips. Especially desirable for tourists or for those taking long, hard trips, as the extra parts prac- tically afford two rods. The action of these rods is particularly quick and snappy, and they are far more powerful than their length and weight would lead one to believe. Furnished with long single grasp handle if desired. 3E4770 Length, l\y 2 ft. Wgt., about 13 oz.% $55.00 TOURADIF BASS OR BAIT RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip (See Cut 9) Suitable for general bait fishing and light trolling. Solid German silver reel seat with new style locking reel band. Waterproof, flexible ferrules. Fine rolled German silver Bell guides and German silver tip- tops. Solid cork grasp. 3E4779 Lengths, 5, 6, 6^, 7^, 8^ feet. Weights, 5 to 9 ozs % $20.00 Mounted with new pattern narrow raised agate guides, finely polished, extra, 75 cents per guide. Made with independent handle, to order, extra $5.00. TOURADIF BAIT CASTING RODS These rods are perfection for casting from the reel. For general fishing we recommend the one- piece rod with one light and one heavy tip. Fitted with new model independent handle. Mounted with special pattern, narrow high-set agate guides and tip- tops. Regular length, 5, 5 l / 2 , 6, 6 J / 2 feet. See Cut 4. 3E4775 One-piece rod $25.00 3E4776 Two-piece rod 3£ 27.50 3E4777 One-piece rod and extra joint... 45.00 3E4778 Two-piece rod and extra joint... 50.00 TRITON FLY ROD— SPLIT BAMBOO, SIX STRIP Three pieces and extra tip with bamboo tip case (see cut 3). Hand made and same type construction as the Touradif. Has steel snake guides, German silver angle top, ferrules and reel seat. This is an unusually powerful rod, will lift and cast a long line. 4E4292 8 feet; weight, oYz to 4 ounces. 4E4293 8 J / 2 feet; weight, 334 to 4*4 ounces. 4E4294 9 feet; weight, 4 54 to 5% ounces. 4E4295 9 i y 2 feet; weight, 5% to 6 l A ounces. 4E4296 10 feet; weight, &y 2 to iy 2 ounces. Price, any length % $18.00 FISHING TACKLE 89 "BIC" TROUT AND BASS FLY RODS Split Bamboo Three Pieces and Extra Tip With Bamboo Tip Case (See Cut 3) We are making a specialty of this rod to meet the demand for a fine hand-made rod at a medium price. In material, workmanship and action it is distinctly a rod of high grade. The lines and dimensions are the same as our fa- mous "Touradif" rods. Made of carefully selected bamboo, solid German silver mountings throughout. Patent flexible extension ferrules. Solid cork grasp. Open cedar reel seat. English snake guides. 3E4586 Lengths, 8, sy 2 , 9, 9^, 10 feet. Weights, 3*4 to 1% ozs 3£ $15.00 Extra Joints Butt— $5.50. Middle— $4.50. Tip— $3.00. "BIC" PACK OR TRUNK FLY RODS Split Bamboo Made throughout like the Bic Trout rod, except that the joints are shorter for convenience in pack- ing. Six pieces and extra tip, joints 19^ inches long. Length over all, 9 feet; weight, about 6 to 6 J / 2 ounces. Mountings same as regular Bic rods. In cloth partition bag. 3E4594 3g $18.00 "BIC" BASS OR BAIT RODS— Split Bamboo Three Pieces and Extra Tip (See Cut 9) These rods follow the same general dimensions of the "Touradif," and have plenty of power. They are strictly hand made and all mountings are of the best. Solid. German silver reel seat above hand. Solid cork handle. Fine German silver extension ferrules. Rolled edge German silver trumpet guides and stirrup tip-tops. 3E4596 Lengths, 5, 5^, 6, 6 l / 2 , V/ 2 feet. Weights, 4/i to 6/ 2 oz % $15.00 "BIC" BAIT CASTING RODS— Split Bamboo Hand-made throughout, best German silver fer- rules, narrow raised agate guides and offset tip top. It is a splendid rod in every respect, made in one and two pieces with independent handle. (See Cut 4.) One-Piece Rods (See Cut 4) 3E4600 5 ft. Wgt. about 5^4 ozs ~) . ~ 3E4601 5 l / 2 ft. Wgt. about 6*4 ozs [■ ^"J,?™ 3E4602 6 ft. Wgt. about 6^ ozs J ^ ^ A0 ' uu Two-Piece Rods (See Cut 1) 3E4603 5 ft. Wgt. about ozs ] . « 3E4604 5 l / 2 ft. Wgt. about 6^ ozs. V flS^Tn 3E4605 6 ft. Wgt. about 7 ozs J ^ * i7 ' 5U "DIVINE SPECIAL" FLY RODS Split Bamboo for Trout Three Pieces With Extra Tip (See Cut 10) This rod is a six-strip Split Bamboo Rod. It is fitted with the Wells grip and serrated fer- rules, imported snake guides, unless otherwise or- dered. 3E4636 Lengths, 8, 9, 9 l / 2 ft. Weights, \ Any length 4, 4y 2 ozs } % $19.00 NEWFOUNDLAND SALMON ROD Split Bamboo (See Cut 2) Three pieces — one extra tip — double cork grip, 24 inches long, German silver mountings. English Snake guides — put up in partition cloth bag. This rod has a nice action and will meet the requirements of the angler who does not want to buy an expensive salmon rod, yet wants one that he can rely upon. 13 ft. long. Weight about 17 oz. 3E4740 ^ $20.00 EMERALD BAMBOO FLY ROD Green Finish (See Cut 3) Three pieces and extra tip with bamboo tip case. A hand-made rod with a lot of bone; a good rod that looks good, feels good and is good. It's a good rod for dry fly fishing and equally as good for wet fly work. Such a rod as this at the price is a very unusual offer. We have tried to produce for a moderate price a rod that in style and finish is the equal of any rod, and one that is similar in hang and action to the very best. We have succeeded beyond our expectations, and offer you a rod that is a wonder at its price. Made from selected split bamboo stock, German Silver Mountings throughout, oxidized finished, open reel seat and steel snake guides. The grip is made of solid cork rings and the bamboo is finished dark green color, making a handsome rod. All made with reel seat below the hand. 3E4986 Lengths, 8, 9, 9^, 10 ft. Weights, 3% to 7 oz $12.50 Extra Joints Butt— $5.00. Middle— $4.00. Tip— $2.75. THE "CASSETTE" FLY ROD Three Pieces and Extra Tip (See Cut 3) Built on carefully designed dimensions, strong, powerful, with plenty of snap and action. For those who desire a good, sound rod at a mod- est price, we recommend this most highly and war- rant it to give perfect satisfaction. Made from carefully selected Calcutta bamboo. German silver mounted throughout. Patent serrated ferrules. Solid metal reel seat. Solid cork grasp. English steel snake guides. 3E4568 Lengths, 8, 9, 9^, 10 ft. Weights, 3^4 to 6% ozs S$ $10.00 Extra Joints Butt— $4.00. Middle— $3.00 Tip— $2.00. THE "CASSETTE" BASS OR BAIT ROD Three Pieces and Extra Tip (See Cut 9) Made of same material and quality of mountings. Cassette Fly Rod. German silver trumpet guides and stirrup tiptops. 3E4575 Lengths, 6, 6 x / 2 , 7 z / 2 , sy 2 ft. Weights, 6 to 8% ozs $10.00 CASSETTE BASS ROD 8^2 ft. long with reel seat below the hand — Greenwood Lake stvle — for strip casting. 3E4573 % $10.00 TEMAGAMI SPLIT BAMBOO RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip Six-strip bamboo, nickel mountings, cork grasp, This rod fully meets the demand for a popular- priced rod containing good material carefully put together. Fly rod has Snake Guides — bait rod, Ger- man Silver Spiral Guides. Fly Rods (See Cut 3) 3E4580 9y 2 ft. Wgt. about 5 to 6 ozs. . . \ a* ft. long. Wgt. about 8 ozs. Any Size £ $7.00 "CHAUTAUQUA" LANCEWOOD RODS Three Pieces and Extra Tip This is a good rod at a very low price. Its bal- ance will be found superior to rods usually sold at so low a figure. It has none of the stiff, cumber- some action of cheap rods. Xickel mountings. Solid reel seat. Cork grasp. Fly rods have snake guides ; bait rods have spiral wire guides. Put up on flannel covered form in cloth bag. Fly Rods 3E4541 sy 2 ft. long. Wgt. about 6^ ozs. ) A ~. 3E4542 9H ft. lone. Wet. about 7 ozs. ^"v'™ 3E4543 10 ft. long. Wgt. about 7^ ozs. J ^ ^ >uu Bait Rods 3E4544 6 T / 2 ft. long. Wgt. about 6 l / 2 ozs. 3E4545 iy 2 ft. long. Wgt. about V/ 2 ozs. 3E4546 8y 2 ft. long. Wgt. about 9 ozs. JOINTED CALCUTTA BAMBOO RODS For Pond and River Fishing Well seasoned, good stock — brass mountings — well varnished reel bands in muslin bag. 4E4549 4 joints, 16 ft % $2.50 4E4550 3 joints, 12 ft 2.00 Any Size ^ $3.00 BAIT CASTING RODS "Kezar Special" Split Bamboo Rods— Two Pieces and Independent Butt — (See Cut 1) A first-class bait-casting rod at a popular price. The design is excellent, the balance perfect, and the action quick and lively. Made from extra grade of split bamboo — six strip. Solid metal reel seat. All fittings of fine German silver. Mounted with high set narrow agate casting guides and offset agate top. Solid cork grasp. Closely wound with black silk and finished with best varnish. 3E4556 Lengths, 5, 5J4 6 ft 3£ $10.00 YELLOWSTONE SPECIAL Two pieces and extra tip. Split bamboo, full German silver mountings. Tips four inches longer than butt joint. Raised ring casting guides, offset tops and finger hook. 4E4771 5y 3 ft. light for ^ or H oz. baits $6.00 4E4772 5J/3 ft. heavy for y A to 1 oz. baits % 6.00 "DELAWARE" LANCEWOOD RODS Two-piece and extra tip. Made from Cuban Lancevvood. Double grip, wound with mottled cord. Full nickel-plated mountings ; solid metal reel seat ; finger hook; improved ferrules, welted; large two ring guides and large casting tops closely wound with silk. 3E4553 Lengths, 5^ and 6 feet % $3.00 HEDDON'S MODEL No. 6— Bamboo Two pieces and extra tip. Has a double rolled cork grip ; nickel mountings ; locking reel band ; one tip with agate first guide and agate tip top and the other file-proof metal guides. 4E4920 5 or 5 l A ft 3£ $7.50 HEDDON— No. V/ z RODS— Split Bamboo Two-piece style. Split bamboo tip, solid wood butt with maple handle. Nickel reel seat and finger hook. Wrapped with silk windings in two colors. In partitioned cloth bag. Length, 5 feet; weight, 6y 2 ozs. 4E4564 $2.00 "CHAMPLAIN" PACK RODS Four Pieces Split Bamboo Split bamboo, nickel mountings, cork grip, large two ring guides, and tops, wound with silk and well varnished. Four pieces and extra tip. 4E4562 Lengths, 5^ and 6 feet f$ $3.00 RUBBER BUTT PADS When playing fish, butt can be rested steadily against the body in any position. 3E3435 Small ^ $ -25 3E3436 Medium . . .40 3E3437 Large % .50 FISHING TACKLE 91 COMBINATION RODS DIVINE TRAVELLING MEN'S FRIEND This rod is the perfection of a trunk rod, making six distinct rods. It is composed of nine joints, 17 inches long, with reversible butt. (1) Take six joints, together with the butt, make a 9-foot Fly Rod, weighing 7 to 8 ozs. (2) Remove the lower joint and use the reducing ferrule and you have a 7>4-foot light Fly Rod, weighing 4^4 to 5 ozs. (3) Remove the two upper joints and put in the lighter of the two Bass tips, and you have a 6^3- foot Bass Casting Rod, weighing 5 to 6^2 ozs. (4) Add to this the first joint and you have a 75^-foot Bass Rod, weighing 7 to 8 ozs. (5) Remove the two upper joints and put in the heavy Bass tip, and you have a 6^2-foot heavy Bass or light Trolling Rod, weighing 6 to 7 ozs. (6) Remove lower joint and use the reducing ferrule, you have a 4^-foot stiff Bass or light Troll- ing Rod, weighing 5 to 6 ozs. The Butt is reversible, so you can have Reel above or below the hand, on any of the Rods. This makes a combination of six good practical Rods in one. 3E4646 Split Bamboo $20.00 3E4647 Bethabarra % 15.00 3E4648 Lancewood *t£ 10.00 "WYOMING" PACK FLY OR BAIT ROD Split Bamboo Selected Calcutta bamboo, six-strip; full nickel plated mountings, cork grasp, welted ferrules, metal reel seat. Strongly made for hard service. Con- sists of six pieces, with extra tip ; enclosed in cloth Sack - . Fly Rods 4E4607 sy 2 ft. long. Wgt. about 8 ozs. J Either style Bait Rod | $7.50 4E4609 iy 2 ft. long. Wgt. about 6 ozs. I TOURADIFF COMBINATION ROD (See page 88) BIC PACK OR TRUNK FLY ROD (See page 89) "CANOE" COMBINATION ROD Split Bamboo This makes a three-piece 9^2-foot fly rod, weigh- ing 6^4 ounces, with an extra tip, or a 5^2-foot, two- piece rod, weighing 6 ounces, for bait casting or trolling. Made of split bamboo with a reversible cork grip. Nickel mountings, solid metal reel, and snake guides, wound with silk and well varnished. Put up on covered wood form and canvas bag. 3E4610 % $6.50 SIX IN ONE ROD Consists of five 25-in. Cuban white Lancewood joints, nickel mountings, snake guides and inde- pendent reversible butt with cork grasp. Can be made into three kinds of rod with reel below the handle and by reversing the butt three with the reel above. Makes a fly rod iy 2 or 9 feet, or four styles of bait rod, 5, l l / 2 or 9 feet in length. 4E4612 In cloth bag % $4.00 POCKET COMBINATION FLY AND BAIT ROD Split Bamboo The "handy man" of the rod family. A convenient and serviceable little rod for mountain tramps, bicycle trips, or when packing through a rough coun- try. Well made of good materials. Split bamboo, six-strip, nickel mountings. "Snake" guides, cork grasp, metal reel seat. Seven pieces and reversible butt. Length of joints, 13 inches. Makes a 7-foot fly roc weighing 4^4 ozs., or a 5-foot bait rod weigh- ing 5 ozs, 4E46U % $4.50 SALT WATER RODS There has been such wide-spread interest in contests for salt water fish and standardization of tackle to meet the regulations of fishing clubs, that we have made a number of rods to comply with these regu- lation standards. The "West Coast," "Tampico," "Sanibel," "California," "Light Tackle" and "Three-Six" Rods, which are fully described on the following pages, are now made for club competition. In the manufacture of these rods, it is impossible to get them to weigh exact, although they fluctuate but a trifle. If you intend to enter competition, please so specify and we will select a rod for you to meet exact regulations. THE "WEST COAST" ROD For Tuna, Tarpon and Surf Casting — Double- Built Bamboo (See Cut 6) Made to meet regulations of Tuna Class. For use with line not over standard 24 thread. These rods are as light, stiff and powerful as it is possible to make. When L ised for surf casting, for which they are finely adapted, their springy action and great casting power lend an added charm to this interesting sport. These rods are all double built — that is, one rod is built on top of another, A rod of this style has nearly twice the strength of the ordinary rod of the same size and weight. Extra heavy German silver mountings throughout. Hand-drawn, hard-tempered ferrules. Extra heavy solid reel seat, New^pattern locking reel band, which locks the reel firmly to the plate in such manner that it cannot possibly work loose. Mounted with double agate guides. Cane wound double grasp. Made in one piece with independent handle. Length of tips, 5 ft. 4 in., 6 in. and 8 in. ; weight, 10 to 15 ounces ; length of butt, 20 inches ; weight, 13 ozs, 3E4488 Butt with one tip $25.00 3E4489 Butt "with two tips 45.00 These rods will be supplied with spring butt of any length at the same prices. Any other lengths and weights can be supplied to order. "LIGHT TACKLE" For Tarpon, Tuna, Barracuda and Yellowtail "Light Tackle" Split Bamboo Rods (See Cut 6) Made to meet regulations of Light Tackle Class. For use with standard 9-thread line. Made of se- lected bamboo, German silver mountings throughout, agate first guide and top, cane wound grasps on butt and tip. Length of tip when seated, 5 feet ; weight of tip, 6 ounces; length of butt, 14 inches. 3E4499 One butt and one tip $12.00 3E4500 One butt and two tips % 20.00 3E4501 Tips only..... 9.00 "THREE-SIX" Split Bamboo Rods (See Cut 6) Made to meet the regulations of the Three-Six Class. For use with standard 6-thread line. Made of se- lected bamboo, German silver mountings throughout, agate first guide and top, cane wound grasps on butt and tip. Length of tip when seated, 5 feet; length of butt, 12 inches; weight of rod, 6 ounces. 3E4502 One butt and one tip % $12.00 3E4503 One butt and two tips 20.00 3E4504 Tips only % 9.00 Note— Both the "Light Tackle" and "Three- Six" Rods are splendid for Weakfish. 92 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK "CALIFORNIA" (See Cut 6) Made to meet the regulations of the TUNA CLASS. Made of selected bamboo, German silver mount- ings throughout, agate first guide and top, cane wound grasps on butt and tip. Length of tip when seated, 5% feet; weight of tip, 13^2 to 16 ounces; length of butt, 20 inches. 3E4496 One butt and one tip tig $15.00 3E4497 One butt and two tips tig 25.00 3E4498 Tips only tig 12.00 We can supply this rod with any length spring butt at the same prices. "SANIBEL" HICKORY RODS For Tarpon, Tuna or Surf Fishing (See Cut 6) Made to meet the regulations of the Tuna Class. Hand made of the finest quality second growth hickory. They are thoroughly made and are prac- tically unbreakable. Extra heavy hand drawn Ger- man silver ferrules and mountings. Double agate guides and tip-top of special pattern. Double cord wound hand grasps Made in one piece, independ- ent handle. Length of tip, when seated, 5 l /2 feet, weight of tip, 14 ozs. ; length of butt, 19 inches ; weight of butt, 9 ozs. 3E4505 Butt with one tip tig $12.00 3E4506 Butt with two tips tig 20.00 With any length spring butt at the same prices. THE "TAMPICO" ROD For Tuna, Tarpon and Surf Casting — Greenheart (See Cut 6) Hand made from the finest quality of carefully selected straight grained greenheart, hand riven and free from knots. Extra heavy German silver mount- ings throughout. Hand-drawn, hard-tempered fer- rules. Made in one-piece tip with connection at reel plate. Heavy solid metal reel seat with new locking reel band. Mounted with special pattern agate double guides and agate top — 5 in all. Cane wound double grasp. These are splendid rods in every wa}', and for those who prefer the solid wood to the split cane rod nothing better or finer can be devised. Length of tips, 5 feet, 4 in., 6 in., and 8 in. ; weight, 10 to 15 ounces; length of butt, 20 inches, weight, 13 ounces. 3E4490 Butt with one tip, agate guides.. 3£ $15.00 3E4491 Butt with two tips, agate guides. .tig 25.00 3E4494 Extra tips % 12.00 With any length spring butt at the same prices! Any other lengths and weights can be supplied to order. BAHAMA COMBINATION RODS— Greenheart Solid German silver mountings, agate first guides and top double trumpet guides. Has two tips and two joints with detachable cord wound butt. Makes two good rods for bay and ocean fishing in one. 4E4521 In partition bag tig $10.00 HANDY REEL SEAT 4E4921 Will fit any rod— just the thing for Calcutta or Japanese poles — each tig .20 "VENGACA" SPLIT BAMBOO RODS See Cut 8. Here is a good, sound rod for general sea fishing at a popular price. Made from a high grade of split bamboo, carefully finished, well modeled and very strong. Mounted throughout with German silver. Solid metal reel-seat and extra heavy ferrules. Cane wound double grasp handle. German silver double trumpet guides and solid tops. Made in two- piece model with extra tip. Length over all, 7 feet. 4E4507 22 oz tig $10.00 4E4516 16 oz tig 10.00 "SEABRIGHT" LIGHT SALT WATER RODS Greenheart — (See Cut 8) Best quality hand riven greenheart, finished in the most careful manner throughout. Heavy Ger- man silver mountings. Extra heavy hand drawn reinforced ferrules. Double trumpet guides and solid tip-top. Double cane wound hand grasps. A thoroughly reliable rod in every way and warranted to give satisfaction. Two-piece and extra tip. Length, 6^4 feet. Weight, 14 ounces. 3E4508 tig $7.50 "JAMAICA" WEAKFISH RODS— Greenheart Two Pieces and Extra Tips— Detachable Butt (See Cut 7) A good, all round boat rod, very popular with the Weakfish fisherman. Made of selected Greenheart; German silver mountings ; two piece, extra tip, and detachable cord wound butt. Double trumpet guides. Length, 6 feet. In Cloth Partitioned Bag. 3E4510 tig $5.00 "HIGHLANDS" WEAKFISH ROD— Lancewood Two-piece rod with double cord wound grasps. Double German silver trumpet guides and tube top. Heavy German silver mountings throughout. One of the best rods that can be bought at the price. Put up in cloth bag. Length, 6 feet. Weight about 10 oz. 3E4511 $3.50 "ATLANTIC" COD OR BANK ROD Two-piece Cod or Bank Rod, all ash, brass fer- rules and reel seat, length 5 feet, weight 20 ounces. 4E4517 $1.50 COMBINATION ROD (An all-round rod for deep sea fishing, also used for trolling and surf fishing) Cuban lancewood, full nickel mountings, solid reel- seat, enamel grip, welted ferrules, double guides and tops. Makes a 3-piece rod 8 feet long, weight about 24 ounces, or 2-piece 5 l / 2 feet, extra stiff rod. Weight, about 18 ounces. 3E4514 % $2.50 "TAURUS" ^OD OR BANK ROD Two-piece Lancewood tip, nickel mountings, cord wound, ash butt, length 5 feet, weight 21 ounces. 4E4515 *® $2.50 RUBBER ROD GRIPS Can be easily slipped on rods over ordinary guides. 3E3440 Length, 2 $4 inches ...tig $ .50 TARPON ROD GRIP Similar to above, 5 inches long and large enough to put on tarpon and tuna rods. 4E4995 tig $ .50 FISHING TACKLE 93 BRISTOL ADJUSTABLE TELESCOPIC RODS These rods can be adjusted to any length and can be taken apart as easily as a jointed rod. The joints are locked in place by a very ingenious ar- rangement of the guides which are interchangeable. Model 35 Bait Rod Length, 9 feet, joints, 25% inches. When tele- scoped, the whole rod is only 29 inches long. Handle mountings nickel, trimmed with two-ring German silver tie guides and German silver three-ring top. Has cork reversible handle. 3E4420 tig $4.60 Model 37 Bait Casting Rod Length, 6 feet, joints, 18% inches. When tele- scoped, the whole rod is only 23 inches long. Short cork grip with patent detachable finger hook, large German silver improved casting guides and solid agate top. 3E4421 .tig $5.75 3E4422 The same rod fitted with all agate casting guides and top tig 7.75 Model 38 Fly Rod Length, 9 feet, joints, 27 inches. When telescoped whole rod is only 31 inches. Trimmed with two- ring German silver tie guides and German silver one-ring flv top. Has cork handle. 3E4423 tig $4.60 BRISTOL FLY RODS Three Joints With Independent Handle 3E4388 Model 29. Cork handle with lock- ing reel band, fitted with snake guides and one ring top. One length only— 8^ feet tig $5.75 3E4389 Model 8. Nickel mountings, 2 ring guides. Length, 10 ft. With maple handle tig 3.80 3E4390 Model 8. With cork handle .... 4.60 3E4391 Model 9. German silver mount- ings. Drop ring guides. Length, 9% feet. Cork or celluloid handle*® 5.75 3E4392 Model 14. Mounted same as Model 9. Length, 8% feet. Cork or cel- luloid handle tig 5.75 3E4393 Model 16. Nickel Mountings. Drop ring guides. Length, 9 feet. With maple handle tig 3.80 3E4394 Model 16. With cork handle... tig 4.60 BRISTOL BAIT RODS Three Joints With Independent Handle German silver two-ring guides and three-ring tips. Nickel mountings. 3E4399 With maple handle, anv model.. tig $3.80 3E4400 With celluloid handle, anv model tig 4.20 3E4401 With cork handle, any model.... tig 4.60 3E4402 With celluloid double grip, any model tig 5.00 3E4403 With cork reversible handle, any model tig 5.50 Made in lengths 10 ft., 8% ft., 7 l / 2 ft, Q>% ft., 6 ft, 5V 2 ft, 5 ft. Give order number and length when ordering. BRISTOL BAIT CASTING RODS Three Joints With Independent Handle Model 27. Detachable finger hook. Raised agate guides and offset agate tip. Cork handle only. 3E4406 4% ft., 5 ft., 5l/ 2 ft tig $9.20 Model 25. Extra large German silver two- ring guides. Solid agate tip. Short handle with reel-seat close to grip. Detachable finger hook. Cork handle only. 3E4409 5, 5% and 6 feet tig $5.85 Model 28 — Extra Light Weight only 5 ozs. Fitted with three improved casting guides and special light offset agate casting top. Cork handle with locking reel band. 3E4414 5 and 5% feet tig $6.75 Model 33 This is the finest and best finished Bristol rod, weight only 8 ounces. Fitted with three narrow agate casting guides and a special design light agate offset top. Double grip cork handle 12^ inches long, with detachable finger hook. Handle mount- ings finished in French grey on nickel. 3E4416 4%, 5, 5% and 6 feet tig $10.00 BRISTOL MUSCALLONGE ROD Nickel mountings. German silver trumpet guides and double-hole tip. Two joints and handle. Model 21. Length, 7% ft., joints, 38 in. Model 22. Length, 6^ ft., joints, 32 in. 3E4424 Either model with celluloid long or double grip handle tig $5.65 3E4425 Either model with agate first guide and solid agate tip tig $7.00 BRISTOL TROLLING TIP To shorten and stiffen rods for trolling, etc. Length, 9 inches. 3E4428 Length, 9 inches. Regular guides. tig $1.00 3E4429 Same. Agate tip tig 1.75 BRISTOL EMERGENCY TOP 3E4430 Two inches long tig $ .20 Bait Rods Three joints and independent cork handle. Two- ring guides. Lengths, 5, 5%, 6, 7, 8, 10 feet. 3E4482 Any length tig $1.50 Bait Casting Rods Large casting guides and stirrup tips. Lengths, 4%, 5, 5 i y 2 , 6 feet. 3E4483 Regular model, any length tig $2.00 3E4484 With agate first guide and agate tip tig 2.75 3E4485 With three agate casting guides and agate tip tig 3.60 Trolling Tips 3E4486 Nine inches long. Regular guides tig $ .45 3E4487 Same with agate tip % .85 "LUCKIE" STEEL RODS These are made by the Horton Manufacturing Company and are not guaranteed. All styles finished in brown enamel. Fly Rods Three joints and independent cork handle. Two- ring guides. Lengths, 8, 9, 10 feet. 3E4479 Any length tig $1.50 Trunk Fly Rods 3E4480 Model 909. 9 feet. Has 6 joints 17% inches, with independent cork butt, nickel mountings, two-ring guides. Weight, 8% oz tig 3.50 Bait Trunk Rod 3E4481 Model 907. Same as Model 909 with reel seat above the hand, 7 ft. 8 inches long. Weight, 9% ozs tig 3.50 94 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK ABERCROMBIE & FITCH STEEL RODS Guaranteed From tip to butt, the finish and material is the best employed. The steel is of extra fine quality—- tempered so as to give it the greatest strength and resiliency — all the rods have independent solid cork grip handles (Model 3E4442, bait casting excepted) with patent locking reel bands, which cannot become loose, and is very easy to operate. The reel seats are heavy nickel plated and six coats of black enamel are baked one after another, making them very handsome rods. Fly Rods. Have three pieces — inde- » ■ 1 a — — ' * "° pendent handle with patent reel seat lca =p u , , m r below the hand — snake guide, ring top. , , „ 3E4431 Length, 9 feet $4.50 3E4432 Length, 10 feet % 4.50 Trunk Fly Rod — Same style as above — 17^4 inches, length 9 feet. 3E4462 ... . % $7-50 1- LH^iy-nM..,- Bass Rods have three pieces, inde- pendent handles with patent locking reel bands, reel seat above the hand, genuine agate first guide and agate tops, balance of guides of the best quality German silver trumpet shape. 3E4433 Lengths, 6^, % 8^ and 10 feet % $6.00 Bass Rods. The same as above, except the Bait Casting Rod, 3 pieces, inde- pendent handles with finger hook, =-ss large ring guides and agate top. c 3E4442 Lengths, 5 ft., 5^ ft., 6 ft % $5.75 c 4E4512 With agate first guides % $6.75 4E4513 With agate guides.. 3£ $9.00 Trolling Tips for A. & F. Rods. 9 in. 3E4445 With three-ring top guides are two-ring type and they have the three- ring top. 3E4437 Lengths, G^, ^A, 8 X A and 10 feet % $4.00 Trunk Bass Rod, same style as 3E4433, joints 17^4 inches long. 3E4441 Length, 7^ feet $7.50 $ .85|3E4446 Trolling tip with agate top. $1.50 A. & F. LEATHER BUTT REST (Adjustable) Made of our best grade heavy leather and hand sewed with strongest waxed thread. Built throughout for hard ser- vice. The fact that the user can wear any kind of belt and adjust the cup to any desired height makes this Rest ex- ceptionally handy for surf casters. Has leather thong for the purpose of tying to leg. By removing the strap this Rest can also be used on the seat of boat or canoe, in which case it should be fast- ened by two small screws. 3E3438 inches. Capacity, 80 to 100 yards of fine casting line. 3E3100 With either German silver or alumi- num spool and handle % $50.00 "PREMIER"— Quadruple Multiplying Reel Made of best quality German silver. Ivory grasp. Steel pinion, studs and pivots hardened and oil tem- pered. Wheels made of the best hard rolled alumi- num bronze rods. Talbot's improved spiral gears. The ideal and most popular sizes from the bass to the muscallonge. With a small amount of care this reel will last a lifetime. 3E3104 Size 2, diameter of end plates, 1^4 inches. Length of spool, inches. Capacity, 60 to 80 yards fine casting line. With click and oil caps . . . *S $20.00 3ES105 Ditto, full jewelled ^ 36.00 3E3106 Size 3, diameter of end plates, 2 inches. Length of spool, V/2 inches. Capacity, 80 to 100 yards fine casting- line. With click and oil caps % 22.50 3E3107 Ditto, full jewelled % 38.50 3E3108 Size 4, diameter of end plates, 2 l ,i inches. Length of spool, V>/% inches. Capacity, 100 to 150 yards fine casting line. With click, drag and oil caps % 25.00 3E3109 Ditto, full jewelled % 41.00 Extras to Order 3E3110 Aluminum spools % 2.50 W r ith drags, extra % 2.00 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK TALBOT "COMET" REEL Quadruple Multiplying A long spool model. Diameter of end plates, \Y4 inches; length of spool, 1% inches. Capacity, 80 to 100 yards of casting line. Made of best German silver. Steel studs, pinion and pivots hardened and oil tempered. 3E3123 $10.00 3E3198 With garnet cap jewels £ in., 80 yds.. * $13.00 Diam., 2 l / 2 in., 100 yds. . * 14.00 Diam., 224 in., 150yds..* 15.00 Diam., 3 in , 200 yds. .* 16.00 3E3245 Size, 3 3E3246 Size, 3 3E3247 Size, 2 3E3248 Size, 1 3E3249 Size, 1—0, Diam., 3^ in., 250 yds. . i 17.00 RESTIGOUCHE" SALMON AND GRILSE REELS Same Construction as Above Size, 2/0, Diam., 3-^ in., 300 yds. . Size, 3/0, Diam., 35/$ in.,; 350 yds. . Size, 4/0, Diam., 3% in., 400 yds. . Size, 6/0, Diam., 4% in., 500 yds. J "SUNDOWN" UNIQUE TROUT SALMON REELS With Patent Compensating Check 3E3227 3E3228 3E3229 3E3230 $22.00 25.00 28.00 30.00 AND This is the lightest, strongest and best constructed fly reel that we carry. The frame and spool are made of hard bronze aluminum, the spindle of fine bronze. The workmanship and gunmetal finish are of a higher class than have hitherto been introduced into reels for fly fishing. Every detail being most carefully worked out and all springs, tongues, bridges, etc., properly finished, hardened and tempered so that they will wear for years. All striking may be done directly from the reel on account of the tension spring which is strong when the fish strikes and very light when reeling in. This feature will be ap- preciated by every angler. The spools are narrow and the walls straight, thus giving the reel great line capacity. By unseating the spring on trout reel and slack- ening the screw on washer of salmon reel at the end of spindles, the reel can be taken apart in an instant for cleaning and oiling. 4-INCH AND LARGER ARE FOR SALMON $7.00 8.25 3E4946 25/6 in J 3E4947 27/ 8 inJ_ 3E4948 3% in.* 9.50 3E4949 SH in.* 10.50 3E4950 35/g in.*$11.00 3E4951 4 in.* 12.00 3E4952 4^ in* 13.00 3E4953 4^ in.* 14.00 102 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK IMPROVED "BIJOU" FLY REELS Single Action Fine hard rubber and polished nickel, with nickel safety bands. Back sliding click, steel spring and ratchet. A strong, durable and smooth running reel of exceptional quality. 3E3259 40 yds... 3£ $1.40 3E3260 GO yds. . . 1.50 3E3261 80 vds... 1.60 3E3262 100 yds... 1.75 "MOUNTAIN BROOK TROUT REELS" Single Action The lightest of all and in careful hands a perfectly satisfac- tory reel. Finest hard rubber and rub- ber safety bands. Back sliding click, steel spring and ratchet. NEW MODEL "IDEAL' .German Silver Nickel Plate 3E3253 3E3254 3E3255 3E3256 3E3257 3E3258 40 yards. 60 'yards. 80 yards. 100 "yards. German Silver $1.00 1.10 1.20 1.30 2.00 2.50 "VERMONT" TROUT REEL Single Action All metal, nickel plated, very strong. Plates screwed to pillars. Protected balanced handle. Ad- justable sliding click. 4E3263 40-yd. capacity % $ .60 3E3264 SO-yd. capacity % .80 Y. & E. AUTOMATIC REELS These reels bear a standard high - quality reputation. 3E3296 Weight, 8 ounces. Carries and automati- cally rewinds 90 feet of No. 5 silk line $4.50 3E3297 Weight, 12 ounces. Car- ries and auto- feet of No. 5 silk matically rewinds 150 line % 5.40 Y. & E. AUTOMATIC COMBINATION REELS May be made either automatic or free-running by the pressure of a catch. 3E3298 Style A. Weight, V/ 2 oz. Capacity 125 feet of No. 5 silk line. Rewinds 50 feet automatically % $6.25 3E3299 Style B. Weight, 11 oz. Capacity 300 feet of No. 5 silk line. Rewinds 90 feet automatically % 7.00 3E3300 Style C. Weight, 13 oz. Capacity 600 feet of No. 5 silk line. Rewinds 150 feet automatically % 8.00 REEL The bearings are reinforced at wearing points, perfectly cen- tered, and bal- anced. Adjust- able click and drag, phosphor- ous bronze spring and large open spool. This reel may be taken apart by removing one screw. , 80yds. % $1.15 ,120 yds. inches thick, with nickel clasp ; has 8 pockets full width of page and 32 pockets one-half the width. The large pockets are for holding leaders, made-up casts, etc., the small pockets for holding flies at full length. The leaves are made of genuine parchment, and you can write on the outside of envelope the pattern which it contains. 3E4343 % $3.75 4E4649 4E4650 3E3564 3E3565 3E3566 3E3567 3E3568 BEAVERKILL" FLY BOOK 35^ inch x 634 inch Made to carry from three to thirty-six dozen snelled flies ; flies carried in visible pockets ; easy to get at ; light and durable. The 24 ana 36 envelope books have a strap and buckle and can be safely carried on the belt of bas- ket sling. Back of en- velopes made of celluloid and can be used for making memoranda. 4E3561 Imitation seal cover with 3 pockets $ .85 4E3562 Pigskin cover with 6 envel- opes 2.25 3E3563 Pigskin cover with 12 envel- opes 3.75 with 18 envelopes 5.50 with 24 envelopes 7.00 with 36 envelopes 9.50 Pigskin cover Pigskin cover Pigskin cover Extra Envelopes For seal cover, 12c. each, $1.00 dozen For pigskin cover, 25c. each, $2.50 dozen "REX" FLY BOOKS In the "Rex" book the flies are held se- curely by slip- ping the point of hook un- der slotted bar and the snells in the spiral spring clips. The pages are of polished cel- luloid, held by patent hinges, and are inter- leaved with | fine felt pads for quick drying of flies. Vest Pocket Size— Holds 2 Dozen Flies |4E3312 Solid cowhide covers % %\ Q0 3E3314 Genuine Pigskin % 2.25 Regular Books— 2 Leather Pockets in Cover 3E3315 3E3317 3E3318 3E3320 3E3321 3E3323 Solid cowhide covers ; for 4 doz. $1.50 Genuine pigskin covers ; for 4 doz. 3.00 Solid cowhide covers ; for 8 doz. flies 2.25 Genuine pigskin covers ; for 8 doz. 3,75 Solid cowhide covers ; for 12 doz. flies 2.50 Genuine pigskin covers ; for 12 doz. 4.50 "REX" HOOK BOOK Made on the same principle as the "Rex" Fly Book but of a proper length for snelled hooks. Very con- venient for the day's fishing as an assortment of dif- ferent sizes may be handily carried in the pocket. Size, 10x2^ inches. Fitted with felt drying pads. 3E4280 Cowhide cover % $1.25 UG ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK Improved FLY BOXES Parfait" Eyed Fly Boxes The handiest form of box in which to carry a gener- ous assortment of flies, as quite a number may be placed in each space. Made of stiff aluminum alloy, satin finish. Have transparent lids that are fitted with springs and catches, so that when the catch is released the lid springs open. 3E3337 Style H. 6 inches long, 33^ inches wide. 16 compartments $4.75 4E3338 Style t 43^ inches long, 334 inches wide, 12 compartments 3. 50 AYANEFCO" PATENT FLY BOXES Style A Style D ir F ? T r USC with eyed * dry ' lo °P e d or salmon flies. -Made from a special grade of aluminum alloy, hard and strong, finished in frosted silver. Lined with fine polished zylonite, which is much superior to enamel. The covers are tight fitting, maki.ig the boxes moth-proof and moisture-proof, and the rust-proof clips are riveted to the zylonite lining instead of through the box. Much lighter than the old style boxes. 3E3332 Style A. 6 inches long. Fitted with grooved cork sheets for holding flies, 3E3333 3E3334 3E3335 3E3336 long. Style B. 454 inches 85 trout flies Style C. 434 inches long. Holds ... .^g Holds $2.50 % 2.50 24 salmon flies. . . Style D. 6 inches long. Holds 119 trout flies fjg Style E. 6 inches long.' ' iioids 40 salmon flies fi£ % 2.50 3.00 3E4289 3E4290 3E4291 SALMON FLY CASES Outside case is English crinkled cowhide, hand sewed. Lined with anti-moth' leather and has silica writing tab -t in lid. In- ner cases made of fine red cedar with two folding leaves and one sliding panel of zylonite (moth- proof), fitted with rustproof fly clips. For single hook flies both leaves and panel are used, but for double hook pat- terns the sliding is removed to prevent hooks Holds 160 flies inches wide. 7 pockets. Best made, has strap and buckle ^ Good quality leather. Lined and $3.00 LOO bound edges. 10 inches long, 3 inches wide. Has 7 pockets . . Waterproof enamel duck with glove snap. 10 inches long. Four pockets Waterproof enamel duck with glove snap. 12 inches long. Four pockets qg 1.75 .50 .50 MALLOCH PATENT FLY BOX 8x5x1^4 inches Black enamel outside. White enamel inside. Has hinged inside leaf and compartment for leaders. 'Will hold 90 large, double-hook salmon flies on silver clips 3E3344 £ $5.50 "SERVICE" EYED FLY BOXES Similar to the "Ayanefco" boxes, but made of strong tin, handsomely enameled, with nickel-plated flv clips. 4 inches long, 3 inches wide, % in. deep. 3E4914 Grooved cork one side, 50 fly clips other side $ .75 3E4915 50 clips for small and 35 for medium flies .75 FISHING TACKLE 11? IMPERIAL" TACKLE BOXES THE "USEPPA" NON-CORROSIVE TACKLE BOXES (This cut illustrates 3E3492.) Hard wood frames, covered with best quality russet leather, seamless and is sewed by hand. Finely finished trays and divisions. Solid leather hinges. Fitted with patent snap lock and key. All have hinged compartment in lid for fly and hook books, etc. All partitions removable. 3E3485 Model 1, 13 inches long, 6 inches wide, 7 inches deep. Has two trays and three spaces for reels, etc.... Model 2, 10 inches long, 8 T / 2 inches wide, 6 inches deep. Has one tray, space for two reels and three tackle divisions $8.50 3E3486 7.50 SUITCASE MODEL 13 inches long, 10^ inches wide, 6 l / 2 inches deep, has two trays, spaces for 4 reels and 23 tackle di- visions, two of them large enough to carry a fly book and one Leader Box, an ideal box for the person who carries a large assortment of wooden minnows, spinners, etc. 3E3540 $10.00 "DE LUXE" TACKLE BOXES Made in the same manner as our "Imperial" boxes but lined throughout with fine tan colored suede leather. This not only gives to the box a very handsome appearance but greatly enhances its value by its durability. Sizes and interior arrangements same as "Imperial." 3E3491 Model 3, 14 inches long, 9 inches wide, 6 z / 2 inches deep. Has one tray, spaces for two reels and four tackle divisions $12.50 3E3492 Model 4, 16 inches long, 9 inches wide, 9 inches deep. Has three trays and two tackle divisions. Space for two large reels and three medium and small reels. Compartments in lid for flv books, tackle books, etc. A fine "kit" box 17.50 GALVANIZED BOXES 3E3502 This box is galvanized, has two compart- ments for two or three reels, fly book, etc., and two trays divided in six spaces. Size, 12^ inches long, § l / 2 inches wide, o l / 2 inches deep $2.00 3E4882 Extra strong, reinforced handle, two trays, thirteen spaces, 12 l / 2 inches long, 8. inches wide, 5^4 inches deep 4.00 (This cut illustrates 3E3497U.) Copper and other metals previously used in the manufacture of tackle boxes corrode, form verdi- gris or rust. These new boxes, while they cost more, will outlast any box heretofore put on the market — will not rust or corrode and no weather conditions nor salt water can affect them. In addi- tion to its non-corrosive quality, the metal is very much stronger than copper, or other metals com- monly in use, and is lighter than copper. 4E3493U Style "A"— A very desirable box for the black bass fisherman. Has two trays, one tray has compartments. Two reel spaces. Size, \Q l / 2 inches long, 7 inches wide, 6% inches deep $14.00 4E3494U Style "B"— Of similar design as our "A" box, only larger. Has two trays, one tray has five compart- ments, and space for two large reels, etc. Size, 11 inches long, 9 T / 2 inches wide, 1% inches deep 18.50 4E3495U Style "C"— A very suitable case for salt water fishing, also tarpon and tuna tackle. Has two trays, one tray has five small compartments; three large other compartments. Size, 14 inches long, § l / 2 inches wide, ~ l / 2 inches deep 24.00 4E3496U Style "O"— Same size and design as 3E3501, page 118 10.00 4E3497U Style "D"— This box was designed to earn- a general line of tackle. Has five trays containing 13 com- partments and one covered tray with small compartments. Body of box divided into 9 spaces suitable for large and small reels, and other tackle. Size, 17^ . inches long, 10^ inches wide, 8^4 inches deep 30.00 FISHING TACKLE TRUNK Length, 22^ inches; width, \2 l / 2 inches; height. § x / 2 inches. Made of bass wood and covered with h^avy enameled, black, waterproof duck; cover re- ir forced with metal, corners with leather and metal A well-made box built for service. Leather handle on top and metal loops on each end to pass leather strap for carrying or strapping to auto. Bod)- of trunk divided in three spaces. One large tray divided in two large and four smaller compartments. Will hold the most complete fresh and salt water outfit excepting rods and long gaff hooks. Fitted with spring snap and lock. 4E4998 $12.50 118 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK NEW IDEA TACKLE BOX Made narrow and high. Will not knock against the k n e e 6 when walking. Par- ticularly adapted for the bass fisherman. Made of extra heavy tin, finished with two coats of black Japan and one coat of var- nish. There are two loops on each end so that a leather strap may be used to sling . it from the shoulder. Lock and key. Height, Thickness, oY 2 inches. 3E3536 \y 2 inches; width 9 inches. TWO IN ONE TACKLE BAG" 14 inches long. $3.00 "THE TRAIL 7 inches wide, 9 inches high. Closes and hooks like a leather traveling bag. Yale lock, brass side catches and corner clasps. Makes an ex- c e 1 1 e n t watertight shell or ammunition case. Strong, light and durable. Baked enameled finish. 4E3381 $4.50 TACKLE BOX" Made of pressed steel, galvanized inside and out and finished in black enamel. Has lock and key. folding handle and is just the thing to pack on short fishing trips. Seven spaces of convenient sizes for hooks, sinkers, 80-yard reel, baits, etc. % Inside di- mensions 11 inches long, 5% inches wide and 2% inches deep. 4E3766 $1.15 3E3501 Size, 10^4 x 4^ x V/ 2 inches. Fine hand-made box. Reinforced rims and corners. Has compartment for one large or two medium size reels; two large compartments for baits, floats, etc., and has tray with one open and one closed compartment. Lid is of proper size for fly hooks, snelled hooks, etc. Has movable partition lengthwise and has hinged inside cover. Has fine snap lock and key $3.00 SERVICE" TACKLE BOX The Strongest Made Made through- out of IXXXX? tin plate and highly finished in jet enamel. Has one large and two small reel spaces and three large c o mpartments for fly books, lines, floats, etc. Has one tray with two long spaces for snelled hooks, baits, etc., and cne tray with cover having six compartments for loose hooks, sinkers, swivels, small baits, etc. Fitted with fine snap lock and key, and has heavy leather strap handle. Size, 12^x4^x8 inches. 3E3503 $5.00 TRAYLESS TIN TACKLE BOX Size Ili f) sx6x4^ Opens like a dress suit case and lays open so that all tackle is exposed — cover has one long compart- ment for snelled hooks and three smaller compart- ments — bottom is divided in two so that it will hold either small or large salt water reel, fly book, leader box, etc., and is fitted with cover and catch so that nothing can come out or change place when opening or closing the box. Box is nicely japanned and has a lock and key. 3K4978 tig $2.00 ENGLISH SPINNER BOX This box, designed to hold spoons, minnows, bait, etc., is made of metal highly finished in black enamel on the outside and aluminum on inside. The par- titions run in grooves and can be removed sepa- rately to make the spaces larger or all taken out if desired. Transparent pockets for leaders in the covers. 4E4385 4E4386 4E4387 4E4918 Stvle 1, weight, 9 oz. 6y 4 x3%xl^ $2.00 Stvle 2, weight, 13 oz. 7^x4^x1% 2.25 Style 3, weight, 18 oz. 8^x5 xl^ % 2.50 We also carry the Style 1 size with rounded corners 2.25 TIN MINNOW BOXES Made especially for carrying wood minnows, spoons, hooks, etc., divided in six compartments, lacquered inside and japanned outside, snap cover. 3E4979 llx.^xl^ inches.. _ $.60 Smaller size for spoons, sinkers, swivels, gangs, etc., divided in six spaces. 3E4980 8^x4^x1 inches $ .40 FISHING TACKLE 119 SINKERS "COIL" Pyramid " Monitor" 'Swivel" Mackinac Sinkers Unsurpassed for use on real good lines and leaders. Its ad- justable screw and new safety edge make it perfect Turn to right to fasten and to the left to take off. No more broken finger- nails or damaged lines. Specify size when ordering. Ounces . 4E4226 Price, doz. .15 .20 .25 .30 .35 .40 .45 Bank Sinkers Weight Doz. Weight Doz. 4E4210 1 oz. $ .15 4E4215 6 oz. $ .90 4E4211 2 oz. .30 4E4216 8 oz. 1.20 4E4212 3 oz. .45 4E4217 10 oz. 1.50 4E4213 4 oz. .60 4E4218 12 oz. 1.80 4E4214 5 oz. .75 4E4219 15 oz. 2.25 Egg Sinkers Weight Doz. Weight Doz. 4E4200 l A oz $ .10 4E4205 3 oz. $ .45 4E4201 V 2 oz. .12 4E4206 4 oz. .60 4E4202 1 oz. .15 4E4207 5 oz. .75 4E4203 V/ 2 oz. .25 4E4208 7 oz. 1.08 4E4204 2 oz. .30 4E4209 10 oz. 1.50 Pyramid Casting Sinkers Best for surf casting. Does not roll on bottom. Weight Doz. Weight Doz. 4E3956 2 oz. $ .45 4E3959 5 oz. $ .90 4E3957 3 oz. .60 4E3960 6 oz. 1.08 4E3958 4 oz. .72 TROLLING KEEL SINKERS To prevent the line from kinking. 3E4397 Weight, % oz $ .10 Split Shot Sinkers 3E4227 Small Per Box $ .05 3E4228 Large Per Box .05 Coil or Worm Sinkers Any weight can be attached or detached in a mo- ment. No kinks or knots necessary. Six in a box. The best for general fishing. 4E4223 Light Per Box $^20 4E4224 Medium Per Box .22 4E4225 Heavy Per Box .25 "Monitor" Bottom Trolling Sinkers The best for bottom trolling. Will follow the bottom easily and seldom catch or foul, as their shape permits them to "follow through." Length Weight 124-inch 3/4 oz. 2^4-inch 1 oz. 3 -inch 1% oz. 3^ -inch iy 2 oz. 3E3992 3E3993 3E3994 3E3995 Doz. P .50 .75 1.00 1.20 Swivel Dipsey Casting Sinkers Weight Doz. 3E3944 Vg oz. $ .40 3E3950 3E3945 Va oz. .40 3E3951 3E3946 Vs oz. .40 3E3952 3E3947 y% oz. .48 3E3953 3E3948 1 oz. .54 3E3954 3E3949 iy 2 oz. .60 3E3955 Rangeley Sinkers Weight Doz. 3E3961 V16 oz. $ .08 3E3967 3E3962 V12 oz. .08 3E3968 3E3963 Vs oz. .10 3E3969 3E3964 %6 OZ. .10 3E3970 3E3965 y oz. .12 3E3971 3E3966 %6 OZ. .12 Weight Doz. 2% oz. $.60 3H oz. .72 ±y 2 oz. 6*4 oz. .96 1.20 9% oz. 1.80 14 oz. 3.60 Weight Doz. %e oz. $ .15 Vi oz. .15 % oz. .18 % oz. .20 1 oz. .25 "Coin" Sinker A circular piece of sheet lead, with slot in center. The line is placed in the slot and the sinker clamped over it with the fingers. Will positively prevent kinking and twisting of the line. 4E4220 Size 1. Weight, i% ounce Doz. $ .08 4E4221 Size 2. Weight, y 3 ounce Doz. .18 4E4222 Size 3. Weight, % ounce Doz. .35 Swivel Sinkers Weight Doz. Weight Doz. 3E3972 M2 oz. $ .66 3E3977 % oz. $ .96 3E3973 % oz. .72 3E3979 lYs oz. 1.08 3E3975 % oz. .78 3E3981 1% oz. 1.44 3E3976 V 2 oz. .90 TOURNAMENT CASTING "PLUGS" For tournament and practice casting. Size and shape correct. Made of alumi- num and exact weight. 3E3943 Half ounce or quarter ounce $ .10 120 ABERCROMRIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK HOOKS HOW TO PICK THE RIGHT SIZE HOOK IN THE STYLE YOU WANT This illustration shows the exact sizes of Sproat, Pennell, Carlisle, Aberdeen, Sneck and O'Shaughnessy hooks. We have made these sizes standard and have listed the correspond- ing- sizes of other makes in the proper columns below. Thus to find the size hook you want in Cincinnati Bass, or other make, read down the column in the illustration which corresponds to the size you want. For example, size 6-0 in the illustration is the same as size ] 6 in Cincinnati Bass, size 2 in Chestertown and size 1-0 in Virginia. Sproat, Pennell -. 1 Carlisle, Aberdeen k-0 5-0 4-0 3-0 2-0 1-0 V/ 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Sneck, O'Shaughnessy J Cincinnati Bass 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Chestertown 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Virginia Blackfish 1-0 12345 678 Ringed End Cincinnati Chester- Virginia Pennell O'Shaugh- Style Sneck Bass town Carlisle Flatted End Aberdeen Eyed nessy Sproat All these styles have straight points All these styles have turned out points The above illustration shows ten of the most popular fish hooks which we carry regu- larly in stock. Five of these have the curved or "turned out'' point and five are perfectly straight as indicated in the illustration. We show all styles together so that anglers may com- pare their relative size of bend, length of shank, character of point, etc. In the following pages these hooks are listed in the sizes we carry and the different styles of snells, mountings, etc., are fully described. FISHING TACKLE 121 Double Treble Gimp Gut Gut Per Doz. Per Doz Per Doz. $ .40 $ .50 $ .50 .50 .50 .50 .60 .60 .55 .75 .75 .65 SNELLED HOOKS The hooks are the highest grade of fine spring steel, beautifully tempered and carefully selected. ' Points are all hollow ground and the bronzing is perfect. Put up one-half dozen in a package. NOTE — Sizes smaller than No. 4 are carried in stock tied on single gut only, as the gut is strong enough to break the hooks. Smaller sizes, on double gut, as catalogued, will be tied to order only and require three to four days for delivery- Aberdeen, Sneck, Sproat and Carlisle One-half dozen in a package. Single Gut Size Per Doz. 1 to 10. .30 1-0 to 3-0. .35 4-0 to 5-0.*$; 6-0 to 7-0. qg Snelled Cincinnati Bass Hooks Finest Imported Grade. Hooks Finished in Bright Steel. Sizes, 21, 22, 23 and 24, on single gut, Per doz. Sizes, 21, 22, 23 and 24, on double gut, Per doz.^B Snelled Pennell Hooks — Tapered Shank The finest quality Pennell turn-down-eyed, bronzed, snelled with finest selected mist color sin- gle gut. One-half dozen in package. Sizes, 5, 7 and 9. per dozen $ .50 Sizes, 3 and 1, per dozen ^ .55 Sizes, 1-0 and 2-0, per dozen .60 LOOPED O'SHAUGHNESSY HOOKS With Baiting Pin This style hook is a great favorite for salt water fishing. Finest hand forged hooks, mounted with best quality treble twisted gut loops. The end of the shank, which is tapered, is allowed to project one-half inch beyond the wrapping and holds the bait securely in place. Especially desirable for surf casting. One-half dozen in a package, .35 .50 Size Per Doz. 3- inches long. No whipping on the shank of the hook. 3E4341 Any size. Per doz $ .90 FROG CASTING GANGS The Best. Two Hooks and Adjustable Lip Hook. 3E3681 Size 1 hooks, on single gut and swivel. Each 3g $ .30 3E3682 Size 2-0 hooks, on double gut and swivel. Each .40 WORM GANGS Three fine Sproat hooks mounted on 5-inch snell for brook fishing with worms, grubs, etc. 3E3683 Sizes 5, 8 and 10 hooks. Each...^ $ .10 GANGS 3E3676 Two treble hooks and lip hook, on treble twisted gut, 6 inches long, with swivel. Each % $ .30 3E3677 Same as above with Gimp trace, 6 inches long with swivel. Each 3§ .25 3E3678 Three treble hooks and lip hook, on treble twisted gut, 12 inches long with two swivels. Each ^ .40 3E3679 Same as above with Gimp trace, 12 inches long with two swivels. Each $ .35 SNAPPER HOOKS Extra long shank Carlisle hooks on treble gut. Sizes. 1, 1-0 and 2-0 Per doz. *S $ .40 BLACKFISH HOOKS Sizes, 3, 4, 5 and 6 Virginia Hooks, on 4-plv Gut. Per dozen % $ .40 Same on Tarred lines, two hooks on each line. Per dozen pairs ^ .80 122 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK THE IMPROVED VAN VLECK HOOK "The Hook With the Forked Barb." Made in different size for Tarpon, Tuna, Barracuda, Yellow- tail, Amber-jack, Bonefish, Muscal- longe and Black Bass. All the improved Van Vleck hooks from the largest tar- pon to the smallest bass are hand- forged, evenly tempered and of the best steel. Each Dozen Size and Tuna, piano wire and chain 3E4344 1 For Tarpon mounted on with bronze swivel 3§$ .50 $5.00 3E4345 2 For Tarpon and Tuna, mounted the same as Size 1, but with smaller hook % .50 5.00 3E4346 3 For Barracuda, Amber Jack, Albacore and Yel- lowtail, mounted on rust- proof wire with bronze chain and swivel ^ .40 .4.50 3E4347 4 For Grouper or Cod, mounted on piano wire with bronze chain and swivel ^ .40 4.00 4E4348 5 For Bonefish, Weakfish, Bluefish and Muscallonge, mounted on heavv twisted gut 3g .20 2.00 3E4349 6 For the same fish as Size 5, but with smaller hook. Mounted on heavy twisted gut ^ .15 1.50 3E4350 7 For Black Bass, mounted on double gut .15 1.50 3E4351 8 For Black Bass, mounted on double gut, same as Size 7, but with smaller hook % .15 1.50 O'SHAUGHNESSY WIRE MOUNTED HOOKS Used as chum hooks for Bluefish, Kingfish, Chan- nel Bass, Crevalle, etc. O'Shaughnessy high quality, hand forged bronze hooks on two-jointed special bronze wire 8 inches long, with swivel Size Each 5 .20 .18 .15 .14 Dozer. $2.00 1.80 1.60 1.50 M 1.45 3E4352 10-0 % 3E4353 8-0 ^ 3E4354 6-0 3§ 3E4355 4-0 3E4356 2-0 3E4359 10-0 O'Shaughnessy turned eyed hook mounted on 20-in. tinned three ply steel wire with swivel % .20 2.00 HOOK DISGORGERS 3E4276 Does the work easily and cleanly. Nickel plated $ .20 HOOK STONE Every fisherman should own a hook stone and keep his barbs sharp and bright- A dull hook is use- less. This stone is made of genuine Arkansas White Stone, made flat and thin to work under beard or narb - t * +~ 3E3557 $ -15 TARPON, TUNA AND SHARK HOOKS Mounted Hooks For general fishing we recommend Styles 1 and 3. These hooks, while they will hold the largest tarpon, are so mounted that a shark, the bane of tarpon fishermen, will ''chaw off" and save you much time and tackle. 4E4710 Style 1. For gen- eral fishing; mounted with plaited cotton snood, bound wire; size 11-0, each % $ .25 4E4711 Style 2. For amxa^ J-^^s. surface fishing in the \ "passes" or over the bars ; / 1 mounted with 30-inch, 3-ply \ / tinned steel wire snood and swivel; each, size 11-0. V % $ .30 4E4712 Style 3. For deep fishing and "inside trolling" ; mounted on raw- hide snood; our special model and a very good general hook % $ .35 4E4713 Style 4. For general deep fishing and trolling ; mounted on 5-ft. tinned steel snood with 4-in. German silver chain be- tween hook and snell ; swivel ; hook is the famous "Van Vleck." Size, 11-0. Each % $ 45 4E4714 Style 4%. Same style mounting bu" heavier for extra heavy fish including sharks with 14-0 hook. Each % $ .6 t3mr *~~ / 4E4715 Style 5. Mount ff \ ed on 30-in. heavy phos H J phor-bronze cable snoo \ / and two swivels; meta N^^^ sheath over knots ; siz V ^^a^^ 11-0. Each % $ 4E4357 For tuna and horse mackerel up to 1,00 lbs., 12 feet heavy wire snell with 9 inches bronz chain and special shaped hook. Each $ / Dozen 6. 4E4358 The "Miami Special" for all large gam fish, two 10-0 O'Shaughnessy hooks linked with inches of chain and 3 feet of tinned steel wire. Fis cannot remove the bait from these hooks. Each $ .7 Dozen 7. SHARK HOOK Best pattern. Hand forged steel with chai and swivel. 3E4716 Width of hook, 2 in $ .75 3E4717 Width of hook, 2^ in 1.00 4E4718 Width of hook, 2^ in 1.25 4E4719 Width of hook, 3 in 1.50 ABERDEEN WIRE MOUNTED HOOKS The short-shank, heavy wire Aberdeen Hooks, with turn-down eyes, are used for mounting. The snood consists of 8 inches of soft cable laid bronze wire. Put up in packages of 6. Size PerPkge. Size Per Pkge. 3E4361 8-0 % $ .65 3E4363 5-0 % $ .50 3E4362 6-0 3g .55 3E4364 4-0 .45 FISHING TACKLE 123 PLAIN HOOKS We carry in stock a selected assortment of various popular hooks and of the very highest quality. We list herewith a few special patterns, but will fill or- ders for any style at regular prices, and will be pleased to quote prices upon request. HAND FORGED O'SHAUGHNESSY HOOKS Bronzed Ringed Size Per Per Size Per Per Doz. 100 Doz. 100 3E3685 1-0 $.25 $1.50 4E4921 7-0 $.50 $2.75 3E3686 2-0 .25 1.55 4E3691 8-0 .60 3.25 3E3687 3-0 .30 1.60 4E4360 9-0 .70 4.50 4E3688 4-0 .30 1.65 4E3692 10-0 .85 5.00 4E3689 5-0 .35 1.95 4E3693 12-0 1.10 7.50 4E3690 6-0 .40 2.25 EXTRA HEAVY LONG SHANK CARLISLE HOOKS Ringed — Bronze Size 3E3739 6-0. 3E3740 8-0. Per doz. .. $.25 .. .30 Size Per doz. 3E3736 1, 1-0 $.10 3E3737 2-0, 3-0... .15 3E3738 4-0, 5-0... .20 'SPECIAL GRADE" VIRGINIA HOOKS Ringed — Blued with turned out points Size Per doz. 3E3712 6, 5 and 3.. $.15 3E3713 2 20 3E3714 1 25 3E3715 3E3716 3E3717 Size 1- 2- 3- Per doz. ...$.30 . .. .40 ... .50 GENUINE VIRGINIA HOOKS In two 3E3718 3E3719 3E3720 3E3721 styles — Ringed which style Size Per doz. 10 to 6 $.10 5 ....„ 10 3 12 2 15 or Flatted is wanted. -BLUED Ends. State 3E3722 3E3723 3E3724 3E3725 Size 1 .. 1- 2- 3- Per doz. ...$.20 20 25 ... .30 RINGED LONG SHANK BLUEFISH HOOKS 4E3741 4E3742 Per doz. Small ... .$.40 Medium . . .50 4E3743 Large Per doz. . . . $.60 RINGED HOOKS— BRONZED Sneck or Carlisle. State In three styles — Sproat style and size wanted. Size Per Per aize Doz. 100 3E3726 10 to 1 $.10 $.75 3E3727 1-0 12 .85 3E3728 2-0 12 .90 3E3729 3-0 15 1.00 3E3730 3E3731 3E3732 Size 4- 0. . 5- 0. 8-0. Per Per Doz. 100 £.20 $1.10 .25 1.15 .35 2.00 SPROAT OR SNECK— TAPERED ENDS For Fly Tying Put up in boxes of 100 in all sizes. Size 4E3699 14 to 4E3700 1-0 . 4E3701 2-0 . Per box . . $.50 . .. .70 . .. .80 4E3702 4E3703 4E3704 Size 3- 4- 5- Per box ...$.85 ... .90 ...1.00 PENNELL EYED HOOKS In three styles — Sproat, Sneck or Limerick. State style wanted. Per Per c . Slze Doz. 100 Slze 4E3705 12 to 5 $.15 $.95 4E3709 2-0 4E3706 3 .... .15 .95 4E3710 3-0 4E3707 1 15 .95 4E3711 5-0 4E3708 1-0 ... .15 .90 Per Per Doz. 100 $.18 $1.15 .25 1.20 .30 1.30 PLAIN RINGED TREBLE HOOKS 3E3744 3E3745 3E3746 3E3747 3E3748 Size 10 to 1- . 2- . 3- . 4- . Per doz. . . .$.30 ... .35 ... .40 ... .45 ... .50 3E3749 3E3750 3E3751 3E3752 Size 5- 6- 7- 8- Per doz. . . .$.60 ... .70 ... .85 . . . 1.00 FEATHERED RINGED TREBLE HOOKS Per doz. ....$.80 .... 1.00 ....1.15 .... 1.30 Size Per doz. Size 3E3753 10 to 1. . . .$.45 3E3758 5-0 3E3754 1-0 .50 3E3759 6-0 3E3755 2-0 . 55 3E3760 7-0 3E3756 3-0 . 65 3E3761 8-0 3E3757 4-0 , 75 MINNOW HOOKS The proper size and shape for catching minnows, shiners, grubs, etc. Packed 100 in a box. 3E3684 Per box $ .10 CRESCENT BAIT SURF BOXES CASTERS SPECIAL This box made of new metal, crescent shape, is the box for the most critical salt water fisherman. It will not rust or corrode. 3E4303 Weight, 11 oz., 8 inch $2.25 4E4304 Same as above except made of zinc ($ 1.25 TIN BOXES Basket Pattern Crescent Pattern 3E4300 Basket 3E4301 Crescent "HOPPER-COOP" LIVE BOX FOR INSECTS rMade of tin plate, enamel finish, for carrying such baits as crickets, grasshop- pers, beetles, June bugs, grubs, helgram- ites, crawfish, lamp- reys, small frogs. The size just fits the pocket, and, as all corners are rounded, there are no sharp points. Size. 3 l / 2 in. high, 3^ in. wide, 1*4 in- thick. 3E3362 f$ $ .15 H OPPER COO P LIVE BOX -. — ► roR ; — ■• I NSECT S PAT APP LlfJD FOR 124 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK SQUIDS— FOR Style 1. Loaded Red Cedar 3E3769 I / 4 Length of body, 4^ ins. Each $ .30 4E3769 Length of body, 6 ins. Each $ .45 Style 2. Eel 3E3770 Length of body, 4% ins. Each $ .40 Style 3. Loaded Bonefish Length of body, inches S l / 2 4^ 5^ 3E3771 Each.... $.45 .50 .55 Style 4. Fish 4E3772 Length of body, 4^ ins. Each $ .60 Style 5. Bluefish We carry the best quality block tin, with swivel. Length Weight Each 4E3773 3 ins. 1# ozs. $.35 4E3774 V/ 2 ins. 2 oz. .40 4E3775 4 ins. 2 l A ozs .45 4E3776 4y 2 ins. 2^ ozs. .50 4E3777 5V 2 ins. 4 ozs. .75 Atlantic Coast Tuna 4E3778 A large sized bluefish squid which is used success- fully on the Atlantic coast for Tuna fishing. 6 ins. long 4E4981 CASTING AND TROLLING 4E3779 4E3408 3E3780 extra strong $ .90 ins. long, forged hook 1.50 Style 6. Belmar Length of body, 4^4 inches. Each $ .65 Length of body, 4 inches. Each .60 Style 7. Pearl Weakfish On size 7-0, 6-0, 5-0 and 4-0, hooks any size $ .10 Style 8. Mackerel and Weakfish Best quality block tin with patent swivel. A favorite for both casting and trolling. 3E3783 Length of tin, lH, 1*4 iy 8 inches.. $.10 SKITTERING GANGS 3E4342 Each $ .15 For pork rind, belly of perch, etc. Made up of two Cincinnati bass hooks, tied tandem style on treble twisted gut and a lip hook. STANLEY WEEDLESS SPINNER Weedless both coming and going. The guard folds back when fish is hooked. 4E3237 Size 4-0 or 5-0 $ .30 WEEDLESS CASTING HOOKS Absolutely weed-proof and always retains its proper position. By yield- ing readily, it insures hooking the fish when a strike is made from any direction. The double ring and swivel com- bination makes it non-kinking, pre- vents twisting of bait and adds life- like action to minnow or pork rind. Made of the highest grade hollow- point hooks and the best music wire, and is nickeled over a heavy copper plate to prevent rusting. 3E3806 4-0 and 6-0 Carlisle, plain % $ .15 3E3807 3-0 and 5-0 Sproat, plain % .15 3E3808 5-0 Sproat or 6-0 Carlisle weighted % .20 LIVE FROG HARNESS The frog is held without hooking, and it is always in natural position. Extra quality filed pointed, 4-0 Sproat style hook, front, with 6-0 Carlisle style hook, rear, and the best music wire nickel plated. 3E3680 Two sizes, medium and small. Each $ .35 COOPER'S WEEDLESS PORKER For bass, pike, and pickerel. 3E3805 Carlisle hooks. Sizes 3-0, 4-0, 5-0, Each $ .25 One-half dozen : 1.25 WEEDLESS BUCKTAIL "BOBS" For bass and pickerel casting or "skittering." Mounted on large size sinple hook of proper size. 3E3809 Length, about 3 inches % $ .25 FISHING TACKLE 125 SWIVEL AND LINK COMBINATIONS (Q) Wh Style 1— "Yankee" Trolling A "new wrinkle" for deep trolling where a heavy sinker is used. Fish always strikes against taut line. 3E4245 Each $ .10 Style 2— "Cross-Line" Swivel For use in sea and river fishing where there is much tide or current. Bait swings free in all di- rections. 4E4246 Size 6, 4, 1. Per dozen $ .30 $ .05 $ .40 .50 4E4247 Size 1-0. Per dozen 4E4248 Size 3-0. Per dozen Style 3— Split Rings For attaching hooks or flies to casting baits. 3E4249 Small, medium and large.. Per doz. Style 4— "Treble" Casting Used largely in surf-casting, also trolling. 3E4250 Made of size 1-0 swivels.. Per Doz. 3E4251 Made of size 3-0 swivels.. Per Doz. Style 5 — Brass Snap Hooks and Rings For attaching hooks to trawl or set lines. 3E4252 Per Doz. $ .20 Hook Spreader (Collapsing) For fishing with live bait. A swivel placed in center of a spring wire spread 12 inches, allowing the bait on the hooks on each end to move around without tangling the line or each other. 4E4900 Each $ .15 CLEW SPRINGS The safest attachment for spoons, spinners, etc. 3E4261 On size 10 swivels Per Doz. $ .30 3E4262 On size 4 swivels Per Doz. .35 3E4263 On size 1/0 swivels Per Doz. .40 Style 7— "Allright" Cross Line Used for Salt Water bait fishing. Will keep the leader from twisting around the line. Holds bait desired distance from the bottom and lets it drift With the tide. 3E4254 Each $ .10 Style 8— Fine Steel Watch Spring Swivels 3E4255 On size 4 swivels Per Doz. $ .35 3E4256 On size 2 swivels .„ Per Doz. .35 3E4257 On size 1 swivel Per Doz. .35 German Silver Connecting Links For attaching lines to leaders, gangs, traces. 3E4258 About size 4 swivel Per Doz. $ .10 3E4259 About size 2 swivel Per Doz. .15 3E4260 About size 1 swivel Per Doz. .20 Style 9— Swivel Gangs For use in trolling with spinning baits to prevent line from kinking. Six best bronze barrel swivels connected. Has bronze clew spring one end for at- taching hooks or spoons. 3E4264 Gang of 6; size 10 swivels ... Each $ .15 3E4265 Gang of 6; size 6 swivels ... Each .20 3E4266 Gang of 6; size 3 swivels ... Each .35 Style 10— Catalina Swivel This swivel was designed to relieve the strain and strengthen the weak spot in a line when it is at- tached to a line — namely the knot — as it is a known fact that a knot reduces the strength of a line at least 25 per cent. 3E4267 Each $ .10 4E4229 4E4230 4E4233 3E4234 4E4235 3E4236 4E4231 Style A Swivels— Best Imported Goods Bronzed or brass barrel at option. 3E4241 3E4242 3E4243 3E4244 r.Finfirn t Cooper's Snap Swivel The strongest attachment of its kind. Endorsed by all bait- casting experts. 4E4509 Size 1 to 5. Dozen $ .50 4E4901 Size 1-0. Dozen 60 PATENTED 4E4902 Size 2-0. Dozen 80 Dozen prices will apply to orders.of 6 or more. All Swivels on this page delivered free in the United States when ordered in this quantity. ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK IMPORTED INSECTS STONE Very fine soft rubber bodies on highest quality eyed hooks (without snells), and with silk gauze wings. All are beautifully made and true to life in the smallest detail. The closest possible imitation of the natural insects and a most deadly lure at all seasons, and especially so during the low water of summer. Stone Fly Cricket Shad Fly Wasp Grasshopper May Fly Blue Bottle Bee House Fly Beetle 3E3936 Anv Style. Each<$$ .25 3E3937 Full assortment of 10 2.25 IiELGRAMITES OR DOBSONS Fine quality soft rubber bronze heads. 3E3931 Lengths, 1, 1^, 2 l / 2 inches. Each ENGLISH WORM TACKLE Black bodies with $ .25 Soft rubber, hand painted. 3E3934 Lengths, V/ 2 and 2 inches. Each $ .25 FLY MINNOWS 3E4994 Made of soft rubber single hook and gut loop V/ 2 inches long. Each $ .20 LAMPER EELS The most used for bass and wall eyed pike. Made of soft rubber. With tandem forged or treble hook as illustrated. 3E4991 Each $ .60 KENT CHAMPION FLOATER Made of cedar wood. Finished only in one style, to imitate a yellow belly frog. A killer for bass. Length of body, 2% inches. Fitted with three treble hooks. 8E3919 % $ .50 QUILL DEVON MINNOW For trout and salmon. Light in weight and can be cast with the lightest fly rod. 3E4656 Length, 1 inch. Each $ .50 3E4987 iy 4 inches long. Each .75 3E4988 2 l / 2 inches long. Each 1.00 CALEDONIAN MINNOW Hard rubber with curved forms. An especially good spinning bait for large trout and bass. 3E4657 Length, 2 inches. Each ^ $ .40 3E4989 3 inches long. Each fjg .60 3E4990 4 inches long. Each y 2 inches long % 1.00 WATERWITCH SPINNING BAIT For Trout, Ouananiche, Black Bass, Lake Trout Composed of a series of metal ball strung on a wire shank, which, when being trolled, causes a dis- placement of water, the spinner flashing like a small fish escaping for its life. Mounted with three treble hooks, which can be removed if you desire to fish with only one hook. 3E4651 Length of body, V/ 2 inches, small trout *$$.65 3E4652 Length of bodv, 2 inches, trout .65 3E4653 Length of body, 2 l / 2 inches, salmon % .75 THE IMPROVED "SILVER SOLDIER" SPOON Size Length 3E4661 1 2% 3E4662 4 254 3E4663 5 2*/ 4 3E4664 6 V/ 2 For Hooks Each Lake Trout Treble. ^$.75 Salmon and Bass Treble.^ .60 Salmon and Bass Single.^ .50 Trout Single.^ -50 PEARL MINNOW Mounted with German silver fins and wire run- ning lengthwise of the bait. 3E3930 Length of Pearl, 2% inches $ .75 3E3930^ With curved body % .50 PEARL SPOONS Very successful for lake trout. 3E3840 Single blades, small, medium and large Each <$ $ .35 PEARL WOBBLER 3E3847 Blade, 2 l / 2 in. Treble Hook. Each.^g $ .25 3E3847I/4 Blade, 3^ in. Treble Hook. Each..25 31- 3849 4 3E3850 5 2Y A 'm.% .45 .45 31-3851 5}i 3 1 3852 6 3E3853 7 LAKE GEORGE LAKE TROUT, PIKE AND MUSCALLONGE SPOON To take trout by deep trolling on grounds in- habited by the small white fish. 3E4993 Length of spoon, ± T / 2 inches; width, VA inches. Each % $ .65 THE "FLORIDA" SPOON For casting, skittering, trolling, with and without bait. Finished, nickel outside, white enamel inside. 3E3858 Size 1. Tarpon and Bluefish ; length. 5 inches $ .50 3E3859 Size 2. Muscallonge and Pike; length, 3^4 inches 3§ .30 3E3860 Size 3. Bass and Pickerel; length. 2 inches .20 "BIG FOUR" COMBINATION SPOONS Each spoon has four blades, easily attached, fin- ished in silver, copper, brass and white. Mounted with twisted wire trace and swivel. 3E3881 Sizel. Bass and togue. Blade,2 in.3gS.65 3E3882 Size 2. Pike and pickerel. Blade, 2^4 in.50 SPEARS 3E3425 $ .50 Hand-forged 5-prong barbed with long screw tong and fer- rule, 3^4 spread. 3E3426 $ .75 SUCKER SPEARS 3E3270 5-prong 3-inch spread tonged. $ .18 3E3271 6-prong 3^-in. spread tonged. .20 FROG SPEARS 3E3424 5-prong socket and guard. . . $ .20 EEL SPEARS 3E3427 For mud 6 chant $1.25 8E3428 For sand 7 chant 1.50 TELESCOPING IMPORTED ENGLISH SALMON GAFFS Style 1. 15 y 2 inches when closed— opened, 28 inches long. Barbed point protected by screw cap. 4E3414 *® $4.00 Style 2. A very strong, serviceable gaff, 15 inches when closed, 36 inches when opened. _ Has three sections. The guard, which protects point of gaff, folds against shaft when in use. Weight, 15 ounces. 4E3415 3£ $6.00 IDEAL" SECTIONAL GAFF HOOKS Set up, is as strong and rigid as one piece. Length, set up, 21 inches; unjointed, 7 inches. Weighs but 5 ounces. Nickel plated, ebonized handle. 4E3423 % $1.00 SCREW GAFF HOOKS These hooks are threaded and will screw into all "Harrimac" handles. 3E3416 Size, 8 inches long, 2 l / 2 inches wide $ .50 3E3417 Socket to fit hook to plain handle. . .25 TANG HOOKS For lashing upon plain handles. 4E3418 Size, 7 inches long by 3 inches wide $ .30 4E3419 Size, 7 inches long by 2 inches wide .25 4E3420 Tarpon gaff Hand forge steel, tem- pered and plated 1.50 HARPOONS Best pattern folding leaf head. The most approved de- sign for harpooning all large fish. Made of best tool steel, hand forged and tempered, heavily nickel plated over cop- per. Prices include steel bar for connection with handle. 4E3429 Small $3.50 4E4999 Medium 3.75 4E3430 Large 4.00 4-foot bronze wire cable spliced in eye of har- poon, with swivel at end, extra 1.50 JOINTED HARPOON HANDLES Made of selected second- growth ash in 5- foot sections joining with waterproof screw connection, making complete handle 10 feet long. Fitted with slotted head and set screw for attaching harpoon. 4E3431 $4.50 134 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-5 5-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK THE JOHN BRIGHT SALMON LANDING NET (Imported) Made for landing heavy fish. This net is made with hickory arms, 28 inches long, and a heavy leather thong across the top and fitted with a 37- inch strong black English salmon net. Hickory handle A]/ 2 feet long, which screws on the frame. The frame is easily put together and can be taken apart without removing the net for convenience in packing. 3E4381 Complete % $8.50 3E4382 Extra nets, each . % 1.75 'BROOK" LANDING NET FOLDING LANDING NET RINGS WITH STAFF A good model for trout fishing. Well made with rattan frame and wood handle, fitted with elastic rubber cord for carrying over shoulder, which per- mits of the net being stretched to full arm's length adjusting itself close under the arm when released. 3E3391 Complete with good net % $ .75 SQUARE BOTTOM LANDING NETS When netted, the fish lie flat in the bottom, lessening the chance of escape, and they are more easily removed. They are also much easier to handle as they open out full and roomy _ when scooping, and do not pull in the water as the taper nets do. All have double top loops to fit over net frame, insuring greater Strength and durability. Deep Waterproof Linen 3E3393 20 inches % $ .60 % $.35 3E3394 24 inches % .75 % .50 3E3395 30 inches <® 1.00 .65 3E3396 36 inches % 1.25 ^ .75 When ordering give number and state which material is desired. RONDACK Square Bottom Fine Mesh Landing Nets Hard finish and waterproof. These nets are a great improvement over the ordinary kind — many times when landing small fish, they get caught by the gills in the coarse mesh. A fish so caught will die even if it is released immediately. Deep Deep 3E4996 18 in. <$ $1.25 I 3E4998 24 in. *ft 2.00 3E4997 21 in. 1.50 I 3E4999 30 in. 2.50 They can also be used for catching minnows. They are very light, yet strong and durable. The ring is folded or expanded easily and quickly, and it is never necessary to remove the net. The handles, which are made in two pieces, are jointed by a strong ferrule the same as a rod, and are 4 feet long when jointed. Size of ring when open, 15x13-34 inches. 4E3400 Steel frame, nickel plated, wood handle $2.50 4E3401 Steel frame, nickel plated, bamboo handle 2.75 4E3402 Bronze frame (rust-proof), bamboo handle 3g 3.50 4E3403 Steel frame, extra strong, bamboo handle 3£ 3.75 (All fitted with Waterproof Nets). 4E3400R Frame with Rondack Net $3.75 4E3401R Frame with Rondack Net % 4.00 4E3402R Frame with Rondack Net *f 5.00 4E3403R Frame with Rondack Net 5.25 Salmon Model Made especially for salmon fishing, for fish of medium size, and when it is more desirable to net the fish instead of gaffing. Has 6-foot, 2-jointed bamboo handle. Ring when open, 19x16 inches. 4E3404 Steel frame, japanned, with braided linen waterproof net ^ $4.00 With Rondack Net 5.75 "I D L" Wading Model ■i n ■ i — For wading streams and — ^ ^^""""N a ^ purposes where a f "^^-3 f \ "handy" net is required. ^^B»=/ "^nrc* I Has a 6-inch scored wood V I handle and elastic cord for / carrying the net over the ^^■^ shoulder — it allows the net to be stretched at arm's length and, when released, holds it snugly below the arm. Size when opened, 9^x11 inches. Trout size. Japanned frame with linen net. 4E3405 % $1.35 4E5000 I D L Wading Model with water- proof square bottom net % 1.60 3E5001 With Rondack Net % 2.25 "I D L" Canoe Model This model is a general favorite where a me- dium size is required, when the elastic cord is not favortd. It has a 30-inch bamboo handle. Size of ring when opened, 11^4x13 inches. Bass size. 4E5002 With square bottom net ^ $1.35 4E3406 With square bottom waterproof net % 1.60 4E5003 With Rondack Net % 2.25 REGULAR COTTON MINNOW DIP NETS The best quality and make. Mesh is ^-inch at top, tapering to 3-16-inch at bottom. Deep Deep 3E3384 18 in. 3E3385 24 in. 3E3386 30 in. $ .45 .70 .95 3E3387 36 in. % $1.25 3E3388 48 in. % 1.75 3E3389 60 in. % 3.60 FISHING TACKLE 135 THE "BEAVERKILL" LANDING NET— (Not collapsible) A bully little net for trout fishing Weighs 4^4 oz., 20 inches long, 10x8-inch ring, waterproof net, hickory bow, cord-wound handle, all well varnished and fitted with a simple aluminum snap catch (to hang on basket strap, suspender or loop) that can be released in an instant to land your fish. Always ready and at hand when wanted and nothing to get out of order. 4E4997 « $i. 5 o THE 'GUIDES" RANGELY LANDING NET Made with a 14-inch galvan- ized ring which does not col- lapse. The bamboo handle is 4 feet long. 4E3409 $1.25 THE BARNES LANDING NET (Collapsible) Made of aluminum through- out. The simplest, strongest and lightest landing net frame made. Handle folds back into ring. When folded the net can be attached by a leather loop to belt or coat button, where it can be reached easily and opened automatically with one hand, making it very conveni- ent. 4E3997 Frame with net $2.25 THE KING UMBRELLA MINNOW NET Arms are 28 inches are -opens and closes long like an umbrella. Net is 3 feet square when opened — when closed 30 inches — put up in cloth bag. 3E4530 Price .. $1.70 Folding Minnow Net Used in all Canad by the men who and Maine camps supply live bait. Hie nets are hand made of fine quality, barked' or tan color, hung on iron ring which folds in the center for convenience in carrying or packing. 3E5004 Net 3 ft. diameter, 3 ft. deep $6.50 3E5005 Net 4 ft. diameter, 4 ft. deep 8.00 CHUMMING MACHINE For grinding Menhaden or Mossbunkers with which to "chum" or bait up the fish- ing grounds. 4E3379 $6.50 Rigged with floats and sinkers, ready for use. All finished in mud color. 4 ft. deep, 5^-inch mesh. 3E3366^ 4 feet $ .48 3E3367 8 feet 96 3E3368 12 feet 1.44 3E3369 15 feet 1.80 3E3370 20 feet 2.40 3E3370^ 30 ft 2.60 EXTRA QUALITY MINNOW SEINES Fine hand-made netting built for service, brown color, thoroughly waterproofed, 20 feet long, 4 feet deep, ^-inch mesh. Rigged with cork floats and leads, readv for use. 3E3371 $8.50 MINNOW PAIL DIP NETS For removing minnows safely from bait pails, seines and traps. Nickel- plated frame with 6-inch net. 3E3390 $ .25 PLAIN MINNOW SEINES ■ : . . • MINNOW OR SHRIMP NETS Three-eighth-inch mesh. Twine 20-6 Rigged ready for use. 3E3372 4 feet 3E3373 \y 2 feet MULLET CASTING NETS One-inch mesh. Twine 20-9 cord. Rigged for use. 3E3374 4^ feet 3E3375 5 feet 3E3376 6 feet cord. $7.30 8.50 ready $3.25 3.50 4.50 136 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK BASKET SLINGS AND STRAPS If the basket is to be carried on the left side, as usual, the carrying strap passes over the left shoulder, leaving the right arm entirely free for cast- ing. Basket is held in place by strap around body,- fastening with snap-hook, and can be carried on either side as preferred. 3E3466 Plain leather strap. For creels and bait boxes % $ .20 j 3E3467 Leather and webbing % $ .20 4E3468 New style. Made of brown webbing $ .50 4E3469 New style. All leather. Padded shoulder strap 1.25 4E3470 New style. Made of finest quality webbing and leather % 1.75 4E3471 New style. Made of soft, water- proof leather % 2.25 COLLAPSIBLE WATERPROOF FISH AND GAME BAG Made of waterproof canvas with shoulder straps. Has an extra pocket outside to hold Fly Book, Lunch, etc. Grass or moss may be wet to keep fish fresh, as the bag is water tight and will not drip. NOTE:— Use soap, water and brush when cleaning. Do flW jj Ji not boil. IliSSili 3E3483 10x12 inches 3§ $1.00 3E3484 11x15 inches 1.25 Loose lining which can be taken out and washed. Extra % $ .50 CORK FLOATS 'DUPLEX" FOLDING CANVAS CREEL Waterproof Open 3E3478 3E3479 $2.00 2.50 Folded Made of heavy brown waterproof canvas with japanned steel frame and braces. Its portabil- ity is a great feature. Can be washed with hot water, keeping it sweet and clean. Rigid when set up and ventilation is secured by eyelets in sides and bottom. Price includes shoulder straps. Length Width Depth Folded 10 4 l / 2 6x7x3 12 5y 2 V/ 2 7x8x3 "HANDY" FOLDING CREEL Made of good can- vas, tan color, and is strong and durable. A convenient creel for either fish or small gajne. Can be folded flat and car- ried in the valise or pocket. Made in two sizes of 20 or 25 lbs. capacity. 4E3480 Any size, including shoulder straps % $1.00 SNAGGED HOOK RELEASER 3E4377 3E4378 Small Barrel shape, each..$ .05 Egg shape, each . . .10 Medium $ .10 .15 Large $ .15 .20 IDEAL FISHING FLOATS More service in one "Ideal" than in dozens of old style floats. Metal band doesn't break and cannot come off. Metal ferrule at bottom— no getting out of order. Colors— red and green or white and green 3E4268 Length, 2 ^4-inch 3E4269 Length, 3^-inch 3E4270 Length, 5 -inch 3£4271 Length, 6 -inch PORCUPINE QUILL FLOATS 4E Double tapered 4, 6, 8 inches long. Each $ .10 $ .10 % .15 .40 % .50 When "snagged," don't pull, break and lose several feet of line. The Snagged Hook Releaser releases snagged hooks, spoons, spinners, minnows, etc. 3E4274 Trout and bass size $ .25 3E4275 Pike, pickerel and muscallonge. .35 LINE RELEASER Fits into your Rod Top Sometimes by carelessness a fly is caught on the twig of a tree and often beyond the reach. This lit- tle tool, when used as per illustration, and which is easy to manipulate, will release it and save the fish- erman money and bother. Made of fine steel, ground and finished. Size, 2-}4xl^ inches. Weight, y 2 ounce. 3E3544V£ In leather carrying case $1.00 FISHING TACKLE 137 LIVE MINNOW FLOAT As it is only perforated for half its length it can be carried the same as the regular pail. Made of heavy galvanized iron finished in best baked enamel. Has self-locking sliding cover. 3E3358 Length, 24 inches. Diameter, V/ 2 inches. Capacity, 10 quarts $1.75 BRIGGS "LEAD-IN" TRAP An inexpensive minnow trap when connected with a Mason fruit jar or other suitable screen. 3E3361 Trap only % $ .50 "GEE" MINNOW TRAP Made of steel wire netting, heavily galvanized. Diameter, 10 inches. Length, 16 inches. Breaks in the center and one piece packs inside the other. 4E3359 $1.00 "CAMP" MINNOW TRAP Just the thing for bungalow or permanent camp use. Similar to Gee minnow trap with solid flat bottom and sliding door at back end for taking out bait. Length 30 inches, height 13 y 2 , width 16. One size only. All galvanized metal and wire. 3E4606 Each $3.00 PYOTT'S IDEAL FROG CARRIER It is light, compact and sanitary. After being used it can be compressed into a space of five inches wide and one-half an inch deep and can be slipped into the coat pocket if de- sired. It is made in two sizes. The small one, 5x7 inches high, will carry two dozen frogs. The large one, 8x8 inches high, will carry five dozen frogs. Each $ .50 3E4237 Small size Postage, 5 cents extra 3E4238 Large size. Each Postage, 10 cents extra. .75 French willow and Canadian Creels are made abroad. Prices are temporarily withdrawn, as sup- ply is uncertain. Prices on application. FRENCH WILLOW BASKETS— Special Make We equip these baskets with heavy hand-sewed leather hinges and with straps and buckle fasten- ing, making them durable and secure. All have the opening on the forward side of cover. Made of pressed willow, with curved backs to fit close to the body. Capacity 3E3443 6 lbs, 3E3444 9 lbs. 3E3445 12 lbs. 3E3446 20 lbs. Capacity 3E3447 25 lbs. 3E3448 30 lbs. 3E3449 35 lbs. FRENCH WILLOW BASKETS Grade B— With Willow Hinges These are made of round willow, and not so closely woven as our own special make. In all other respects they have the same appearance as French willow baskets shown above. Capacity Capacity 3E3450 6 lbs 3E3454 25 lbs 3E3451 9 lbs 3E3455 30 lbs 3E3452 12 lbs 3E3456 35 lbs 3E3453 20 lbs THE CANADIAN CREEL Designed Especially for Carrying Large Fish It is 18 inches long, but only 8 inches high. Made very strong, of extra quality willow, stained brown. The hole in cover is placed near the end. 3E3459 Made in one size only With leather hinges, extra WATERPROOF POCKETS FOR BASKETS For use with the willow basket and a very handy device for carrying lunch, fly books, etc., in the basket. Made of pantasote, perfectly waterproof and can be washed as often as necessary. Fits inside the basket and is held in place by passing the carrying strap through the slits in the pocket. In ordering give the length and height of basket at the back. 3E3460 Small $ .75 3E3461 Medium 1.00 3E3462 Large 1.50 138 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK THE "JONES" MINNOW PAIL t Wherever minnows must be kept for any length of time or transported for any considerable distance this pail will be found invaluable. Its great ad- vantage is the compressed air tank at top, which is pumped up with an ordinary bicycle pump. The tank is connected with the water reservoir in which the minnows are kept and sends a constant supply of air through the water, keeping it perfectly aerated and preserving the minnows indefinitely. The tank also serves as a float when it is desired to place the inset in a lake or stream. The flow of air may be regulated at pleasure by opening or pinching to- gether the end of air pipe. Both pails are oblong in shape, which is best for minnows and also more convenient to carry. 3E3356 has inset cover for ice. 3E3355 Size 6 x 8x15 ins. Capacity, 8 qts. $2.25 3E3356 Size 6^x10x16 ins. Capacity,12 qts. 3.00 3E3357 Pumps, for use with above pails 25 THE BANTA AERATING MINNOW PAIL Oval Shape a> 7 Fig. 1, Handle; Fig. 2, Air Pump Handle; Fig. 3, Cloth Covering; Fig. 4, Perforated Lid; Fig. 5, Min- nows; Fig. 6, Water; Fig. 7, Air Bubbles from the Pump; Fig. 8, Galvanized Top; Fig. 9, Lid Hinge. The pail is covered with cloth to which is attached a small bunch of candle wick that goes down into the water from the top of the pail. This keeps the cloth damp and the evaporation keeps the water cool in the bucket. The Banta Pail "keeps 'em alive." Don't change the water. Push the air-pump now and then; that puts new air into the water— new LIFE into the minnows. 3E4338 10-quart. (Oval shape) $2.00 THE "WONDER" Combination Bait Pail and Trap for Minnows, Frogs, Crawfish, Helgramites and Killies For fresh and salt-water fishing. Made of gal- vanized metal and wire in the best possible manner. Unlike any other trap or bait pail made. A first-class bait trap. A convenient bait pail. Will make one large or two small traps. Will make two bait holders. Used for two different kinds of bait. Ice can be used in one side where it will not crush or kill bait in the other. If bait runs low, one side can be set as trap for more bait, while other is being used for fishing. 3E4922 .... $3.00 'A. & F." FLOATER Pail and inset both gal- vamze d — perfectly rust and ^IMBrN Avcatncr -P r °oi- Inset is gal- ••//riiBtt vanized wire. All galvaniz- y ^KtMjllM i n ff is done after being made up, filling all seams and joints. Has sunk top for holding ice. Inset has solid bottom and rim to hold water while being transferred, and has wire ' bail and self-locking perfo- rated cover. Capacity, 10 quarts. 3E3352 Round $1.50 3E4239 Oval, 10 quarts 1.50 3E4240 Oval, 12 quarts 1.75 "DUPLEX" FOLDING BAIT PAIL It can be opened or fold- ed in an in- stant, and the Folded metal rim at DOttom raises the pail from the floor and the side arms hold it rigid and upright. The top has raised edge for ice-cooling, and perfect aeration is secured by numerous metal eyelets. Water is easily and quickly changed without any injury to minnows. Made of heavy brown canvas, with pantasote bottoms, and are absolutely waterproof. Rims and braces of strong spring steel, heavily japanned. Fitted with strong handles. Style Qts. Dia. Depth Folded 3E3481 Round 6 10 7y 2 10^x6 x2^ $1.50 3E3482 Oval 10 12 9^ 12^x6*4*2^ 250 Open FISHING T TACKLE 139 'FISHERMAN'S CARRYALL" BELT Bait Casters — No more worrying about your wooden minnows — this belt will take care of them at home, when traveling and when fishing out of a boat or from the shore. There is a place for the fly book, leader box, hooks, sinkers, small spinners, dry fly bottle, etc., if used for fly and light bait fish- ing. It will carry six wooden minnows, two Decker bass baits or a tackle book or reel, hooks, sinkers, swivels, etc. You can change minnows in an instant as there are no more foul hooks to be taken care of. Boxes will also hold bait. The belts are made of Olive Drab material which is waterproof and can be folded in a small space and carried in a waterproof bag. □» 3E3231 Carrvall Belt ^ $3.25 3E3232 Carryall Bag % .50 We also supply lacqueied tin boxes in which the wood minnows can be dropped and removed from easily. These are the correct size to fit the pockets in the belt, and can also be used for taking care of minnows, spoons, etc., in the tackle box or trunk. 3E3233 Carryall Boxes, each $ .15 PICKEREL TRAPS A new model trap that is a favorite wherever used. Constructed on the "tip-up" principle. 20-inch strong maple upright, brass trigger arm and steel standard with red signal flag. Upright is notched both ends so that line can be wound up with trap quicklv. 3E3433 Each $ .10 Dozen 1.00 3E3434 Lines suitable for use with above, in hanks, per dozen 1.25 "FISHING RECORDS" (or Memorandum) 3^4 inches wide, ± l / 2 inches long. Fine quality paper — gilt edge and leather bound. Ruled under the following headings : "Date," "Where Caught," "Wind," "Weather," "Water," "Fish," "Weight," "Remarks." Many incidents occur on a fishing trip which are interesting and worth while to remember. Write them in this little book and the next time you leave for a trip (perhaps to the same place) you will find them valuable. 3E4463 % $ .75 3E4278 FISH STRINGERS Chain stringer, threading patent handle , needle, $ .15 FISH BAGS OR LIVE NETS To keep fish alive by tying bag to side of boat — 1-inch square mesh. 3E4297 24 inches deep % $ .30 3E4298 30 inches deep ^ .40 3E4299 36 inches deep % .50 U BUTTERFLY AND GRASSHOPPER NET Light fine mesh green net that will balloon out when drawn through the air, with bamboo handles and metal rings. Just the thing for butterflies, moths and the elusive grasshopper and meadow frog. 3E4494^ With one piece, 4-foot handh Round ring, 11 inches diameter. $ .85 BUTTERFLY CARRIER— OR VASCULUM Made of tin baked in green enamel, fitted with a sliding door and sling strap for carrying over the shoulder — oval shape with flat ends — 14 inches long. 3E4495 Each $2.00 THE "REFRIGERETTE" Lunch and Fish Refrigerator 1854x16x6^4 inches — Case is made of three-ply Basswood Veneer, covered with heavy waterproof enameled duck in black. Corners reinforced with metal — handle on cover, which closes with nickel spring clasps and lock. The inside and ice retort is of galvanized metal ; is removable, and will not rust. Refreshments can be carried to the fishing ground and kept cool while the- day's catch may be brought home in splendid condition if ice retort is kept filled. Fish can be kept fresh in this case forty-eight hours. 3E4773 $12.00 KEEP 'EM ALIVE FISH STRINGER This fish stringer is the strongest' and safest made. Will stand a hun- dred pound strain distrib- uted on the different hooks. Each fish is secured sepa- rately, and can be kept alive 2 or 3 days. The "Keep 'em Alive" may be used when hunting, as it is equally as convenient and serviceable for stringing rabbits, squirrels, partridge, quail, and other small game. 3E4279 Each ,<$ $ .50 140 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO, 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK ANGLER'S TOOLS AND SUNDRIES All of best make and finest quality. Tweezers 3E3548 Fine tempered steel, nickel-plated, matted sides and grip ^ $ .35 Screwdrivers Best quality jeweler's "one-hand" screwdrivers. Held and operated with 3 fingers. Finely nickel- plated ; for small screws in reels, guns, etc. 4E3550 36 $ .50 Pliers 4E3551 One of the best tools of its kind. Made of fine quality steel, full nickel- . plated, open throat. Parallel jaws (for cutting). Length, 5 in 3£ $1.25 4E3552 Flat nose, 3^ inches long (not cut- ting). Parallel jaws .75 4E3553 Round Nose, 4 inches long (not cut- ting). Parallel jaws .75 4E4993 Round pointed nose with straight jaws and wire cutter on the side for leader wire. 4 inch ^ .75 Files Best Quality Imported. Very Fine. 3E3554 Flat Hook Files, tapered 3g $ .25 4E3555 3-Cornered Cutting Files 3§ .25 3E3556 Round or "Rat-tail" for reaming. 3£ .25 "Vest Pocket" Screwdrivers Especially useful for starting large screws in reels. Fine tempered steel, blued, with broad finger grasp. Worn on watch chain or key-ring. 1% inch long. 3E3558 ^ $ .10 Pocket Oiler "One Drop" oilers — the best made. Solid metal and cannot break. Milled cap with wire dropper. 3E2240 $ .15 A. & F. FINE REEL OIL In the care of fine reels the quality of oil should not be overlooked. Our oil will not thicken or gum. A few drops of oil occasionally applied to clean bear- ings will double the life of any reel. 3E3272 Per bottle 3£ $ .15 FISH AND CRAB TONGS They can't get away from them. Just the thing to hold eels, crabs and fish when removing the hooks. Made of steel nickel plated. Length 8 inches, weight 514 oz. 4E4996 Each $ .25 PERFECTION REPAIR KIT Highest quality, finely nickel plated, round-nose and flat-nose pliers, both "parallel opening," fine tempered close-cutting nippers, jeweler's rotary screwdriver, prick punch, instead of spool of wire shown in the cut, pocket screwdriver, tweezers, one- drop .oil can, polishing paper, emery cloth, ferrule cement, hook file, cutting file, round file, wrapping silk, wrapping linen and piece of wax. Put up in a handsome morocco or pigsjdn case, with extra pocket for "odds and ends." Case opens flat. Size when closed, 6 inches by 1 inch thick. Weight, 10 ounces. 4E3546 Morocco case 3£ $8.50 4E3547 Pigskin case *jg 9.00 VEST POCKET FORCEPS AND CUTTERS Finest quality tempered steel, heavily nickel plated. Useful for snipping off frayed ends of line, gut, etc., and for picking out snarls in reel. Indispensable to those who use eyed flies. 4E3545 Finest quality steel. Nickel plated. $1.50 "GLOUCESTER" FISH KNIFE It is the best knife made for scaling, slitting and skinning fish. Finest steel and carefully made. Top of point is sharp for slitting, and saw-back gives a steady hold, and is excellent for rough scaling. Scored cocobolo handle with bolster and hole for thong or lanyard. 4E1656X, Length of blade, 4^ in.; weight, 4^2 oz. In leather sheath $ .65 MARBLE'S SAFETY FISH KNIFE A handy knife with a blade patterned somewhat after our "Gloucester." Good steel with saw-tooth back. Stamped German silver handle. Made like a clasp knife. 4E1657 Length of blade, 4 in.; wgt, VA oz.<$ $1.25 FISHING TACKLE 141 'SMOKER'S" These are made abroad and the supply is un- certain. If out of stock we will send the sportsman's head net inscead. HEAD PROTECTOR Adjustable over hat band and around the neck. The material is a very fine gauze, into the front of which is inserted a net made of horse hair, which is strong, flexible and will not break. Into the horse hair net is set a button- shaped self-closing valve covered with slotted rub- ber; through this a pipe may be inserted. 3E1790 « $1.00 SPORTSMAN'S HEAD NET It does not gather around the neck; the yoke holds the net well away from the face. It has a top of light weight twill, the spread of which is held in shape by the hat. The material is all-over English net, and the bottom is fitted with a yoke which sets snugly over the shoulders and ties with lacing under the arms. We have this head net with green, brown and white netting. 3E1790 Any color f$ $1.00 GAUNTLET FISHING GLOVES Offers best protection from bites of flies and mosquitoes and will retain softness and pliability re- gardless of re- peated soak- ings. Tan color and open fin- gertips for han- dling flies, lead- ers, etc. Tana- lite cloth above the wrist with elastic to clasp above the elbow. 4E4395 % $ 2 -00 Gloves without the Tanalite sleeves as illustrated. 4E4305 $125 Regular cotton gloves to protect the hands when trolling, etc. 4E4494 $ .15 FISHING AND PACK BASKET Made of combined Willow and Rattan, metal hinges, lock and hasp, all strongly rivet- ed. The very strong construction of this bas- ket allows it to be used as a seat for the angler or camper. Light brown in color, well varnished. 3E3463 Capacity, 20 lbs... $2.25 3E3464 Capacity, 25 lbs... 2.50 3E3465 Capacity, 30 lbs .. 2.75 FLY DOPE No "North Woods toilet" for the spring and summer is complete without a generous supply of good "dope." The "Touradif" fly dope is com- pounded and put up by our- selves on our own original for- mula and none but the purest ingredients are used. As a protection against the bites of black flies and gnats it has no equal. As it has a good heavy base, it is more lasting in effects than most "dopes," and an occasional application is all that will be required. Clean and pleasant to handle and agreeably scented. It is also a most ex- cellent skin softener. Excellent for chap or sunburn. 3E1794 In Friction-Top Tins, 1 oz $ .25 3E1795 In Collapsible Tubes, 2 oz .25 DARLING'S BLACK-FLY LOTION This is not a preventive, but a cure for the bite of this merciless pest. It will be found most efficacious in practically all cases and should be included in the kit of every sportsman and tourist in "fly time." Its base is a pure, sweet oil and contains nothing to injure the most tender skin, but on the contrary is a skin emollient and an excellent remedy for sunburn. 3E1796 Per 2 oz. vial $ .25 "MOSQUITO-FOE"; Mosquito-Foe is a short black stick, one-quarter of an inch thick, which is set into a holder and will burn for about one hour, giving off a fragrant odor of the woods. Two of the sticks allowed to burn for one hour in a closed tent or room will eliminate every mosquito. Its use will give positive relief, as mosqui- toes clear out or die in con- t a c t with these fumes. Packed in box of 16 sticks with holder. 3E1374 $ .25 FISH SCALER AND SHREDDER No trouble -to scale the largest fish with this scaler. Just scrape the scales off. Is also the very best means of shredding fish meat. 3E4654 $ .10 BOAT ROD REST Made of best quality sole leather. The flat or bottom plate, also the cups, are lined with a brass plate to keep them rigid — clamps are solid brass. 3E4944 Rest only % $1.75 3E4945 Rest with clamps % 2.5Q 143 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 5?-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK OUTDOOR CLOTHES We are embracing in this catalog those clothes for Outdoor Sports, for men, women and children, which have stood the test of actual sportsmen's use. Abercrombie & Fitch Clothes for the Big Game Hunter, the Fisherman, the Explorer and the Mountain Climber have a world-wide reputation. This house has devoted years of study and thought to the subject, and is the originator of many garments specially designed to combine the necessary freedom of limb and protection against weather conditions. These designs are all based upon an unlimited fund of personal experience. Much of the clothing listed here cannot be obtained elsewhere. In addition to these clothes for rougher use, the Abercrombie & Fitch Company makes a specialty of men's and women's apparel for Golf, Tennis, Motoring and general Country use, embracing the very latest things in model and fabric used by the leading sportsmen and sportswomen of both Europe and America. While this apparel is not listed here, samples and information will be given by our mail order department on application. References are made in the following pages to special materials from which % clothing is made, a description of these materials will be found on page 150. MEN'S AND BOYS' OUTING CLOTHING 4B7739 Price Hunting model cap as 4B7757 Price 8-OZ. DUCK HUNTING JACKETS A very service- able hunting coat made to conform to the demands of a field coat in every way — of heavy olive brown duck. Edges of coat and pocket flaps leather bound and all corners of pockets leather stayed. Corduroy collar inside roomy game pock- et ; access to pock- et from front and side. 3g $7.50 llustrated of covey cloth. % $2.50 TRAP SHOOTERS' COAT of fine quality reindeer leather, with Made sweater collar and wristlets. Body of garment covered with woolen cloth ; has stretching pleat in back to allow perfect freedom. 4B77o8 Colors, grey zibeline w r ith red stripe, tan suede cloth $12.00 Tan camelshair $15.00 Light grey zibeline. $15.00 Light green zibeline. $15.00 Tan check cashmere. $15.00 4B7093 Extra length coat covered with our "Thorn- tweed" fabric. f$ $18.00 Shoes, Men's Moccasin Spring Leggins, Pigskin OUR COVEY CLOTH SHOOTING SUIT Coat is our field model, with back pleats and arm pleats; big roomy pockets bellowsed. The de Luxe outfit for southern stub- bles or following the field trials and chickens on the prairie. 4B7740 Coat strictly tailored throughout. % $28.00 Trousers laced bottom. (ft $15.00 The perfect shooting cap of khaki $1.50 Style tig $6.75 and Russian calf tig $7.50 SLEEVELESS MODEL HUNTING COAT 3B7214 Hunting Coat, Sleeveless Model. Made practically the same as a regular Hunting Coat but without sleeves. Has four large and one small outside patch pocket. Very large inside pocket for carrying game. This pocket runs all around the bottom of the coat tig $5.00 MEN'S CLOTHING 143 KHAKI GARMENTS FOR OUTING WEAR Khaki is a great favorite among all sportsmen for warm weather use and is the best material made for light weight clothing. There are many grades of inferior cloth on the market, but in the making of these garments we use only the U. S. Gov't, standard cloth, which is the best made. Sizes carried in stock : Coats : 34 to 50 in chest measure ; Trousers, 30 to 50 in waist measure. KHAKI HUNTING COAT Made of U. S. Govt, khaki, best grade. Has three large outside pockets and small one for whistle. Extra large inside detach- able game pockets. Cordu- roy collar, khaki gun pad on right shoulder, wind tabs on sleeves. This is an exceptionally fine hunting coat. Color, light tan. 4B7117 3£ $7.50 KHAKI TROUSERS 3B7119 Best quality stand- ard khaki. Cut peg top and finished with one watch and two side pockets ; two hip pockets with flaps. Belt loops and suspender but- tons. Color, light tan to match coat. 4B7216 $3.00 RIDING BREECHES Cut very full in the hips and seat and made to lace below the knee. Seat and inside of knee are reinforced. Furnished with two hip pockets with buttoned flaps; one watch and two side pockets. Sizes, 30 to 44 waist. Color light tan to match coat. 4B7092 $4.50 Norfolk coat of nine-ounce olive drab khaki, a most satisfactory coat for rough work afield. Its Norfolk cut ^nd belt are sportsmanlike in appear- ance. Unlined. 3B7734 $4.00 Trousers, olive green, cut very full and roomy, two side pockets, two hip pock- ets with flap and button. An ideal garment for out- door summer wear. Cool and serviceable. 4B7735 *f $2.75 Riding breeches, olive green — ■ cut on regulation Government model with full reinforcement and double seat finished with lace cuff. 3B7736 $4.50 KHAKI KNICKERBOCKERS- Made of 9 oz. standard olive green, cut full and roomy through seat and hips; two side, two hip pockets closed with flap and button; two fob pockets, four-button cuff on bottom. 4B7759 ^ $3.50 4B7213 Hunting Coat. Made of Standard olive green Khaki of best quality. Has two large fower outside pock- ets, one large and one small breast pocket and has very large inside pocket for carrying game. This pocket formed by lining of the coat. Wind tabs on sleeves % $7.00 4B7296 Long Trousers. Cut good and full through hips and seat; two side, two hip and one watch pocket. Belt loops and suspender buttons. Color, olive green % $2.75 4B7736 Riding Breeches. Cut very full through the seat, giving ample freedom. Made to lace below the knee. Two hip, two top and one watch pocket. Belt loops and sus- pender buttons. Seat and inside of leg reinforced. Color, olive green to match coat 3B7117 $4.50 487787 Riding Breeches, same as above in cheaper quality, olive khaki ^ $3.50 Trousers, same quality as above.... $1.75 KHAKI FISHING COAT This coat was designed by us expressly for fish- ermen's use. Made of olive drab khaki, two large lower pockets, one breast pocket — deep convertible collar. Coat is cut full and roomy with plenty of shoulder room, allowing perfect freedom in casting. Sizes run from 34 to 50 chest measurement. 3B7737 3§ $5.00 Trousers % 1.75 Khaki Fishing Helmets '. 1.75 THE STILL HUNTER Protection from cold makes still hunting a pleas- ure. Coat is a new, model — big and roomy ; — rolling standing collar to button close, plenty of m pockets and is made of our new 32 oz. Uyak cloth — better than Mackinaw. 4B773 Coat unlined. % $18.00 Lined, W. P. plaid. ^ $20.00 Breeches laced bottom, rein- forced with duck over knees. 4B774 % $10.00 Windsor stvle cap, same ma- terial. 4B775 $2.00 Boots. "The Laurentide," an Oil Tanned Moccasin Boot with Sole and Heel. $12.00 16 in. high % $14.00 Samples of any of our clothing materials sent on request. 144 ABERCROMBIE & FITCH CO., 53-55-57 W. 36th STREET, NEW YORK CORDUROY HUNTING COAT Made of best quality domestic corduroy, olive drab in color. Has three large outside pockets and small one for whistle. Extra large detachable game pocket on inside. Convertible collar, worn either buttoned to neck or open. Gun pad of material on right shoul- der. Sizes, 36 to 50 chest measurement. 4B7110 $11.00 4B7788 Men's Ccrduroy Norfolk Coat...<| 8.50 4B7789 Boy's Corduroy Hunting Coat...<| 9.00 CORDUROY LONG TROUSERS Of extra quality and weight olive drab cordu- roy. Made with two side pockets, two fob pockets and two hip pockets closed with flaps and buttons. Doubly stitched throughout, with extra heavy pockets. 3B7114 Pair, to match coat 4B7110 $5.00 CORDUROY LONG TROUSERS Good quality olive drab corduroy, made same style as above but of a lighter weight material. 3B7760 Pair $4.00 CORDUROY RIDING BREECHES Olive drab corduroy, extra quality, made with side pockets — two fob pockets and two hip pockets — closed with flaps and buttons. Lace cuffs and leg reinforcements. 4B7761 Pair to match coat 4B7110 % $7.00 4B7790 Boy's Corduroy Riding Breeches to match coat 4B7789 % 6.00 CORDUROY KNICKERBOCKERS Olive bronze domestic corduroy of extra quality. Made with full seat and hips — side pockets — two fob pockets — two hip pockets, closed with flap and buttons. Bottoms are furnished with four-but- ton cuff. 4B7116 Pair to match coat 4B7110 $6.00 SEPARATE TROUSERS 3B7762 Grey mixture, double and twist woolen trousers, proofed to render them water repellent. Extra well and strongly made, with two side, two watch and two hip pockets — hip pockets closed with flaps and buttons. Sizes, 30 to 46 waists 3g $5.00 4B7763 Brown mixture kersey trousers of excel- lent quality, made same as above, except that fabric is not proofed. Brown and Gray mixture trousers ^£ $5.00 Sizes, 30 to 46 waists % $4.00 3B7764 Grey mixture melton trousers, made same as above, not absolutely all wool, but of a fabric which will give lots of good, hard service. Sizes, 30 to 46 waists 3g $3 00 FUSTIAN TROUSERS Splendid quality domestic fustian, made on a full, roomy model, with plenty of hip room. Has two side, two watch and two hip pockets, closed with flaps and buttons. Extra well made, with strong pockets. Color, olive bronze. 3B7766 Pair $2.50 Finest quality olive bronze, fancy stripe, fustian trousers. Extra well made on full, roomy model, with plenty of pockets, same as above. 3B7767 Pair % $3.00 NORFOLK COAT SUIT Forestry serge — this cloth adopted by the forestry di- vision U. S. Government. Most satisfactory for rough field work. Coat, skeleton lined, well tailored, one in- side breast, two lower outside patch pockets. Color, for- estry green. Sizes, 36 to 46. 4B7268 $20.00 Long trousers to match $10.00 Riding breeches, latest Eng- lish pattern $12.50 Riding Breeches Finest quality woolen whip- cord. Finished same as for- estry serge. Colors, olive, tan, oxford grey. Sizes 30 :HVfi %]{ w Ji to 44. |>t 4B7366 $16.50 if**** KNICKERBOCKERS 4B7157 Made of 13 oz. Forestry Serge, side pockets, two hip and fob pockets finished with four-button cuff at bottom; suspender buttons and belt loops *jg $11.50 3B7769 Tweed Knickers made same as above, in a variety of grey and brown mixtures tifc $7.50 and 10.00 3B7770 Engladine Knickers, same as style above, made of Swiss Engladine, probably the most waterproof and mudproof fabric made \ with this idea in I^H^r view. They are entirely different from the ordinary stock shirt. De- signed by us to meet the needs of the critical sportsman, they stand for satisfaction wherever they are worn. Cut on gener- ous patterns ; wide, roomy shoulders ; a collar that fits; generous skirts and long sleeves; two Stanley pockets, with flaps that button shut. Finished throughout to pass a very critical inspection. When ordering, give size of collar usually worn. 4B7041 Khaki Cotton. An excellent shirt for summer. Light weight Khaki colored cloth; cool and comfoitable ^ $ .75 4B7043 Khaki Shirts. Very similar to 4B7041, but made of special grade of extra light-weight material % 1.25 4B7043 White Rep, a very strong cotton fab- ric, which wears well. Makes an ex- cellent outing shirt ; both cool and comfortable 3£ 1.50 3B7046 Strongly made of "Cochiquo" mixed flannel — good for rough wear. Color, light grey 2.25 3B7746 Rambler Flannel Shirts. Made of an excellent quality medium-weight flannel. An ideal summer outing shirt. Colors, light and dark grey.^E 2.50 4B7747 Palmetto Flannel Shirts of extra quality — very light in weight and splendid wearing. Light grey in color 3.25 4B7748 Same as above, except with new golf collar, which permits collar being worn open at the throat or » as a high band collar % 3.25 4B7749 Mackinaw cruiser shirt of 22 oz. Mackinaw short body, abundant pockets. Gray and tan 6.50 4B7750 Megantic Flannel Shirts— splendid quality, all wool flannel in light grey, dark grey, olive drab, or forestry green shades, for camping or outing wear, a shirt of medium heavy weight 3.50 4B7751 Nutley Flannel Shirts— the best shirt we have ever sold at the price. All wool flannel, sewed with silk, pearl buttons well sewed on. Cut on very roomy model, with full length skirt. Colors, light grey, dark grey, olive drab or for- estry green 4.50 4B7752 Navy Blue Flannel 'Shirts— regula- tion Government blue flannel, cold water shrunk, made with two Stan- ley pockets and extra length of skirt. The best blue flannel shirt we know of f£ 5.50 4B7052 Worsted Shirt. The strongest and best wearing shirt made. Excellent for fall and winter wear. Thor- oughly shrunk. Colors, olive tan and forestry green 8.00 CORDUROY HUNTING CAP Has 2y 2 -'m. visor peak and ear flaps and, back piece to pull down. Made of fine corduroy in beaver brown shade. 4B7036 Weight, 4 ozs we car r- u u 1 m DESCRIPTIO e, color, quality, etc. o H [TCH C 3 A L IV I A Hi / / V •* V Z \\ i \« \ l i > o Fig. B J\ ^ oi 4 — , j 5 1 jw 1 Fig. C Fig. A In these diagrams we have shown exactly where the tape measure should be placed to get good fit. If the meas- urements are taken in the wrong place they will mislead us and the size we send will be a disappointment. Always take measurements over the clothes that will be worn underneath the garments you are ordering. Fig. D WOMEN'S COATS— Fig. A Around Bust at C entirely around body over the fullest part and well up under the Length in back (full len from neck seam to length gth) de- Length of sleeve — along side seam of sleeve from in- arm- SKIRTS- -Fig A Around Waist at E Arnnnd Hins at E. Length in front (from waist- line down the front to length desired). Length in back from waist line to length desired.. WOMEN'S VESTS AND SWEATERS— Fig. A WOMEN'S OVERCOATS OR RAINCOATS— Fig. A Take Measure Over a Coat Around Bust close under the Length of sleeve along inside seam of sleeve from armhole MEN'S AND WOMEN'S KNICKERBOCKERS— Fig. D Outseam from W to smallest part below Knee Cap at K Inseam from C to K Around Waist at W. Around Hips at H.. Around smallest part below Knee Cap at K Around Calf at largest part, BLOOMERS Take the measures the same as for Knickerbockers. MEN'S AND WOMEN'S RIDING BREECHES- Fig. D Outseam from W to smallest part below Knee Cap at K. . Inseam from C to K Around Waist at W Around Hips at H Around smallest part below Knee Cap at K Around Calf at largest part. Around Ankle 6 inches below' Calf measure Samples of any of our materials for men, women, or children, gladly sent on request MEN'S COATS— Fig. C Take measure over vest Around Chest close under the arms at "C" Around Waist at "W" Length of Coat from A to G Length of Sleeve from D to E to S LONG PANTS -Fig. D Inseam from C to B.., Outseam from W to B, Around Hips at H..., Around Waist at W... MEN'S VESTS AND SWEATERS —Fig. B Take measure over Shirt Length from A over shoulder to bottom of vest in front MEN'S OVERCOATS, ULSTERS AND RAINCOATS— Fig. G Take measure over Coat Aro und Chest close under the Around Waist at Length of Sleeve from E to E CAPE -Fig. A Around Bust at C. Around Hips at E. Length from "A" down center of back to total length desired LEGGINS— Calf measurements taken over clothing worn with leggins v ••••• 5m o 0> CO CO CO o 0)